Bertram C. Bruce: Bibliography

Abelson, H., & diSessa, A. A. (1981). Turtle geometry: The computer as a medium for exploring mathematics. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Abir-Am, P. G., & Outram, D. (Eds.) (1987). Uneasy careers and intimate lives: Women in science, 1787-1979. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press.

Ackerman, B. (1989). Why dialogue? Journal of Philosophy, 86, 5-22.

Adams, M. J. (1980). Failures to comprehend and levels of processing in reading. In R. J. Spiro, B. C. Bruce, & W. F. Brewer (Eds.), Theoretical issues in reading comprehension: Perspectives from cognitive psychology, linguistics, artificial intelligence, and education (pp. 11-32). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Adams, M. J. (1990). Beginning to read: Thinking and learning about print. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Adams, M. J., & Bruce, B. C. (1982). Background knowledge and reading comprehension. In J. Langer & M. T. Smith-Burke (Eds.), Reader meets author/Bridging the gap: A psycholinguistic and sociolinguistic perspective (pp. 2-25). Newark, DE.: International Reading Association.

Addams, J. (1930). The second twenty years at Hull-House: September 1909 to September 1929. New York: Macmillan.

Addams, J. (1909). The spirit of youth and the city streets. New York: Macmillan.

Addams, J. (1910). Twenty years at Hull-House: With autobiographical notes. New York: Macmillan.

Addams, S. (1985). Interactive fiction. Popular Computing, 97-99, 180-182.

Adelson, B, & Soloway, E. (1985). The role of domain experience in software design. IEEE Transactions of Software Engineering, SE-11(11), 1351-1360.

Adelson, B. (1981). Problem solving and the development of abstract categories in programming languages. Memory & Cognition, 9(4), 422-433.

Adelson, B. (1984). When novices surpass experts: The difficulty of a task may increase with expertise. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 10(3), 483-495. - Experts form abstract representations and novices form concrete ones. The difference is what a program does (abstract) compared to how a program functions (novices). (5-6-93)

Agassi, J. (1968). The continuing revolution: A history of physics from the Greeks to Einstein. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Aicken, F. (1991). The nature of science. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann. [162 pp.]

Ainley, M. G. (Ed.) (1990). Despite the odds: Essays on Canadian women and science. Montreal: Vehicule. Contents: Last in the Field? Canadian Women Natural Scientists, 1815-1965 (Marianne Gosztonyi Ainley); The Public Record: An Analysis of Women's Contributions to Canadian Science and Technology Before the First World War (Clara M. Chu & Bertrum H. MacDonald); Carrie Derick (1862-1941) and the Chair of Botany at McGill (Margaret Gillett); Women and Photography in Ontario, 1839-1929: A Case Study of the Interaction of Gender and Technology (Diana Pedersen & Martha Phemister); The Ontario Medical College for Women, 1883-1906: Lessons from Gender- Separatism in Medical Education (Lykke de la Cour & Rose Sheinin); Women in Ontario Pharmacy, 1867-1927 (E.W. Stieb, Gail C. Coulas & Joyce A. Ferguson); Women in Advertising: The Role of Canadian Women in the Promotion of Domestic Electrical Technology in the Interwar Period (Dianne Dodd); Women Sociologists in Canada: The Careers of Helen MacGill Hughes, Aileen Dansken Ross, and Jean Robertson Burnet (Susan Hoecker-Drysdale); The Heart of the Matter: Maude E. Abbott, M.D., 1869-1940 (Margaret Gillett); Harriet Brooks, 1876-1933: Canada's First Woman Nuclear Physicist (M.F. Rayner-Canham & G.W. Rayner-Canham); Alice Wilson, 1881- 1964: Explorer of the Earth Beneath Her Feet (Barbara Meadowcroft); Isabella Preston, 1881-1964: An Explorer of the Horticultural Frontier (Edwinna von Baeyer); Margaret Newton: Distinguished Canadian Scientist (Ralph H. Estey); Cypra Cecilia Krieger and the Human Side of Mathematics (Kailash K. Anand); Getting a Job Done and Doing It Well: Dr. Blossom Wigdor, Psychologist and Gerontologist (Janice Beaveridge); On Being a Woman and Studying Math (Louise LaFortune); Adolescent Females and Computers: Real and Perceived Barriers (Betty Collis); The Career Goals of Female Science Students in Canada (N. Nevitte, R. Gibbins & P.W. Codding); Women Inventors in Canada: Research and Intervention (Rachelle Sender Beauchamp & Susan A. McDaniel); Disadvantagement of Women by the Ordinary Processes of Science: The Case of Informal Collaborations (Joan Pinner Scott); Canadian Women and Careers in Chemistry (Margaret-Ann Armour); Women in Science--Are Conditions Improving? (Anne Innis Dagg); Feminist Research into Genetic Hazards in the Workplace (Karen Messing); Women and the Changing Faces of Science (Gillian Kranias); Selected Bibliography.

Akrich, M. (1992). The de-scription of technical objects. In W. E. Bijker & J. Law (Eds.), Shaping technology/Building society: Studies in sociotechnical change (pp. 205-224). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Al-Hibri, Azizah, and Margaret A. Simons, eds. Hypatia Reborn: Essays in Feminist Philosophy. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1990.

Alcoff, Linda, & Potter, Elizabeth (Eds.) (1992). Feminist epistemologies. New York: Routledge.

Aldrich, M. L. (1978, Autumn). Women in science. Signs, 4, 126-135.

Aldridge, B. G. (1992). Project on Scope, Sequence, and Coordination: A new synthesis for improving science education. Journal of Science Education and Technology, 1, 13-21.

Alessi, S. A. (1988). Fidelity in the design of instructional simulations. Journal of Computer-Based Instruction, 15(2), 40-47.

Alessi, S. M., & Trollip, S. R. (1991). Computer-based instruction: Methods and development. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Alessi, S. M., Anderson, T. H., Goetz, E. T. (1979). An investigation of lookbacks during studying. Discourse Processes, 197-212.

Alexander, C., Ishikawa, S., & Silverstein, M. (1977). A pattern language: Towns, buildings, construction. New York: Oxford University Press.

Alic, M. (1986). Hypatia's heritage: a history of women in science from antiquity to the late nineteenth century. Boston: Beacon.

Alkalay, M. (1993). The use of computers for independent exploration in precalculus: Effect on attitudes. Journal of Computers in Mathematics and Science Teaching, 12(2), 111-119. Positive change in attitudes from computer exploration. (3-17-94)

Allison, L. The reasons for seasons: The great cosmic megagalactic trip without moving from your chair. (And other titles.) Boston and Toronto: Little Brown and Co. (dates various)

Allwood, C. M., & Wang, Z. M. (1990). Conceptions of computers among students in China and Sweden. Computers in Human Behavior, 6(2), 185-199.

Alpert, D. (1985). Performance and paralysis: The organizational context of the American research university. Journal of Higher Education, 56, 241-281.

Altrichter, H., & Gestettner, P. (1993). Action research: A closed chapter in the history of German social science. Educational Action Research, 1, 329-360.

Alverman, D. E. & Hayes, D. A. (1989). Classroom discussion of content area reading assignments: An intervention study. Reading Research Quarterly, 24, 305-335.

Alvermann, D. E., O'Brien, D. G., and Dillon, D. R. (1990). What teachers do when they say they are having discussions of content reading assignments: A qualitative analysis. Reading Research Quarterly, 25, 296-322.

American Chemical Society and the American Association of Physics Teachers. (in preparation). The School Science Curriculum Conference (S2C2): Improving physical science instruction in elementary classrooms.

American Council on Education (1988). One third of a nation: A report of the commission on minority participation in education and American life. Washington, DC: American Council on Education.

American Institute of Research (1990). Assessment and exercise specifications. Palo Alto, CA: Author.

Amoss, P., & Harrell, S. (Eds.) (1981). Other ways of growing old: Anthropological perspectives. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Anderson C. A., Holland, D., & Palincsar, A. S. (1997). Canonical and sociocultural approaches to research and reform in science education: The story of Juan and his group. Elementary School Journal, 97, 357-381

Anderson, B. Imagined communities

Anderson, G. L., Herr, K., & A. S. Nihlen, Eds. (1994). Studying your own school: An educator's guide to action research. Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin.

Anderson, J. (1988). The education of Blacks in the South, 1860-1935. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press.

Anderson, J. R., & Skwarecki, E. (1986). The automated tutoring of introductory computer programming. Communications of the ACM, 29(9), 843-849.

Anderson, J. R., Pirolli, P., & Farrell, R. (1988). Learning to program recursive functions. In M. T. H. Chi, R. Glaser, & M. J. Farr (Eds.), The nature of expertise (pp. 153-183). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Anderson, L. M. (1989). Implementing instructional programs to promote meaningful, self-regulated learning. In J. Brophy (Ed.), Advances in research on teaching (Vol. 1, pp. 311 -343). New York: JAI.

Anderson, R. C. (1977). The notion of schemata and the educational enterprise. In R. C. Anderson & W. E. Montague (Eds.), Schooling and the acquisition of knowledge (pp. 415-431). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Anderson, R. C., Chinn, C., Chang, J., Waggoner, M., & Hwajin, Y. (1995). On the logical integrity of children's arguments. Center for the Study of Reading, University of Illinois.

Anderson, R. C., Hiebert, E. H., Scott, J. A., & Wilkinson, I. A. G. (1985). Becoming a nation of readers: The report of the commission on reading. Champaign, IL: University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, Center for the Study of Reading.

Anderson, R. C., Hiebert, E., Scott, J., & Wilkinson, I. A. G. (1985). Becoming a nation of readers: The report of the Commission on Reading. Champaign, IL: Center for the Study of Reading.

Anderson, R. C., Spiro, R. J. & Anderson, M. C. (1978). Schemata as scaffolding for the representation of information in connected discourse. 15. 433-440.

Andre, M., & Anderson, T. H. (1978-79). The development and evaluation for self-questioning study techniques. Reading Research Quarterly, 14(4), 605-23.

Anglin, G. J., & Towers, R. L. (1992). Reference citations in selected instructional design and technology journals, 1985-1990. Educational Technology Research & Development, 40(1), 40-43. - A good summary of citation patterns in one journal. (9-3-93)

Anson, C., & Forsberg, L. (1990). Moving beyond the academic community. Written Communication, 7, 200-231.

Antony, L. M., & Witt, C. (Eds.) (1992). A mind of one's own: Feminist essays on reason and objectivity. Boulder: Westview.

Anzai, Y., & Uesato, Y. (1982). Learning recursive procedures by middle school children. In Proceedings of the Fourth Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society (pp. 100-102). Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan. - Research used recursive procedure for factorial, but report research was very short and lacking in depth and breadth. (4-8-93).

Apple, M. (1979). Curriculum and reproduction. Curriculum Inquiry, 9 (3), 231-252.

Apple, M. (1986). Teachers and texts: A political economy of class and gender relations in education. New York: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

Applebee, A. (1978). The child's concept of story: Ages two to seventeen. Chicago, IL: The University of Chicago Press. Applebee discusses the "spectator" and "participant" roles children take in language. Based on his and other studies, he examines children development of "sense of story", "narrative forms," views of fantasy, and the children's responses to spectator-role experiences. (J. Weinzierl)

Applebee, A. (1978). Writing in the secondary school. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Applebee, A. (1984). Writing and reasoning. Review of Educational Research, 54, 577-596

Applebee, A. (1986). Problems in the process approach: Toward a reconceptualization of process instruction. In A. R. Petrosky & D. Bartholomae (Eds.), The teaching of writing (pp. 95-113). Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press.

Applebee, A., Langer, J., & Mullis, I. V. S. (1986). The writing report card. Princeton, NJ: Educational Testing Service and National Assessment of Educational Progress.

Applebee, A., Langer, J., & Mullis, I. V. S. (1986). Writing: Trends across the decade 1974-1984. Princeton, NJ: Educational Testing Service and National Assessment of Educational Progress.

Arditti, R., Brennan, P., & Cavrak, S. (Eds.) (1980). Science and liberation. Boston: South End.

Arditti, R., Duelli-Klein, R., & Minden, S. (Eds.) (1984). Test-tube women: what future for womanhood? London: Pandora.

Arends, R. (1991?). Learning to Teach

Argote, L., & Ingram, P. (2000). Knowledge transfer: A basis for competitive advantage in firms. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 82(1), 150-169.

Arianrhod, R. (1992). Physics and mathematics, reality and language: dilemmas for feminists. In C. Kramarae & D. Spender (Eds.), The knowledge explosion: Generations of feminist scholarship (pp. 41-53). New York: Teachers College Press.

Aries, P. (1981). The hour of our death. New York: Vintage.

Aristotle (1931). Rhetoric. Book III (trans. by W. R. Roberts; Great Books reprint). In W. D. Ross (Ed.), The works of Aristotle. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Arliss, Laurie P. (1991). Gender communication. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Armbruster, B. B., Anderson, T. H., Armstrong, J. O., Wise, M. A., Janisch, C., & Meyer, L. A. (1991). Reading and questioning in content area lessons. Journal of Reading Behavior, 23, 35-59.

Armstrong, M. Closely observed children. London: Writers and Readers, 1980.

Arnheim, R. (1954). Art and visual perception: A psychology of the creative eye. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Arnold, L. B. (1984). Four lives in science: women's education in the nineteenth century. New York: Schocken. (Biographies of Maria Martin Bachman, Almira Hart Lincoln Phelps, Louisa C. Allen Gregory, and Florence Bascom.)

Atkin, J. M., & Wyatt, S. P. (1969). The University of Illinois astronomy program. New York: Harper & Row.

Attneave, F. (1971). Multistability in perception. Scientific American, 225, pp. 62-71.

Atwell, N. (1987). In the middle: Writing, reading, and learning with adolescents. Portsmouth, NH: Boynton Cook.

Atwell, N. (1987). Making the Best of Adolescence. In the Middle. Portsmouth NH: Heinemann.

Atwell, N. (1989). Workshop 1: By and for teachers (writing and literature). Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Atwell, N. (Ed.) (1990). Coming to know: Writing to learn in the intermediate grades. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Atwell, N. Class-based writing research: Teachers can learn from students. English Journal, 71: 84-7, January 1982.

Atwell, N. The thoughtful practitioner. In Side by side: Essays on teaching to learn. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann, 1991.

Atwood, V. (Ed.) (1986). Elementary social studies: Research as a guide to practice (Bulletin No. 79). Washington, DC: National Council for the Social Studies.

Au, W. K., & Leung, J. P. (1991). Problem solving, instructional methods and LOGO programming. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 7(4), 455-467.

Austin, J. L. (1962). How to do things with words. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Babbs, P. and Moe, A. (1983). Metacognition: A key for independent learning from text. The reading teacher, 36(4), 422-426.

Badgett, T., & Sandle, C. (1993). Welcome to the Internet: From mystery to mastery. MIS Press.

Bailey, K., Brunk, N., Doee, F., Dunkleberger, E., Loup, J., Taylor, J., Taylor, H., & Tarlowicz, H. (1990). Early childhood problem solving: Action research by teachers at Lincoln Consolidated Schools. Unpublished manuscript, 8970 Whittaker Rd., Ypsilanti, MI 48197.

Bailo, Ellen R., and Jay Sivin-Kachla. 1995. Effectiveness of Technology in Schools. 1990-1994. Washington, DC: Software Publishers Association.

Baird, J. R. Collaborative reflection, systematic enquiry, better teaching. In T. L. Russell & H. Munby (Eds.) Teachers and teaching: From classroom to reflection. London: Falmer Press, 1992.

Baker, E. L., & O'Neil, H. F. (1994). Technology assessment in education and training. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Baker, E.L., & O'Neil, H. F. (1994). Technology assessment in education and training. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Bakhtin, M. M. (1981). The dialogic imagination (M. Holquist, ed.), Austin, TX: University of Texas Press.

Bakhtin, M. M. (1981). Discourse in the novel. In M. Holquist (Ed.), The dialogic imagination (pp. 259-422). Austin: The University of Texas Press.

Bakhtin, M. M. (1986). Speech genres. Austin: University of Texas Press.

Bakhtin, M. M. (1986). The problem of speech genres. In C. Emerson & M. Holquist (Eds.), M. M. Bakhtin: Speech genres and other late essays (pp. 60-102). (V. W. McGee, Trans.). Austin: University of Texas Press.

Bakhtin, Mikhail. The Dialogical Imagination. Austin: University of Texas Press. 1982.

Baldwin, R. S. (1981). The fungus fighters: two women scientists and their discovery. Ithaca: Cornell University Press. (Biographies of Elizabeth Hazen and Rachel Brown.)

Balester, V., & Halasek, K. (1989). Sharing authority: Collaborative teaching in a computer-based writing course. In Proposal Abstracts from the 5th Computers and Writing Conference, University of Minnesota, MN.

Ball, C., Dice, L., & Bartholomae, D. (1990). Telling secrets: Student readers and disciplinary authorities. In R. Beach & S. Hynds (Eds.), Developing discourse practices in adolescence and adulthood (pp. 337-357). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Bandura, A. (1977). Self-efficacy: Toward a unifying theory of behavioral change. Psychological Review, 191-215.

Bangert-Drowns, R. (1993). The word processor as an instructional tool: A meta-analysis of word processing in writing instruction. Review of Educational Research, 63(1), 69-93.

Bangert-Drowns, R., Kulik, J. A., & Kulik, C. L. C. (1985). Effectiveness of computer-based education in secondary schools. Journal of Computer-Based Instruction, 12(3), 59-68. - general small effects noted over 42 studies. (9-27-93)

Banks, J. A. (1991). A curriculum for empowerment, action, and change. In C. E. Sleeter (Ed.), Empowerment through multicultural education (pp. 125-141). Albany: State University of New York Press.

Bannon, S. H., Marshall, J. C., & Fluegal, S. (1985). Cognitive and affective computer attitude scales: A validity study. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 45(3), 679-681. - Reviews an attitude scale and shows high validity. (10-5-93)

Barley, S. (1986). Technology as an occasion for structuring: Evidence from observations of CT scanners and the social order of radiology departments. Administrative Science Quarterly, 31, 78-108.

Barley, S. R. (1990). The alignment of technology and structure through roles and networks. Administrative Science Quarterly, 35, 61-103.

Barlow, J. (1993, December). Undergraduates help kindle young pupils' scientific curiosity. Press release: U of Ideas in Science. Champaign, IL; University of Illinois.

Barna, LaRay M. "Stumbling Blocks in Intercultural Communication." In Intercultural communication: A reader (4th Ed.) Eds. Larry A. Samovar & Richard E. Porter. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 1985, pp. 330-338.

Barnes, M. (1988). Mathematics: A barrier for women? In B. Caine, E. A. Grosz, & M. de Lepervanche (Eds.), Crossing boundaries: feminisms and the critique of knowledges (pp. 28-42). Sydney: Allen & Unwin.

Barnhardt, C. (1984, April). The QUILL microcomputer writing program in Alaska. In R. V. Dusseldorp (Ed.), Proceedings of the Third Annual Statewide Conference of Alaska Association for Computers in Education (pp. 1-10). Anchorage, Alaska: Alaska Association for Computers in Education.

Barnhardt, C. (1985). Historical status of elementary schools in rural Alaskan communities: 1867-1980. Fairbanks, AK: University of Alaska, Center for Cross-Cultural Studies.

Barnhardt, C. (1991). The history of education for Alaska Native people. Fairbanks, AK: unpublished manuscript.

Barnhardt, C. (November 1985). Creating communities with computer communication. Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the American Anthropological Association, Washington, DC.

Baron, D. (1992) The literacy complex . Unpublished Manuscript.

Baron, J. B., & Sternberg, R. J. (1987). Teaching thinking skills: Theory and practice. New York: Freeman.

Baron, L. J., & Abrami, P. C. (1992). The effects of group size and exposure time on microcomputer learning. Computers in Human Behavior, 8, 353-365. - 254 subjects, grades 5 and 6, group sizes 1, 2, and 4, given drill and practice. No effect from group size. (11-24-93)

Barone, T. E. (November 1992). A narrative of enhanced professionalism: Educational researchers and popular storybooks about schoolpeople. Educational Researcher.

Baroody, A. J. (1987). Children's mathematical thinking: A developmental framework for preschool, primary, and special education teachers. New York: Teachers College Press.

Baroody, A. J. (1989). One point of view: Manipulatives don't come with guarantees. Arithmetic Teacher, 37(2), 4-5.

Baroody, A. J. (1990). How and when should place-value concepts and skills be taught? Journal for Research in Mathematics Education.

Baroody, A. J. (in press): Helping children to think mathematically.

Barr, R., Kamil, M. L., Mosenthal, P., & Pearson, P. D. (Eds.). (1990). Handbook of reading research (Vol. 2). New York: Longman.

Barrett, E. (Ed.) (1989). The society of text: Hypertext, hypermedia, and the social construction of information. Cambridge, MA: MIT press.

Barrow, G., & Smith, P. (1979). Aging, ageism and society. St. Paul, MN: West.

Barrows, H. S. (1980). How to design a problem-based curriculum for the preclinical years. New York: Springer.

Barry, V. Applying ethics. Belmont: Wadsworth.

Barthes, R. (1974). S/Z (trans. by R. Miller; orig. Pub. 1970). New York: Hill and Wang.

Barthes, R. (1985). From speech to writing. The grain of the voice. New York: Hill and Wang.

Bartholomae, D. (1985). Inventing the university. In M. Rose (Ed.), When a writer can't write (pp. 134-165). New York: Guilford.

Bartholomae, D. (1987). Writing on the margins: The concept of literacy in higher education. A sourcebook for basic writing teachers (pp. 66-83). New York: Random House.

Bartholomae, D. (1993). "I'm talking about Alan Bloom": Writing on the network. In B. C. Bruce, J. K. Peyton, and T. W. Batson (Ed.), Network-based classrooms: Promises and realities. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Bartlett, E. J. (1982). Learning to revise: Some component processes. In M. Nystrand (Ed.), What writers know. New York: Academic.

Bartlett, F. C. (1932). Remembering. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Barton, A. C. and M.D. Osborne, M.D. Science for all Americans? Science education reform and Mexican-Americans. The High School Journal. in press.

Barton, D., & Ivanic, R. (1991). Writing in the community. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Basow, S. A. (1994). Student evaluations of college professors: When gender matters. Manuscript in preparation.

Basow, S. A., & Silberg, N. T. (1987). Student evaluation of college professors: Are female and male professors rated differently? Journal of Educational Psychology, 79(3), 308-314.

Bates, M. & Wilson, K. (1982). ILIAD: Interactive language instruction assistance for the deaf (BBN Report No. 4771). Cambridge, MA: Bolt Beranek and Newman.

Batson, T. W. (1987, January). The ENFI project: Computer networks in the writing classroom. Project proposal to the Annenberg/CPB Project. Washington, DC: Gallaudet University.

Batson, T. W. (1988). The ENFI project: A networked classroom approach to writing instruction. Academic Computing, 2(5), 32-33, 55-56.

Batson, T. W. (1990). Network-based classrooms: Fond memories and ripe possibilities. Paper presented at the Maine Conference on Classroom Applications for Computer-Assisted Composition Instruction. Orono, ME.

Batson, T. W. (1993). The origins of ENFI. In B. Bruce, J. K. Peyton, and T. W. Batson (Ed.), Network-based classrooms: Promises and realities. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Baudrillard, J. (1983). In the shadow of the silent majorities, or the end of the social and other essays. New York: Semiotext(e).

Baudrillard, J. (1990). Seduction. New York: St. Martin's.

Bauersfeld, H. (1979) Hidden dimensions in the so-called reality of a mathematics classroom. Critical reviews in mathematics education: Materialien und studien, 9, 109-136.

Baum, J. (1986). The calculating passion of Ada Byron. Hamden, CT: Archon/Shoe String.

Bayer, A. S. (1990). Collaborative-apprenticeship learning: Language and thinking across the curriculum, K12. Mountainview, CA: Mayfield.

Bayman, P., & Mayer, R. E. (1983). A diagnosis of beginning programmers' misconceptions of BASIC programming statements. Communications of the ACM, 26(9), 667-669. - A breakdown of a BASIC program, line by line, explaining what students entered, how it varied from intended response, and what misconceptions students held. A great piece of work in the listing of misconceptions. (Fall 92)

Bayman, P., & Mayer, R. E. (1988). Using conceptual models to teach BASIC computer programming. Journal of Educational Psychology, 80(3), 291-298. - Comparing training from a syntax oriented manual and training focused on conceptual understanding. (Fall 92)

Bazerman, C. (1985). The informed writer: Using sources in the disciplines (2nd ed.). Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

Bazerman, C. (1988). Shaping written knowledge: The genre and activity of the experimental article in science. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Press.

Beach, R. (1979). The effects of between-draft teacher evaluation versus student self-evaluation on high school students' revising of rough drafts. Research in the Teaching of English, 13, 111-119.

Beach, R. (1984, April). The effect of reading ability on seventh grader's narrative writing. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the American Educational Research Association, New Orleans.

Beach, R. (1993). A teacher's introduction to reader-response theories. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Beach, R., & Bridwell, L. S. (Eds.). (1983). New directions in composition research. New York: Guilford.

Beach, R., & Eaton, S. (1983). Factors influencing self assessing and revising by college freshmen. In R. Beach & L. S. Bridwell (Eds.), New directions in composition research. New York: Guilford.

Beane, J. (October, 1991). The middle school: The natural home of integrated curriculum. Educational Leadership.

Beard, C. H. (1993). Transfer of computer skills from introductory computer courses. Journal of Research on Computing in Education, 25(4), 413-430. - Lit review on the transfer of computer skills. Author concludes transfer is short-lived at best, and generally rather unlikely. (9-29-93)

Beard, J. A. (1998). The boys of my youth. Boston: Little, Brown.

Beauchamp, T. L. Philosophical ethics. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Becker, H. J., & Sterling, C. W. (1987). Equity in school computer use: National data and neglected considerations. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 3, 289-311.

Becker, H. S. (1986). Writing for social scientists. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Beeman, W. O., Anderson, K. T., Bader, G. ,Larkin, J., McClard, A. P., McQuillan, P., & Shields, M. (1987). Intermedia: A case study of innovation in higher education. Providence, RI: Office of Program Analysis, Institute for Research in Information and Scholarship, Brown University.

Beil, D. (Ed.). (1989). Teacher's guide to using computer networks for written interaction. Washington, DC: Realtime.

Belenky, M. F., Clinchy, B. M., Goldberger, N. R., & Tarule, J. M. (1986). Women's ways of knowing: The development of self, voice, and mind. New York: Basic Books.

Belenky, Mary F., Clinchy, Blythe McVicker, Goldberg, Nancy Rule, & Tarule, Jill Mattuck. Women's Ways of Knowing: The Development of Self, Voice, and Mind (Basic Books, 1986)

Bell, N. Only human: Why we are the way we are. Boston and Toronto: Little Brown and Co.

Bell, N. The book of where or how to be naturally geographic. Boston and Toronto: Little Brown & Co.

Belmont, J. M., Butterfield, E. C., & Ferretti, R. P. (1982). To secure transfer of training instruct self-management skills. In D. K. Detterman & R. J. Sternberg (Eds.), How and how much can intelligence be increased. Norwood, New Jersey: Ablex.

Benbow, & Stanley (1980, December 12). Science, 210, 1262-1264.

Benderly, B. L. (1987). The myth of two minds: What gender means and doesn't mean. New York: Doubleday.

Benditt, J. (Ed.). (1992, March 13). Women in science (thematic issue). Science, 255, 1333, 1365-1386.

Beniger, J. R. (1990). Conceptualizing information technology as organization, and vice versa. In J. Fulk, & C. Steinfield (Eds.), Organizations and communication technology (pp. 29-45). Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Benjamin, M. (Ed.) (1991). Science and sensibility: Gender and scientific inquiry. Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell.

Benjamin, W. (1936). Das Kunstwerk im Zeitalter seiner technischen Reproduzierbarkeit: drei Studien zur Kunstsoziologie. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag.

Benjamin, W. (1968). Illuminations: Essays and reflections (translated by H. Zohn). New York: Schocken Books.

Bennett, S. (1982). Student perceptions of and expectations for male and female instructors. Journal of Educational Psychology, 74, 170-179.

Bennett, Tony. (1992). Putting policy into cultural studies. In Lawrence Grossberg, Cary Nelson, & Paula Treicher (Eds.), Cultural studies (pp. 23-37). NY: Routledge.

Benson, J. D., & Greaves, W. S. (Eds.) (1985). Systemic perspectives on discourse. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Benson, J. D., & Greaves, W. S. (Eds.) (1988). Systemic functional approaches to discourse (pp. 29-50). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Bentley, Arthur F. (1954). The human skin: Philosophy's last line of defense. In Sidney Ratner, editor, Inquiry into Inquiries, (pp. 195-211). Boston, MA: Beacon Press.

Bentley, Arthur F. (1954). Inquiries into inquiry: Essays in social theory. Boston: Beacon.

Benyon, J. (1987). An ethnography of questioning practices. Questioning Exchange, 1, 39-42.

Bereiter, C. (1990). Aspects of an educational learning theory. Review of Educational Research, 60, 603-624.

Bereiter, C. (1992). Implications of postmodernism for science education: Science as progressive discourse. Unpublished paper, OISE, Centre for Applied Cognitive Science.

Bereiter, C., & Scardamalia, M. (1982). From conversation to composition: The role of instruction in a developmental process. In R. Glaser (Ed.), Advances in instructional psychology (vol. 2). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Bereiter, C., & Scardamalia, M. (1983). Levels of inquiry in writing research. In P. Mosenthal, L. Tamor, & S. A. Walmsley (Eds.), Research on writing. New York: Longman.

Bereiter, C., & Scardamalia, M. (1987). The psychology of written composition. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Bereiter, C., & Scardamalia, M. (1987). The role of production factors in writing ability. In Bereiter & Scardamalia (Eds.), The psychology of written composition (pp. 97-132). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Berger, C. F., & Carlson, E. A. (1988). Measuring computer literacy of teacher trainers. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 4(3), 287-301. - Describes training modules and participants reactions. (3-14-94)

Berger, J., Blomberg, S., Fox, C., Dibb, M., & Hollis, R. (1972). Ways of seeing. London: British Broadcasting Company and Penguin Books.

Berger, Peter and Thomas Luckman. The Social Construction of Reality: A Treatise in the Sociology of Knowledge. New York: Anchor Books. 1966.

Berger, Peter, and Hansfried Kellner. _Sociology Reinterpreted: An Essay on Method and Vocation_. New York: Anchor Books, 1981.

Berman, P. & McLaughlin, M. (1975). Federal programs supporting educational change. Volume IV: The findings in review. Santa Monica, CA: Rand.

Bernard, H. R. & Pelto, P. (1987). Technology and social change (2nd ed.). Prospect Heights, IL: Waveland.

Bernstein, B. (1972). A critique of the concept "compensatory education." In C. B. Cazden, V. John, & D. Hymes (Eds.), Functions of language in the classroom. New York: Teachers College Press.

Bernstein, B. (1990). The structuring of pedagogic discourse: Class, codes, and control, Vol. IV. New York: Routledge.

Bernstein, L. (1959). The joy of music. New York: Simon & Schuster.

Bernstein, L. (1959). Beethoven's Fifth Symphony. In L. Bernstein, The joy of music, pp. 73-93. New York: Simon & Schuster. (Handout) Bernstein discusses elements of music in a way that illuminates aspects of language composition. In this chapter he analyzes Beethoven's revisions of the Fifth Symphony. (B. Bruce)

Berryman, S. E. (1983). Who will do science? New York: Rockefeller Foundation.

Berryman, S. E. (1985, Winter). Integrating the sciences. New Perspectives, 17, 16-22.

Berthoff, A. E. (1978). Forming/thinking/writing. Rochelle Park, NJ: Hayden.

Berthoff, A. E. (1981). The making of meaning. Montclair, NJ: Boynton/Cook.

Berthoff, A. E. (1990). The sense of learning. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Beyer, B. K. (1971). Inquiry in the social studies classroom: A strategy for teaching. Columbus, OH: Charles E. Merrill.

Bhabha, Homi (1990). The third space: Interview with Homi Bhabha. In Jonathan Rutherford (Ed.), Identity: Community, culture, difference (pp. 207-221). London: Lawrence & Wishart.

Bhabha, Homi (1994). The location of culture. London, New York: Routledge.

Bharat, K., & Broder, A. (1998, April). A technique for measuring the relative size and overlap of public Web search engines. In Proceedings of the 7th International World Wide Web Conference (pp. 379-388). Brisbane, Australia: Elsevier Science.

Bidell, T. R. & Fischer, K. W. (in press). Cognitive development in educational contexts: Implications of skill theory. In A. Demetriou, M. Shayer, and A. Efklides (Eds.), The neo-Piagetian theories of cognitive development go to school. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

Bigelow, B., Miner, B., & Peterson, B. (Eds.) (1991). Rethinking Columbus: Teaching about the 500th anniversary of Columbus's arrival in America [Special issue]. Rethinking Schools.

Bijker, W. E., & Law, J. (Eds.) (1992). Shaping technology/Building society: Studies in sociotechnical change. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Bijker, W. E., & Law, J. (Eds.) (1992). Shaping technology/Building society: Studies in sociotechnical change. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Bijker, W. E., Hughes, T. P., & Pinch, T. (1987). The social construction of technological systems. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Bijker, W. E., Hughes, T. P., & Pinch, T. (1987). The social construction of technological systems. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Bindocci, C. G., & Ochs, K. H. (in press). Women and technology: An annotated research guide. New York: Garland.

Birke, L. (1986). Women, feminism, and biology: the feminist challenge. New York: Methuen.

Birke, L., & Vines, G. (1987). Beyond nature versus nurture: Process and biology in the development of gender. Women's Studies International Forum, 10, 555-570.

Birkerts, S. "Hypertext: Of Mouse and Man." Associated Writing Programs Chronicle. October/November 1994: 13-19.

Birkerts,S. (1994). The Gutenberg elegies: The fate of reading in an electronic age. Boston: Faber and Faber.

Birnbaum, J. C. (1980). Why should I write? Environmental influences on children's views of writing. Theory into Practice, 19, 202-210.

Birnbaum, J. C. (1986). The reading and composing behavior of selected 4th and 7th grade students. Research in the Teaching of English, 16, 241-260.

Bishop, A. P. (in press). Participatory action research and digital libraries: An example from community health. In A. P. Bishop, B. P. Buttenfield, & N. Van House (Eds.), Digital library use: Social practice in design and evaluation. Cambridge: MIT Press.

Bishop, A., Bazzell, I., Mehra, B., & Smith, C. (2001). Afya: Social and digital technologies that reach across the digital divide. First Monday, 6(4). [Available: http://www.firstmonday.org].

Bishop, W. (1988, May). Helping peer writing groups succeed. Teaching English in the Two Year College, 120-125.

Bissex, G. L. (1980). GNYS AT WRK: A child learns to write and read. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Bissex, G. L. (1985). Watching young writers. In A. Jaggar and M. T. Smith-Burke (Eds.), Observing the language learner (pp. 99-114). Newark, DE: International Reading Association. This article discusses the writing development of children from age three through first grade. It begins with a comparison between the development of speech and writing in the home, and later centers around the written language development of first graders in Mary Ellen Giacobbe's classroom. (E. Baranowski)

Bissex, G. L. and Bullock, R. H. (eds.) Seeing for ourselves: case study research by teachers of writing. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann Educational Books, 1987.

Bizzell, P. (1986). Foundationalism and anti-foundationalism in composition studies. PRE/TEXT, 7, 37-56.

Bjerknes, G., Ehn, P., & Kyng, M. (Eds.) (1987). Computers and democracy: A Scandinavian challenge. Brookfield, VT: Gower.

Black, J. B., Kay, D. S., & Soloway, E. M. (1987). Goal and plan knowledge representations: From stories to text editors and programs. In J. N. Carroll (Ed.) Interfacing thought: Cognitive aspects of human-computer interactions (pp. 37-60). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. A good presentation of Soloway's goal/plan theory, with interesting discussion of how people break programs into goal plan representations. (2-11-93)

Black, J. B., Swan, K., & Schwartz, D. L. (1988). Developing thinking skills with computers. Teachers College Record, 89(3), 385-407.

Black, M. (1962). Metaphor: Philosophy looks at the arts. J. Margolis (ed.). Charles Scribner's Sons.

Blau, S. R., & Campbell, P. B. (1992). To nibble or to byte: The impact of computers on the skills and attitudes of first-year college writing students. Computers in the Schools, 8(4), 147-157.

Bleier, R. (1979). Social and political bias in science: An examination of animal studies and their generalizations to human behavior and evolution. In R. Hubbard & M. Lowe (Ed.), Genes and gender II (pp. 49-69). New York: Gordian.

Bleier, R. (1984). Science and gender: a critique of biology and its theories on women. New York: Pergamon.

Bleier, R. (1987). Science and belief: A polemic on sex differences research. In C. Farnham (Ed.), The impact of feminist research in the academy (pp. 111-130). Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Bleier, R. (1988, Autumn). The cultural price of social exclusion: Gender and science. NWSA Journal, 1, 7-19.

Bleier, R. (1988, Autumn). A decade of feminist critiques in the natural sciences. Signs, 14, 182-195.

Bleier, R. (Ed.) (1986). Feminist approaches to science. Elmsford, NY: Pergamon. Contents: Science Seen Through a Feminist Prism (Marion Namenwirth); Critiques of Modern Science: The Relationship of Feminism to Other Radical Epistemologies (Elizabeth Fee); Beyond Masculinist Realities: A Feminist Epistemology for the Sciences (Hilary Rose); Primatology is Politics by Other Means (Donna Haraway); Empathy, Polyandry, and the Myth of the Coy Female (Sarah Blaffer Hrdy); Sex Differences Research: Science or Belief? (Ruth Bleier); The Relationship Between Women's Studies and Women in Science (Sue V. Rosser); Taking Feminist Science to the Classroom: Where Do We Go From Here? (Mariamne H. Whatley); Further Readings on Feminism and Science [bibliography] (Susan E. Searing).

Blenky, M., Cinchy, B., Goldberger, N., & Tarule, J. (1986). Women's ways of knowing: The development of self, voice and mind. New York: Basic.

Bloch, M., & Guggenheim, S. (1981). Compardrazgo, baptism and the symbolism of a second birth. Man, 16, 376-86.

Bloom, A. (1987). The closing of the American mind. New York: Simon & Schuster.

Bloom, B. S., & Broder, L. J. (1950). Problem solving processes of college students. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Bloom, L. Z. (1992). Teaching college English as a woman. College English, 54.

Bloor, David. Wittgenstein: A Social Theory of Knowledge (Columbia University Press, 1983)

Bobrow, D. G., & Collins, A. (Eds.). (1975) Representation and understanding: Studies in cognitive science. New York: Academic Press. - Talks about theory of representation, memory models, higher level structures for schema and plans, and semantic knowledge in understanding (1-5-92)

Bogart, Leo. (1995). Commercial culture: The media system and the public interest. New York: Oxford University Press.

Boggs, S. T. (1985). Speaking, relating and learning: A study of Hawaiian children at home and at school. Norwood, NJ. Ablex.

Bohannan, L. (1975). Shakespeare in the bush. In A. Ternes (Ed.), Ants, Indians, and little dinosaurs (pp. 203-216). New York: Charles Scribner's Sons.

Bohm, D. (March/April, 1991). Transforming the culture through dialogue. Utne Reader, pp. 82-3.

Boies, S. J., & Gould, J. G. (1974). Syntatic errors in computer programming. Human Factors, 16(3), 253-257. - Major finding was that 12-17% of programs submitted had syntax errors. (3-26-93)

Boisvert, R. D. (1988). Dewey's metaphysics. New York: Fordham University Press.

Bolt Beranek and Newman (1988). Reasoning under uncertainty. Cambridge, MA: Author. This is a high school curriculum designed to teach statistical reasoning. It employs the ELASTIC software to teach about distributions, sampling, surveys, and experiments.

Bolter, J. D. (1991). Writing space: The computer, hypertext, and the history of writing. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Bolter, J. D., & Grusin, R. (1999). Remediation: Understanding new media. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Bonar, J, & Soloway, E. (1985). Preprogramming knowledge: A major source of misconceptions in novice programmers. Human-Computer Interaction, 1(2), 133-161. - Good discussion of pre-programming knowledge and results from a study showing that preprogramming knowledge is often source of bugs. (Fall 92)

Boomer, G. (1989, September). Literacy: The epic challenge beyond progressivism. English in Australia.

Booth, Wayne. Modern Dogma and the Rhetoric of Assent (University of California Press, 1974).

Booth, Wayne. The Company We Keep: An Ethics of Fiction (University of California Press, 1988)

Booth, Wayne. The Rhetoric of Fiction (University of California Press, 1983).

Booth, Wayne. The Vocation of a Teacher. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. 1988.

Borasi, R., Sheedy, J. R., & Siegel, M. (1990). The power of stories in learning mathematics. Language Arts, 67, 174-189.

Bordo, Susan R. The Flight to Objectivity: Essays on Cartesianism and Culture. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1987.

Borges, J. L. (1962). Ficciones (ed. A. Kerrigan). New York: Grove.

Borich, G. D. (1990). Decision-oriented evaluation. In H. J. Walberg & G. D. Haertel (Eds.), The international encyclopedia of educational evaluation (pp. 31-35). Oxford: Pergamon Press.

Boruta, M., Carpenter, C. Harvey, M., Keyser, T., LaBonte, J., Mehan, H., & Rodriguez, D. (1983). Computers in the schools: Stratifier or equalizer? The Quarterly Newsletter of the Laboratory of Comparative Human Cognition, 5, 51-55.

Bossert, S. T. (1988). Cooperative activities in the classroom. Review of Research in Education, 15, 225-250.

Bourdieu, P. (1977). Outline of a theory of practice. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Bourdieu, P. (1990). The logic of practice. (R. Nice, Trans.). Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Bourdieu, P. (1991). Language and symbolic power. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.

Bowles, S., & Gintis, H. (1976). Schooling in capitalist America: Educational reform and contradictions of economic life. New York: Basic Books.

Bowles, S., & Gintis, H. (1980) Contradiction and reproduction in educational theory. In. L. Barton, R. Meigham and S. Walker (Eds.), Schooling, ideology, and the curriculum. (51-65). London: Falmer.

Boyarin, J. (Ed). (1993). The ethnography of reading. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Boyles, Deron Robert. The Corporate Takeover of American Schools. The Humanist. May/June, 1995.

Braddock, R., Lloyd-Jones, R., & Schaer, L. (1963). Research on written composition. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Braidotti, Rosi. Patterns of Dissonance: A Study of Women in Contemporary Philosophy. New York: Routledge, 1991.

Braman, Sandra. (1989). Defining information: An approach for policy makers. Telecommunications Policy, (Sept.), pp. 233-42.

Brandt, R. (Ed.). (1990). Reading and writing symposium. Educational Leadership, 47, 6.

Bransford, J., Sherwood, R., Vye, N., & Rieser, J. (1986). Teaching thinking and problem solving: Research foundations. American Psychologist, 41(10), 1078-1089. - A review of the literature and a call for more instruction of skill development within domain specific areas. (Fall 92)

Bredderman, T. (1983). Effects of activity-based elementary science on student outcomes: A quantitative synthesis. Review of Educational Research, 53, 499-518.

Brewer, W. F., & Lichtenstein, E. H. (1981). Event schemas, story schemas, and story grammars. In J. Long & A Baddeley (Eds.), Attention and performances IX (pp. 363-379). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Brewer, W. F., & Lichtenstein, E. H. (1982). Stories are to entertain: A structural -affect theory of stories. Journal of Pragmatics, 6, 473-486.

Brewer, W. F., & Samarapungavan, A. (1991). Children's theories vs. scientific theories: Differences in reasoning or differences in knowledge? In R. R. Hoffman & D. S. Palermo (Eds.), Cognition and the symbolic process: Applied and ecological perspectives (pp. 209-232). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Bridges, D. (1988a). Education, democracy and discussion. New York:

Bridwell, L. S. (1980). Revising strategies in twelfth grade students' transactional writing. Research in the Teaching of English, 14, 197-222.

Bridwell, L. S., Sirc, G. and Brooke, R. (1985). Computing and revising: Case studies of student writers. In S. Freedman (Ed.), The acquisition of written language: Response and revision (pp.). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Brienne, D. & Goldman, S. V. (1990). Network News. Science and Children, 28(1), 26-29. - Example of Earth Lab, an on-line science activity. (11-3-93)

Brienne, D., & Goldman, S. V. (April 1989). Networking: How it has enhanced science classes in New York schools... and how it can enhance classes in your school, too. Classroom Computer Learning. pp. 44-53.

Brighton Women and Science Group (1980). Alice through the microscope: The power of science over women's lives. London: Virago.

Briscoe, A. M., & Pfafflin, S. M. (1979). Expanding the role of women in the sciences. Annals of The New York Academy of Sciences, 323.

Britton, B. K., & Black, J. B. (1985). Understanding expository text: A theoretical and practical handbook for analyzing expository text. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Britton, B. K., & Glynn, S. M. (1989). Computer writing environments: Theory, research, and design. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. A thorough and detailed collection on the theoretical and practical aspects of computer-based writing environments. Contributed chapters on topics such as the cognitive basis for computer writing environments, idea processors, word processors for student writing, the writing aid program, WANDAH, and computer aids for the writing of technical documentation. (J. Sciacca)

Britton, J. M., Burgess, T., Martin, N., McLeod, A., & Rosen, H. (1975). The development of writing abilities (11-18). Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Britton, J. M., Burgess, T., Martin, N., McLeod, A., & Rosen, H. (1975). The development of writing abilities (11-18). Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Britzman, D. (1991). Practice makes practice: A critical study of learning to teach. Albany: State University of New York Press.

Britzman, D. Y. (1991). Practice makes practice: A critical study of learning to teach. Albany: State University of New York Press.

Brodkey, L. (1987). Academic writing as social practice. Philadelphia: Temple University Press. [0-8772-2495-1] (alk. paper)

Brodkey, L. (1987). Academic writing as social practice. Philadelphia: Temple University Press.

Bromley, H. (1989). Identity, politics and critical pedagogy. Educational Theory.

Bromley, H. (1997, Winter). The social chicken and the technological egg. Educational Theory, 47(1), 51-65.

Bromley, H. (1998). Introduction: Data-driven democracy? Social assessment of educational computing. In H. Bromley and M. W. Apple (eds.), Education/Technology/Power: Educational computing as a social practice. Albany, NY: SUNY Press.

Bromley, H., & Apple, M. W. (1998). Education/technology/power: Educational computing as a social practice. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

Brooks, D. M., & Kopp, T, W. (1989). Technology in teacher education. Journal of Teacher Education, 40(4), 2-8. - The authors argue for a more systematic way to utilize electronic technology. (3-7-94)

Brooks, J. G., & Brooks, M.G. (1993). In search of understanding: The case for constructivist classrooms. Associations for Supervision and Curriculum Development.

Brooks, R. E. (1980). Studying programmer behavior experimentally: The problems of proper methodology. Communications of the ACM, 23(4), 207-213.

Brophy, J. (1983). Conceptualizing student motivation. Educational Psychologist, 18, 200-215.

Brown, A. L. & Palinscar, A. S. (1982). Inducing strategic learning from texts by means of informed, self-control training. Topics in Learning and Disabilities, 2, 1-7.

Brown, A. L. (1974). The role of strategic behavior in retardate memory. In N. R. Ellis (Ed.), International review of research in mental retardation: Vol. 7. New York: Academic.

Brown, A. L. (1980). Metacognitive development and reading. In R. J. Spiro, B. C. Bruce, & W. F. Brewer (Eds.), Theoretical issues in reading comprehension (pp. 453-481). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Brown, A. L. (1982). Learning how to learn from reading. In J. A. Langer & M. T. Smith Burke (Eds.), Reader meets author / Bridging the gap: A psycholinguistic and sociolinguistic perspective. Newark, DE: International Reading Association.

Brown, A. L. (1992). Design experiments: Theoretical and methodological challenges in creating complex interventions in classroom settings. The Journal of the Learning Sciences. 2(2), 141-178.

Brown, A. L., Campione, J., & Day, J. (1981). Learning to learn: On training students to learn from texts. Educational Researcher, 10, 14-21.

Brown, D. E. (1992, April). An evolving framework for interpreting students' conceptions. Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the American Educational Research Association, San Francisco, CA.

Brown, D. E., & Clement, J. (1989). Overcoming misconceptions via analogical reasoning: Abstract transfer versus explanatory model construction. Instructional Science, 18, 237-261.

Brown, J. S. (1983). Process versus product: A perspective on tools for communal and informal electronic learning. In S. Newman and E. Poor (Eds.), Education in the electronic age. New York: Learning Lab, WNET/Thirteen Educational Division.

Brown, J. S., & Duguid, P. (1993, March). Stolen knowledge. Educatonal Technology, pp. 10-15.

Brown, J. S., & Duguid, P. (1993, March). Stolen knowledge. Educational Technology, pp. 10-15.

Brown, J. S., Collins, A., & Duguid, P. (1989). Situated cognition and the culture of learning. Educational Researcher, 18(1), 32-42.

Brown, L. (1988). Group self-evaluation: Learning for improvement. Melbourne, Victoria: School Improvement Plan Secretariat, Ministry of Education.

Brown, L. D., & Tandon, R. (1983). Ideology and political economy in inquiry: Action research and participatory research. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 19, 277-294.

Brown, M. T. (1987). The wonder number game. Simi Valley, CA: Interactive Dimensions. [1825 E. Gaviota Ct, 93065]

Brown, R. (1965). How the French boy learns to write. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English. (originally published 1915)

Browning, J. (1996, September ). The Internet is learning to censor itself. Scientific American, 275, p. 38.

Browning, L. D. (1992). Lists and stories as organizational communication. Communication Theory, 2(4), 281-302.

Brownmiller, S. (1984). Femininity. New York: Fawcett Columbine.

Bruce, B. C. (1981). A social interaction model of reading. Discourse Processes, 4, 273-311.

Bruce, B. C. (1981). A social interaction model of reading. Discourse Processes, 4, 273-311.

Bruce, B. C. (1985, March/April). Taking control of educational technology. Science for the People, (pp. 37-40).

Bruce, B. C. (1987). An examination of the role of computers in teaching language and literature. In J. Squire (Ed.), The dynamics of language learning: Research in reading and English. Urbana, IL: National Conference on Research in English and ERIC Clearinghouse on Reading and Communication Skills.

Bruce, B. C. (1987). Written expression. In (Centre for Educational Research and Innovation, Ed.), Information technologies and basic learning: Reading, writing, science and mathematics (pp. 113-148). Paris: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development.

Bruce, B. C. (1991). Roles for computers in teaching the English language arts. In J. Jensen, J. Flood, D. Lapp, and J. Squire (Eds.), Handbook of research on teaching the English language arts (pp. 536-541). New York: Macmillan.

Bruce, B. C. (1993). Innovation and social change. In Bruce, Peyton, & Batson, (Eds.), Network-based classrooms: Promises and realities (pp. 9-32). New York: Cambridge University Press.

Bruce, B. C. (1994). The discourses of inquiry: Pedagogical challenges and responses. In D. Keller-Cohen (Ed.), Literacy: Interdisciplinary conversations (pp. 289-316). Cresskill, NJ: Hampton.

Bruce, B. C. (1995). Creating an environment for learning. In Discoveries: In the Desert CD-ROM Teacher's Guide (pp. 4-5). Lexington, MA: D. C. Heath.

Bruce, B. C. (1995, November). Twenty-first century literacy (Technical Report No. 624). Urbana, IL: University of Illinois, Center for the Study of Reading.

Bruce, B. C. (1997). Literacy technologies: What stance should we take?Journal of Literacy Research, 29 (2), 289-309.

Bruce, B. C. (2001). The problem with an inquiry lesson plan [Web site].

Bruce, B. C. (in press). Current issues and future directions. In J. Flood, S. B. Heath, & D. Lapp (Eds.), A handbook for literacy educators: Research on teaching the communicative and visual arts. Newark, DE: International Reading Association.

Bruce, B. C. (in press). Situating the comprehension revolution. In R. Spiro (Ed.), Perspectives on reading research. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Bruce, B. C., & Bishop, A. P. (2001). Using the web to support inquiry-based language learning. In Y.-S. Chuang & S.-T. Li (Eds.), Proceedings of ROCMELIA 2001, the Fifth International Conference on Multimedia Language Instruction. Kaohsiung, Taiwan: Multimedia English Learning and Instruction Association in the Republic of China, National Kaohsiung First University of Science and Technology.

Bruce, B. C., & Davidson, J. (1996). An inquiry model for literacy across the curriculum. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 28(3), 281-300.

Bruce, B. C., & Easley, J. A., Jr. (2000). Emerging communities of practice: Collaboration and communication in action research. Educational Action Research, 8(2), 243-259.

Bruce, B. C., & Hogan, M. P. (1998). The disappearance of technology: Toward an ecological model of literacy. In D. Reinking, M. McKenna, L. Labbo, and R. Kieffer (Eds.), Handbook of literacy and technology: Transformations in a post-typographic world (pp. 269-281). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Bruce, B. C., & Levin, J. A. (1997). Educational technology: Media for inquiry, communication, construction, and expression. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 17(1), 79-102.

Bruce, B. C., & Michaels, S. (1988). Classroom contexts and literacy development: How writing systems shape the teaching and learning of composition (Technical Report No. 476). Urbana, IL: University of Illinois, Center for the Study of Reading.

Bruce, B. C., & Michaels, S. (1988, October). Microcomputers and literacy project: Final report, Part I. Cambridge, MA: Bolt Beranek and Newman. This is the final report on a study of two sixth-grade classrooms using QUILL.

Bruce, B. C., & Newman, D. (1978). Interacting plans. Cognitive Science, 2, 195-233. Reprinted in A. Bond & L Gasser (Eds.) (1988), Readings in distributed artificial intelligence (pp. 248-267). San Mateo, CA: Morgan Kaufmann.

Bruce, B. C., & Peyton, J. K. (1990). A new writing environment and an old culture: A situated evaluation of computer networking to teach writing. Interactive Learning Environments, 1, 171-191.

Bruce, B. C., & Rubin, A. D. (1984, September). The utilization of technology in the development of basic skills instruction: Written communications (Final Report, Contract No. 300-81-00314). Washington, DC: U. S. Department of Education.

Bruce, B. C., & Rubin, A. D. (1988). Readability formulas: Matching tool and task. In A. Davison and G. Green (Eds.), Linguistic complexity and text comprehension: Readability issues reconsidered (pp. 5-22). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Bruce, B. C., & Rubin, A. D. (1993). Electronic Quills: A situated evaluation of using computers for writing in classrooms. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum. Emphasis on social context, includes discussion of software, findings from several research approaches.

Bruce, B. C., Carragher, B. O., Damon, B. M., Dawson, M. J., Eurell, J. A., Gregory, C. D., Lauterbur, P. C., Marjanovic, M. M., Mason-Fossum, B., Morris, H. D., Potter, C. S., and Thakkar, U. (1997, in press). Chickscope: An Interactive MRI Classroom Curriculum Innovation for K-12. Computers and Education Journal.

Bruce, B. C., Collins, A., Rubin, A. D., & Gentner, D. (1982). Three perspectives on writing. Educational Psychologist, 17, 131-145.

Bruce, B. C., Osborn, J., & Commeyras, M. (1991). The content and curricular validity of the 1992 NAEP in Reading. Cambridge, MA: National Academy of Education.

Bruce, B. C., Osborn, J., & Commeyras, M. (1993, February). The content and curricular validity of the 1992 National Assessment of Educational Progress in Reading (Tech. Rep. No. 569). Urbana: University of Illinois, Center for the Study of Reading.

Bruce, B. C., Peyton, J. K., & Batson, T. W. (Eds.) (1993). Network-based classrooms: Promises and realities. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Bruce, B. C., Rubin, A. D., Starr, K. S., & Liebling, C. (1984). Sociocultural differences in oral vocabulary and reading material. In W. S. Hall, W. Nagy, & R. Linn (Eds.), Spoken words: Effects of situation and social group on oral word usage and frequency (pp. 466-480). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Bruce, B. C., Rubin, A., & Loucks, S. (1984). QUILL: Teacher's guide. Lexington, MA: D. C. Heath.

Bruce, B. C., Snyder, R., Rubin, A., & Lee, A. (1991). Exploring the Sampling Laboratory (Technical Report No. 18). New York, NY: Bank Street College of Education, Center for Technology in Education.

Bruce, B., & Rubin, A. (1988, February). Environments for learning: Idealizations and realizations. Paper presented at the American Association for the Advancement of Science Annual Meeting, Boston. Discusses the ways in which revision was realized in QUILL classrooms.

Bruce, B., Michaels, S. & Watson-Gegeo, K. (1985). How computers can change the writing process. Language Arts, 62, pp. 143-49.

Bruer, J. T. (1993). Schools for thought: A science of learning in the classroom. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Bruffee, K. A. (1978). The Brooklyn plan: Attaining intellectual growth through peer-group tutoring. Liberal Education, 64, 447-468.

Bruffee, K. A. (1980). A short course in writing. Boston: Little, Brown.

Bruffee, K. A. (1984). Collaborative learning and the "conversation of mankind." College English, 46 (7), 635-652.

Bruffee, K. A. (1986). Social construction, language, and the authority of knowledge: A bibliographical essay. College English, 48, 773-790.

Bruner, Jerome. Actual Minds, Possible Worlds. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. 1986.

Brunswik, E. (1956). Perception and the representative design of psychological experiments. Berkeley: University California Press.

Brunvand, J. H. (1981). The vanishing hitchhiker: American urban legends & their meanings. New York: W. W. Norton.

Brunvand, J. H. (1984). The choking doberman and other "new" urban legends. New York: W. W.Norton.

Brunvand, J. H. (1986). The Mexican pet: more "new" urban legends and some old favorites. New York: W. W. Norton.

Brush, S. G. (1991, September/October). Women in science and engineering. American Scientist, 79, 404-419.

Brush, Stephen B. (1993). Indigenous knowledge of biological resources and intellectual property rights: The role of anthropology. American Anthropologist, 95(3), pp. 653-686.

Bryman, A., Cytheway, B., Allatt, P. & Keil, T. (Eds.) (1987). Rethinking the life cycle. London: Macmillan.

Buber, M. (1970). I and thou (orig. pub. 1923; trans. W. Kaufmann). New York: Charles Scribner's Sons.

Buchman, P., Rush, M. J., Krockover, G. H., & Lehman, J. D. (1993). Project INSITE: Developing telecommunications skills for teachers and students. Journal of Computers in Mathematics and Science Teaching, 12(3/4), 245-260. - Report of a telecomm project for science teachers and students. (3-17-94)

Buck-Morss, S. (1991). The dialectics of seeing: Walter Benjamin and the Arcades Project. Cambridge, MA; MIT Press.

Bull, G., Harris, J., Lloyd, J., & Short, J. (1989). The electronic academical village. Journal of Teacher Education, 40(4), 27-31. - Explains how email is used at U. of Virginia.

Bump, J. (1990). Radical changes in class discussion using networked computers. Computers and the Humanities, 24, 49-65.

Burbules, N. C. (1993). Dialogue in teaching: Theory and practice. New York: Teachers College Press.

Burbules, N. C. (1996). Technology and changing educational communities. Educational Foundations.

Burbules, N. C., & Bruce, B. C. (1995, November). This is not a paper. Educational Researcher, 24(8), 12-18.

Burbules, N. C., & Bruce, B. C. (2001). Theory and research on teaching as dialogue. In V. Richardson (ed.), Handbook of research on teaching, 4th Edition (pp. 1102-1121), Washington, DC: American Educational Research Association.

Burbules, N. C., & Rice, S. (1991). Dialogue across differences: Continuing the conversation. Harvard Educational Review, 61, 393-416.

Burfoot, A. (1987, December). Impediments to feminist acts in science. Resources for Feminist Research, 16, 25-26.

Burger, Robert H. (1993). Information policy: A framework for evaluation and policy research. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Burke, J. (1978). Connections. Boston: Little, Brown.

Burke, J. (Ed.). (1966). The new technology and human values. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Burke, K. (1941/1973). Philosophy of literary form. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Burkhardt, M. E., & Brass, D. J. (1990). Changing patterns or patterns of change: The effects of a change in technology on social network structure and power. Administrative Science Quarterly, 35, 104-127.

Burlbaw, L. M. (1993). Supporting teacher education with computer-based telecommunications systems. Journal of Educational Technology Systems, 22(2), 99--112. - The author explains how telecommunications can be used to support student teahers. (3-7-94)

Burns, B., & Hagerman, A. (1989). Computer experience, self-concept and problem-solving: The effects of LOGO on children's ideas of themselves as learners. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 5(2), 199-212.

Burns, H. (1979). Stimulating rhetorical invention through computer-assisted instruction. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, The University of Texas at Austin.

Burns, M. A collection of math lessons from Grades 3 through 6. New York: The Math Solutions Publications, 1987.

Burns, M. The book of think, or how to solve a problem twice your size. (And other titles.)

Bush, V. (1945, July). As we may think. The Atlantic Monthly.

Bussis, A. M., Chittenden, E. A., & Amarel, M. (1976). Beyond surface curriculum. Boulder, CO: Westview.

Butler, W. (1991). Building an electronic discourse curriculum. Paper presented at the Conference on College Composition and Communication, Boston.

Butler, Wayne. The Social Construction of Knowledge in an Electronic Discourse Community. Dissertation, 1992.

Butterfield, E. C. & Belmont, J. M. (1975). Assessing and improving the executive cognition functions of mentally retarded people. In I. Bailer & M. Sternlicht (Eds.), Psychological issues in mentally retarded people. Chicago: Aldine.

Butzow, C. M., & Butzow, J. W. (1989). Science through children's literature: An integrated approach. Englewood, CO: Teachers Ideas.

Buzeldere, G., & Franchi, S. (1994). "Bridging the gap": Where cognitive science meets literary criticism. Stanford Humanities Review, Supplement, 4(1), Spring.

Byrne, E. M. (1991). Women in science: The snark syndrome. New York, London: Falmer.

Byrne, E. M., (Ed.) (1990). Women in science and technology in Australia. Philadelphia: Taylor & Francis.

Cahuto, M. J., & Bruchac, J. (1988). Keepers of the earth: Native American stories and environmental activites for children. Golden, CO: Fulcrum.

Cajete, G. (1994). Look to the mountain. Durango, CO: Kivaki Press.

Calhoun, E. F. (1993). Action research: Three approaches. Educational Leadership, 51, 62-65.

California State Department of Education (1983). Handbook for planning an effective writing program (K-12). Sacramento, CA: Author.

Calkins, L. M. (1983). Lessons from a child: On the teaching and learning of writing. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Calkins, L. M. (1985). The art of teaching writing. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Calkins, L. M. (1985). Learning to think through writing. In A. Jaggar and M. T. Smith-Burke (Eds.), Observing the language learner (pp. 190-198). Newark, DE: International Reading Association.

Calkins, L. M. (1991). Living between the lines. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Campbell, D. T. (1975). Degrees of freedom and the case study. Comparative Political Studies, 8, 178-153.

Campbell, D. T., & Stanley, J. C. (1963). Experimental and quasi-experimental designs for research. Chicago: Rand McNally.

Camperell, K. (1981). Other to self-regulation: Vygotsky's theory of cognitive development and its implications for improving comprehension instruction for unsuccessful students (ERIC Document Reproduction Service No. ED 211 968).

Capossela, T. L. (1993). What is critical writing? In T. L. Capossela, (Ed.), The critical writing workshop: Designing writing assignments to foster critical thinking (pp. 1-16). Portsmouth, NH: Boynton/Cook.

Carey, J. W. (1993). Everything that rises must diverge: Notes on communications, technology and the symbolic construction of the social. In Gaunt, P. (Ed.). Beyond agendas: New directions in communication research (pp. 172- 184). Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Carey, James. Communication as Culture. Thousand Oaks: Sage. 1995.

Carey, S. (1985). Conceptual development in childhood. Cambridge: MIT Press.

Carey, S. (1986). Cognitive science and science education. American Psychologist, 41(10), 1123-1130. - A literature review on the misconceptions research area. (Fall 92)

Carlsen, W. S. (1991). Questioning in classrooms: A sociolinguistic perspective. Review of Educational Research, 61 (2), 157-178.

Carlson, L. (1983). Dialogue games: An essay in formal semantics. Boston: Reidel.

Carnegie Forum on Education and the Economy (1986). A nation prepared: Teachers for the 21st century. New York: Carnegie Foundation.

Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching (1990). Campus life: In search of community. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Carpenter, T. P., Fennema, E., Peterson, P. L., Chiang, C. P., & Loef, M. (1989). Using knowledge of children's mathematics thinking in classroom teaching: An experimental study. American Educational Research Journal, 26, 499-531.

Carr, W. and Kemmis, S. Becoming critical. London and Philadelphia: Falmer Press, 1986.

Carraher, T. N., & Schliemann, A. D. (1988). Culture, arithmetic, and mathematical models. Cultural Dynamics, 1(2), 180-194.

Carraher, T. N., Carraher, D. W., & Schliemann, A. D. (1985). Mathematics in the streets and the schools. British Journal of Developmental Psychology, 3, 21-29.

Carroll, J. K., & Mack, R. L. (1984). Learning to use a word processor: By doing, by thinking, and by knowing. In J. C. Thomas & M. L. Schneider (Eds.), Human factors in computer systems (pp. 13-51). Norwood, NJ: Ablex. - About actively learning domain specific knowledge. Good interviews with subjects. (2-13-93)

Carroll, J. K., & Mack, R. L. (1985). Metaphor, computing systems, and active learning. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 22(1), 39-57. - A discussion of how prior knowledge organizes learning into technical definitions and metaphors. Additional discussion of how mental models are constructed. (2-6-93).

Carroll, J. M., & Rosson, M. B. (1985). Usability specifications as a tool in iterative development. In H. R. Hartson (Ed.), Advances in human-computer interaction (pp. 1-28). Norwood, NJ: Ablex. - Discussion of research methodologies for studying software development. (10-15-93)

Carter, L. (1989). Telecommunications and networked personal computers: Opening up the classroom. Paper presented at the Conference on College Composition and Communication, Seattle, Washington.

Carter, R., & Kirkup, G. (1990). Women in engineering: a good place to be? London: Macmillan.

Caswell, S. (1988). E-mail. Boston: Artech.

Cavaiani, T. P. (1989). Cognitive style and diagnostic skills of student programmers. Journal of Research on Computing in Education, 21(4), 411-421. - One predictor of success for student programmers is cognitive style. Author used Group Embedded Figures test and self-developed debugging instrument. Results positive. (3-26-93)

Cavell, S. (1976). Must we mean what we say? A book of essays. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Cazden, C. B. (1988). Classroom discourse: The language of teaching and learning. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Cazden, C. B. (1989). The myth of autonomous text. In M. Topping, D. C. Crowell, & V. N. Kobayashi (Eds.), Thinking across cultures: The third international conference (pp. 109-122). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Cazden, C. B. (1994). Writing about cats: Contrasting ideologies of writing instruction. In D. Keller-Cohen (Ed.), Literacy: Interdisciplinary conversations. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton.

Cazden, C. B., John, V., & Hymes, D. (Eds.) (1972). Functions of language in the classroom. New York: Teachers College.

Cazden, C., Cope, B., Fairclough, N., Gee, J., Kalantzis, M., Kress, G., Luke, A., Luke, C., Michaels, S. and Nakata, M. (1996) A pedagogy of multiliteracies: Designing social futures. Harvard Educational Review, 66, 60-92.

Cazden, C., et al. (1996). A pedagogy of multiliteracies: Designing social futures. Harvard Educational Review 66: 60-92.

Cennamo, K. S. (1993). Students' perceptions of the ease of learning from computers and interactive video: An exploratory study. Journal of Educational Technology Systems, 21(3), 251-263. - Learners perceived that it was easier to learn from interactive video, followed by television, computers, and books. (9-16-93)

Cervantes, R. (1993). Every message tells a story: A situated evaluation of instructional networking. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.

Chabay, R. W., & Sherwood, B. A. (1992). A practical guide for the creation of educational software. In J. H. Larkin & R. W. Chabay (Eds.), Computer-assisted instruction and intelligent tutoring systems: Shared goals and complementary approached (pp. 151-186). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Chaff, S. L., et al. (1977). Women in medicine: A bibliography of the literature on women physicians. Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow.

Chaiklin, S., & Lave, J. (Eds.). (19xx). Understanding practice: Perspectives on activity and context

Chan, C., Burtis, J., & Bereiter, C. (1997). Knowledge building as a mediator of conflict in conceptual change. Cognition and Instruction, 15, 1-40.

Chanan, Michael. Musica Practica: The Social Practice of Western Music from Gregorian Chant to Postmodernism. New York: Verso Publications. 1994.

Chandler, D., & Marcus, S. (Eds.) (1985). Computers and literacy. Philadelphia: Taylor and Francis. (Open University Press).

Chandler, M. J. (1973). Egocentrism and anti-social behavior: The assessment and training of social perspective-taking skills. Developmental Psychology, 9, 326-332.

Chapelle, C. (1990). Discourse of computer-assisted language learning: Toward a context for descriptive research. TESOL Quarterly, 24(2), 199-225.

Charney, D. (1993). A study in rhetorical reading: How evolutionists read 'The spandrels of San Marco'. In J. Selzer (Ed.), Understanding scientific prose. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.

Charney, D. (1994). The impact of hypertext on processes of reading and writing. In S. J. Hilligoss & C. Selfe (Eds.), Computers and literacy (pp. 238-263). New York, NY: Modern Languages Association.

Charrow, V. R. (1981). The written English of deaf adolescents. In M. F. Whiteman (Ed.), Writing: The nature, development, and teaching of written communication. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Cherniak, W., Davis, C., & Deegan, M. (Eds.). (1993). The politics of the electronic text. Oxford, UK: Office for Humanities Communication.

Chi, M. T. H., Bassok, M., Lewis, M. W., Reimann, P., & Glaser, R. (1989). Self-explanations: How students study and use examples in learning to solve problems. Cognitive Science, 13, 145-182.

Chi, M. T. H., Feltovich, P. J., & Glaser, R. (1981). Categorization and representation of physics problems by experts and novices. Cognitive Science, 5, 121-152.

Childs, J. L. "The Educational Philosphy of John Dewey,"in The Philosophy of John Dewey, ed. Paul Arthur Schilipp (rev. ed.; New York: Tudor Publishing Co., 1951), p. 443.

Chinn, C. A., & Brewer, W. F. (1992). Psychological responses to anomalous data. In Proceedings of the Fourteenth Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society (pp. 165-170). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum. - Good discussion of seven responses. (Fall 92)

Chinn, C. A., & Brewer,W.F. (in press). The role of anomalous data in knowledge acquisition: A theoretical framework and implications for science instruction (Technical Report No. ). Urbana, IL: Center for the Study of Reading.

Chipman, S. F., Brush, L. R., & Wilson, D. M. (1985). Women and mathematics: Balancing the equation. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates

Chiseri-Strater, Elizabeth. Academic Literacies: The Public and Private Discourse of University Students. Portsmouth, NH: Boynton/Cook, 1992. [0-86709-273-4]

Chomsky, C., Honda, M., O'Neil, W. & Unger, C. (1985). Doing science: Constructing scientific theories as an introduction to scientific method (Technical Report #85-23). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University, Educational Technology Center.

Chomsky, N. (1957). Syntactic structures. Gravenhage: Mouton.

Christ, Carol P. (1986). Why women need the goddess: Phenomenological, psychological, and political reflections. In Marilyn Pearsall (Ed.), Women and values: Readings in recent feminist philosophy. (pp. 211-219). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Christie, F. (1989). Language development in education. In R. Hasan & J. R. Martin (Eds.), Language development: Learning, language, learning culture. Meaning and Choice in Language: Studies for M. Halliday. Norwood, NJ :Ablex.

Christie, F. (1991). Pedagogical and content registers in a writing lesson. Linguistics and Education, 3, 203-224.

Clanchy, M. T. (1979). From memory to written record. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Clandinin, D. Jean (1986). Classroom practices: Teacher images in action. London: Falmer Press.

Clandinin, D. Jean, & Connelly, F. Michael (1992). Narrative and story in practice and research. In Schon, D. (Ed.), The reflective turn: Case studies in and on educational practice. New York: Teachers' College Press.

Clandinin, D. Jean, and Connelly, F. Michael (1995). Teachers' professional knowledge landscapes. New York: Teachers' College Press.

Clariana, R. B., & Schutz, C. W. (1993). Gender by content achievement differences in computer-based instruction. Journal of computers in Mathematics and Science Teaching, 12(3/4), 277-288.

Clark, B. (1986) Optimizing learning: The integrative education model in the classroom. Toronto: Merrill Publishing Company, 1986.

Clark, G. (1994). Rescuing the discourse of community. College Composition and Communication, 45(1), 61-74.

Clark, R. E. (1983). Reconsidering research on learning from media. Review of Educational Research, 53(4), 445-459. - no learning is attributed just to the computer and uncontrolled effects are a methodological problem. (9-27-93)

Clark, R. E. (1985). Confounding in educational computing research. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 1(2), 137-148.

Clark, R. E. (1992). Facilitating domain-general problem solving: Computers, cognitive processes and instruction. In E. De Corte, M. Linn, H. Handl, & L. Verschaffel (Eds.), Computer-based learning environments and problem-solving (266-285). Berlin: Springer-Verlag. - Review of problem solving transfer and conclude that computer does not aid problem solving. Selecting and connecting are the two active processes and these processes work vertically or horizontally. (9-13-93)

Clay, M. M. (1975). What did I write? London and Auckland: Heinemann.

Clay, M. M. (1989). Involving teachers in research. In G. S. Pinnell & M. A. Matlin (Eds.), Teachers and research: Language learning in the classroom (pp. 29-46). Newark, DE: International Reading Association.

Clements, D. H. (1984). Effects of computer programming on young children's cognition. Journal of Educational Psychology, 76(6), 1051-1058.

Clements, D. H. (1986). LOGO and cognition: A theoretical foundation. Computers in Human Behavior, 2(2), 95-110.

Clements, D. H. (1990). Metacomponential development in a LOGO programming environment. Journal of Educational Psychology, 82(1), 141-149.

Clements, D. H., & Merriman, S. (1988). Componential developments in LOGO programming environments. In R. E. Mayer (Ed.), Teaching and learning computer programming: Multiple research perspectives (pp. 13-54). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Cleverley, J. (1991). The schooling of China: Tradition and modernity in Chinese education (2nd edition). North Sydney, NSW: Allen & Unwin.

Clewell, B. C. (1991). Women of color in mathematics, science & engineering: A review of the literature. Washington, DC: Center for Women Policy Studies.

Clifford, J. (1986). On ethnographic allegory. In J. Clifford & G. E. Marcus (Eds.), Writing culture: The poetics and politics of ethnography (pp. 98-121). Berkeley: University of California Press.

Clifford, J., & Marcus, G. E. (Eds.) (1986). Writing culture: The poetics and politics of ethnography. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Clift, R. (March 1992). Discord as a function of university expectations. Paper presented at the Spring Conference of the National Council of Teachers of English, Washington, DC.

Clift, R. T., Meng, L., & Eggerding, S. (1994). Mixed messages in learning to teach English. Teaching and Teacher Education, 10, 265-279.

Clift, R., Holder, G., Veal, M. L., Johnson, M., & Holland, P. (1991). The tangled threads of ethics and responsibilities in action research for school improvement. Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the American Education Research Association, Chicago, IL.

Clift, R., Johnson, M., Holland, P., & Veal, M. L. (1992). Developing the potential for collaborative school leadership. American Educational Research Journal, 29, 877-908.

Clift, R., Veal, M. L., Johnson, M. and Holland, P. (1990). Restructuring teacher education through collaborative action research. Journal of Teacher Education, 41(2) 52-62.

Clyne, S. (1990). Adversary evaluation. In H. J. Walberg & G. D. Haertel (Eds.), The international encyclopedia of educational evaluation (pp. 77-79). Oxford: Pergamon.

Cochran-Smith, M. (1991). Word processing and writing in elementary classrooms: A critical review of the literature. Review of Educational Research, 61, 107-155.

Cochran-Smith, M., & Lytle, S. L. (1993). Inside/outside: Teacher research and knowledge. New York: Teachers College Press.

Cockburn, C. (1988). Machinery of dominance: Women, men, and technical know-how. Boston: Northeastern University Press.

Code , L (1991). What can she know?: Feminist theory and the construction of knowledge. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.

Code, L. (1987). Epistemic responsibility. Hanover, NH: University Press of New England.

Coenen, H. (1991). Wandering through the caves: Phenomenological field research in a social world of dementia. In D. Maines (Ed.), Social organization and social process (pp. 315-332). New York: de Gruyter.

Cohen, D. K. (1988). Educational technology and school organization. In R. Nickerson & P. P. Zodhiates (Eds.), Technology in education: Looking toward 2020 (pp. 231-265). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Cohen, M., & Miyake, N. (1986). A worldwide intercultural network: Exploring electronic messaging for instruction (Report No. 8). La Jolla, CA: University of California at San Diego, Center for Human Information Processing.

Cohen, M., & Miyake, N. (1986). A worldwide intercultural network: Exploring electronic messaging for instruction. Instructional Science, 15(3), 257-273. - Discussion of uses and opportunities. (11-3-93)

Cohne, D. and Rosenberg, B. (1977). Functions and fantasies: Understanding schools in capitalist America. History of Education Quarterly, Summer, 1977, 113-137.

Cole, E. B. (1993). Philosophy and feminist criticism. New York: Paragon.

Cole, J. R. (1979). Fair science: Women in the scientific community. New York: Free Press.

Cole, J. R., & Zuckerman, H. (February 1987). Marriage, motherhood, and research performance in Science." Scientific American, 256, 119-125.

Cole, M. (1996). Cultural psychology: A once and future discipline. Cambridge, MA: Belknap.

Cole, M., Hood, L., and McDermott, R. P. (1978). Ecological niche-picking: Ecological validity as an axiom of experimental cognitive psychology (Monograph). New York: Rockefeller University, Laboratory of Comparative Human Cognition. [Reprinted in Practice, 4(1), 117-129].

Collins, A. (1983). Teaching reading and writing with personal computers. In J. Orasanu (Ed.), A decade of reading research: Implications for practice. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Collins, A., & Ferguson, W. (1993). Epistemic forms and epistemic games: Structures and strategies to guide inquiry. Educational Psychologist, 28(1), 25-42.

Collins, A., & Gentner, D. (1980). A framework for a cognitive theory of writing. In L. W. Gregg & E. R. Steinberg (Eds.), Cognitive processes in writing). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Collins, A., Brown, J. S., & Newman, S. E. (1989). Cognitive apprenticeship: Teaching the crafts of reading, writing, and mathematics. In L. B. Resnick (Ed.), Knowing, learning, and instruction: Essays in honor of Robert Glaser (pp. 454-494). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. - Clear but short definition of cognitive apprenticeship, three good examples. (3-17-94)

Collins, A., Bruce, B. C., & Rubin, A. D. (1982) Microcomputer-based writing activities for the upper elementary grades. In Proceedings of the Fourth International Learning Technology Congress and Exposition. Warrenton, VA: Society for Applied Learning Technology.

Collins, J. L., & Sommers, E. A. (1985). Writing on-line: Using computers in the teaching of writing. Upper Montclair, NJ: Boynton/Cook.

Collins, T. (1989). Some possible limits to the system. In D. H. Bell (Ed.), Teacher's guide to using computer networks for written interaction (pp. 53-57). Washington, DC: Realtime Learning Systems.

Colorado, R. J. (1988). Computer-assisted instruction research: A critical assessment. Journal of Research on Computing in Education, 20(2), 226-233.

Colwell, T. (1993, Summer). The Dewey-Bentley program of language reform in ecological perspective. Educational Foundations, 7, 27-41.

Comaroff, John (1991). Humanity, ethnicity, nationality: Conceptual perspectives in the U.S.S.R. Theory and Society, 20, 661-87.

Commeyras, M. & Sumner, G. (1995). Questions children want to discuss about literature: What teachers and students learned in a second-grade classroom. (Reading Research Report No. 47). Athens, GA: National Reading Research Center.

Commeyras, M. (1989). Analyzing a critical thinking reading lesson. (Technical Report No. 464). Champaign, IL: Center for the Study of Reading.

Commeyras, M. (1992). Dialogical-thinking reading lessons: Promoting critical thinking among 'learning-disabled' students. (Technical Report No. 553). Champaign, IL: Center for the Study of Reading.

Commeyras, M. (1992). Dialogical-thinking reading lessons: Promoting critical thinking among 'learning-disabled' students. (Technical Report No. 553). Champaign, IL: Center for the Study of Reading.

Commeyras, M. (1994). Exploring critical thinking from a feminist standpoint: Limitations and potential. In C. K. Kinzer & D. Leu (Eds.), Multidimensional aspects of literacy research, theory, and practice: Forty-third yearbook of the National Reading Conference. National Reading Conference.

Commeyras, M., Orellana, M. F., Bruce, B. C., & Neilsen, L. (1996). What do feminist theories have to offer to literacy, education, and research? Reading Research Quarterly, 31 (4), 458-468.

Commeyras, M., Osborn, J., & Bruce, B. (1992). Reading educators' reactions to the reading framework for the 1992 NAEP. In C. K. Kinzer & D. J. Leu (Eds.), Literacy research, theory, and practice: Views from many perspectives (Forty-first yearbook of the National Reading Conference (pp. 137-152). Chicago: The National Reading Conference.

Commeyras, M., Osborn, J., & Bruce, B. (1993, March). What do classroom teachers think about the 1992 NAEP in Reading? (Tech. Rep. No. 571). Urbana: University of Illinois, Center for the Study of Reading.

Committee on the Education and Employment of Women in Science and Engineering, Office of Scientific and Engineering Personnel, National Research Council (1983). Climbing the ladder: An update on the status of doctoral women scientists and engineers. Washington: National Academy Press.

Confrey, J. (1990). A review of the research on student conceptions in mathematics, science, and programming. In C. B. Cazden (Ed.), Review of research in education: Vol. 16 (pp. 3-56). Washington, DC: American Educational Research Association. - Good review, several good cites in information processing. (7-26-93)

Conley, T. M. (1990). Rhetoric in the European tradition. New York: Longman.

Connell, J. (1996). Exploring some of the educational implications of Idhe's philosophy of education. Educational Foundations.

Connelly, F. M., & Clandinin, J. (1990). The cyclic temporal structure of schooling. In M. Ben-Peretz & R. Bromme (Eds.), The nature of time in schools (pp. 36-63). New York: Teachers College Press.

Connelly, F. Michael, & Clandinin, D. Jean (1988). Teachers as curriculum planners: Narratives of experience. New York: Teachers College Press.

Connelly, F. Michael, & Clandinin, D. Jean (1990). Stories of experience and narrative inquiry. Educational Research, 19(5), 2-14.

Conroy, P. (1987). The water is wide. New York: Bantam.

Contractor, N. S., Seibold, D. R. & Heller, M. A. (1996). Interactional influence in the structuring of media use in groups: influence in members' perceptions of group decision support system use. Human Communication Research, 22, 451-481.

Cook, C. A. (1970). Suzuki education in action: A story of talent training from Japan. New York: Exposition.

Cook, E. K., & Kazlauskas, E. J. (1993). The cognitive and behavioral basis of instructional design: Using CBT to teach technical information and learning strategies. Journal of Educational Technology Systems, 21(4), 287-302.

Cook, L. K., & Mayer, R. E. (1988). Teaching readers about the structure of scientific text. Journal of Educational Psychology, 80(4), 448-456. - Shows that training is how to read scientific textx is helpful. Talks about top down structure of text. (5-8-93).

Cook, T. D., & Campbell, D. T. (1979). Quasi-experimentation: Design & analysis issues for field settings. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

Cook-Gumperz, J. (Ed.) (1986). The social construction of literacy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Coombs, N. R. (1990). Liberation technology: Equal access via computer communication. Rochester Institute of Technology Newsletter, pp. 2-4. (Supplemental) In this article Professor Coombs discusses the use of computers to teach telecommunication courses for continuing education students. (E. Baranowski)

Cooper, C. R. (1985). Researching response to literature and the teaching of literature: Points of departure. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Cooper, C. R. (Ed.) (1981). The nature and measurement of competency in English. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Cooper, C. R., & Greenbaum, S. (Eds.) (1986). Studying writing: Linguistic approaches. Beverly Hills: Sage.

Cooper, C. R., & Odell, L. (Eds.). (1977). Evaluation of writing. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Cooper, C. R., & Odell, L. (Eds.). (1978). Research on composing. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Cooper, M. (1986). The ecology of writing. College Composition and Communication.

Copple, C., & Sigel, I. (1984). Educating the young thinker. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Corbett, A. T., & Anderson, J. R. (1992). LISP intelligent tutoring system: Research in skill acquisition. In J. H. Larkin & R. W. Chabay (Eds.), Computer-assisted instruction and intelligent tutoring systems: Shared goals and complimentary approaches (pp. 73-109). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum. - Chapter discusss the program and reports research results. (9-29-93)

Corbin, J., & Strauss, A. (1987). Accompaniments of chronic illness: Changes in body, self, biography and biographical time. Research in the Sociology of Health Care, 6, 249-281.

Costa, A. L. (1984). Mediating the metacognitive. Educational Leadership, 42 (3), 57-62.

Coulmas, F. (1989). The writing systems of the world. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.

Council of Chief State School Officers (1990a). Report of the consensus process: 1992 NAEP Reading Assessment, NAEP Reading Consensus Project. Washington, DC: Author.

Council of Chief State School Officers (1990b). Reading framework for the 1992 National Assessment of Educational Progress. Washington, DC: Author.

Countryman, J. (1992). Writing to learn mathematics: Strategies that work, K-12. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Cowan, R. S. (1985). From Virginia Dare to Virginia Slims: Women and technology in American life. Technology and Culture, 20, 51-63.

Cox, C., & Many, J. E. (1992). Stance towards a literary work: Applying the transactional theory to children's responses. Reading Psychology: An International Quarterly, 13, 37-72.

Cox, R. J. (1998, May 4). Drawing sea serpents: The publishing wars on personal computing and the information age. Firstmonday, 3(5). http://www.firstmonday.dk/issues/issue3_5/cox/index.html.

Craig, J., & Craig, M. (1974). Synergic power: Beyond domination and permissiveness. Berkeley, CA: ProActive.

Crapanzano, V. (1990). On dialogue. In T. Maranhão (Ed.), The interpretation of dialogue (pp. 269-291). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Crawford, R. (1994). Techno prisoners. Adbusters Quarterly, 11.

Crawford, R. (1994). Techno prisoners. In G. Gerbner, H. Mowlana, & H. Schiller (Eds.), Invisible crises. Westview.

Cronbach, L. J. (1975). Beyond the two disciplines of scientific psychology. American Psychologist, 30, 116-127.

Cronbach, L. J. (1982). Designing evaluations of educational and social programs. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Cronnell, B. (1981). The writing needs of linguistically different students. Los Alamitos, CA: Southwest Regional Laboratory.

A fairly good, short article which provides an introduction to Black English. Also, see Labov (D. Cruickshank)

Cross, G.A. Collaboration and Conflict. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press, 1994.

Crowell, S. G. (1990). Dialogue and text: Re-marking the difference. In T. Maranhão (Ed.), The interpretation of dialogue (pp. 338-360). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Crowley, S. (1989). A teacher's introduction to deconstruction. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Crusius, T. W. (1991). A teacher's introduction to philosophical hermeneutics. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Cuban, L. (1986). Teachers and machines: The classroom use of technology since 1920. New York: Teachers College Press.

Cuban, L. (1990). Reforming again, again, and again. Educational Researcher, 19(1), 3-13.

Cuban, L. (1992). Managing dilemmas while building professional communities. Educational Researcher, 21(1), 4-11.

Cuff, R. N. (1980). On casual users. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 12(2), 163-187.

A detailed profile of the casual user with reference to database query systems. (Alex Rath, 9-27-93)

Culture and Technology Group at Vanderbilt (in press). The Jasper series as an example of anchored instruction: Theory, program description and assessment data. Educational Psychologist.

Cummings, T. G. (1981). Designing effective work groups. In P. C. Nystrom & W. H. Starbuck (Eds.), Handbook of organizational design (pp. 250-271). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Cummins, J. (1986). Cultures in contact: Using classroom microcomputers for cultural interchange and reinforcement. TESL Canada Journal, 3(2), 13-31.

Curtis, B. (1986). By the way, Did anyone study any real programmers? In E. Soloway & S. Iyengar (Eds.), Empirical studies of programmers (pp. 256-262).

Curtis, B., Soloway, E. M., Brooks, R. E., Black, J. B., Ehrlich, K., & Ramsey, H. R. (1986). Software psychology: The need for an interdisciplinary program. Proceedings of the IEEE, 74(8), 1092-1106.

D'Amato, J. (1988). "Acting": Hawaiian children's resistance to teachers. Elementary School Journal, 88, 529-544.

D'Ignazio, F. (1990, May). Electronic highways and the classroom of the furure. The Computing Teacher, pp. 20-24.

D'Souza, P. V. (1992). Email's role in the learning process: A case study. Journal of Research on Computing in Education, 25(2), 254-264. - The study reports that email can promote learning, classroom communication, and access to information. (3-7-94)

Daelemans, S. and Maranhão, T. (1990). Psychoanalytic discourse and the dialogical principle. In T. Maranhão (Ed.), The interpretation of dialogue (pp. 219-241). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Dagg, A. I. (1983). Harem and other horrors: Sexual bias in behavioural biology. Waterloo, Ont.: Otter Press.

Dagg, A. I., & Beauchamp, R. S. (Spring 1991), Is there a feminist science? Perceived impact of gender on research by women scientists. Atlantis, 16, 77-84.

Daiute, C. (1985). Writing and computers. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Daiute, C. (1986). Physical and cognitive factors in revising: Insights from studies with computers. Research in the Teaching of English, 20, 141-159.

Dalbey, J., & Linn, M. C. (1985). The demands and requirements of computer programming: A literature review. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 1(3), 253-274.

Dalton, D. W., & Goodrum, D. A. (1991). The effects of computer programming on problem-solving skills and attitudes. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 7(4), 483-506. - A study which focused on the best way to teach problem solving to students. Some got just computer programming and others got programming and problem-solving. (Fall 92)

Daly, Mary. _Beyond God The Father: Toward a Philosophy of Women's Liberation_. Boston: Beacon Press, 1973.

Damico, Alfonso J. (1978). Individuality and community: The social and political thought of John Dewey . Gainesville, FL: University Presses of Florida.

Damon, W. (1984). Peer education: The untapped potential. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 5, 331-343.

Darling-Hammond, L. (Ed.). (19xx). Professional development schools: Schools for developing a profession. New York: Teachers College Press.

Dascal, M. (1985a). Introduction. In M. Dascal (Ed.), Dialogue: An interdisciplinary approach (pp. 1-8). Philadelphia: Benjamin's.

Dascal, M. (1985b). The relevance of misunderstanding. In M. Dascal (Ed.), Dialogue: An interdisciplinary approach (pp. 441-459). Philadelphia: Benjamin's.

Davidson, D. (1974). On the very idea of a conceptual scheme. Proceedings and Addresses of the American Philosophical Association, 47.

Davidson, J. L. (Ed.). (1988). Counterpoint and beyond: A response to Becoming a Nation of Readers. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Davidson, N. (Ed.) (1990). Cooperative learning in mathematics: A handbook for teachers. Menlo Park, CA: Addison-Wesley.

Davis, B. G. (1985). Evaluating intervention programs: Applications from women's programs in math and science. New York: Teachers College, Columbia University.

Davis, K. (1988). Power under the microscope. Dordrecht: Foris.

Davis, P. J., & Hersh, R. (1981). The mathematical experience. Boston: Houghton-Mifflin.

Davis, P. J., & Hersh, R. (1987). Rhetoric and mathematics. In J. S. Nelson, A. Megill, & D. N. McCloskey (Eds.), The rhetoric of the human sciences: Language and argument in scholarship and public affairs (pp. 53-68). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.

Davis, Scriven, & Thomas (1981). The evaluation of composition instruction. A handbook for a school program evaluation. Edgepress.

Davison, A., & Green, G. (Eds.) (1988). Linguistic complexity and text comprehension: Readability issues reconsidered. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

De Castell, S., Egan, K., & Luke, A. (Eds.) (1986). Literacy, society, and schooling; A reader. New York: Cambridge University Press.

De Corte, E., Verschaffel, L., & Schrooten, H. (1992). Cognitive effects of learning to program in Logo: A one-year study with sixth graders. In E. De Corte, M. Linn, H. Handl, & L. Verschaffel (Eds.), Computer-based learning environments and problem-solving (207-228). Berlin: Springer-Verlag. - Reports results of pre-post study of a "powerful" learning enironment. (9-14-93)

De Jong, T. (1991). Learning and instruction with computer simulations. Education & Computing, 6(3,4), 217-229. - Discusses the definition, the context, and the conceptual framework of computer simulations in education. (9-16-93)

DeLisi, Peter S., Lessons from the Steel Axe: Culture, Technology, and Organizational Change, Sloan Management Review, v32n1, (Fall 1990): p.83-93.

DeRose , S. J. (sjd@ebt), & Durand, D. G. (dgd@bu.edu) (1994). Making hypermedia work. Boston: Kluwer Academic Publishers. [384pp]

DeSanctis, G., & Poole, M. (1994). Capturing the complexity in advanced technology use: Adaptive Structuration Theory, Organization Science, 5, 121-147.

DeStefano, J. (1987). Commentary. In J. Squire (Ed.), The dynamics of language learning: Research in reading and English. Urbana, IL: National Conference on Research in English and ERIC Clearinghouse on Reading and Communication Skills.

Dear, P. (1991). The literary structure of scientific argument: Historical studies. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.

December, J., & Randall, N. (1994). The World Wide Web unleashed. Indianapolis, IN: SAMS Publishing.

Delclos, V. R., & Kulewicz. (1986). Improving computer-based problem solving training: The role of the teacher as mediator. Computers in Human Behavior, 2(2), 135-146. - A study on instruction of computer programming. One group got just Rocky's Boots, and the other group got RB and teacher instruction. (Fall 92)

Delcourt, M. A. B., & Kinzie, M. B. (1993). Computer technologies in teacher education: The measurement of attitudes and self-efficacy. Journal of Research and Development in Education, 27(1), 35-41. - Discussion of two measures, attitudes and self-efficacy toward computers, are tested and discussed. (3-17-94)

Delmar, R. (1986). What is feminism? In J. Mitchel & A. Oakley (Eds.), What is feminism?. New York: Pantheon.

Delpit, L. (1988). The silenced dialogue: Power and pedagogy in educating other people's children. Harvard Educational Review, 58, 280-298. http://unix.temple.edu/%7Esparkss/delpitsilenced.htm

Delpit, L. (1988). The silenced dialogue: Power and pedagogy in educating other people's children. Harvard Educational Review, 58(3), 280-298.

Derrida, J. (1972).La Dissemination. Paris: Editions de Seuil.

Derrida, J. (1976). Of grammatology (trans. G. C. Spivak). Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.

Dervin, B. (1994). Information <---> democracy: An examination of underlying assumptions. In Leah A. Lievrouw (Ed.), Information resources and democracy [Special issue] (pp. 369-385). Journal of the American Society for Information Science, 45(6).

Detienne, F. (1991). A schema-based model of program understanding. In M. J. Tauber & D. Ackerman (Eds.), Mental models and human-computer interaction 2 (pp. 225-239). Amsterdam: Elsevier Science.

Detienne, F., & Soloway, E. (1990). An empirically-derived control structure for the process of program understanding. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 33(3), 323-342.

Dewey, J. (1884). The new psychology. Andover Review II, pp. 281-285.

Dewey, J. (1904). The relation of theory to practice in education. Third Yearbook of the National Society for the Scientific Study of Education, Part I (pp. 9-30).

Dewey, J. (1929). Experience and nature. Chicago: Open Court.

Dewey, J. (1933). How we think: A rethinking of the relation of reflective thinking in the educative process. New York: D. C. Heath.

Dewey, J. (1938). Experience and education. New York: Collier Books.

Dewey, J. (1956). The child and the curriculum & The school and society. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. (Original works published 1902 and 1915)

Dewey, J. (1966). Democracy and education. New York: Macmillan. (Original work published 1916)

Dewey, J., & Bentley, A. F. (1949). Knowing and the known. Boston: Beacon.

John Dewey Project on Progressive Education (2002). A brief overview of progressive education. [Retrieved February 27, 2005 from http://www.uvm.edu/~dewey/articles/proged.html].

Dexter, L. A. (1970). Elite and specialized interviewing. Evanston: Northwestern University Press.

DiMatteo, A. (1990). Discourse, writing, and the electronic community. Paper presented at the Maine Conference on Classroom Applications for Computer-Assisted Composition Instruction, Orono, ME.

DiMatteo, A. (1990). Under erasure: A theory for interactive writing in real time. Computers and Composition, 7, 71-84.

DiMauro, V., & Gal, S. (1994). Use of telecommunications for reflective discourse of science teacher leaders. Journal of Science Education and Technology, 3(2), 123-135.

Dick, W. (1987). A history of instructional design and its impact on educational psychology. In J. A. Glover, R. A. Ronning (Eds.), Historical foundations of educational psychology (pp. 183-202). New York: Plenum Press.

Dierckins. T. (1994). Macintosh vs. IBM in composition instruction: Does a significant difference exist? Computers and Composition, 11(2), 151-164.

Dillon, G. L. (1981). Constructing texts: Elements of a theory of composition and style. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Dillon, J. T. (1983). Teaching and the art of questioning. Bloomington, IN: Phi Delta Kappa.

Dillon, J. T. (1984). Research on questioning and discussion. Educational Leadership, 42(3), 50-56.

Dillon, J. T. (1987). Question-answer practices in a dozen fields. Questioning Exchange, 1, 87-100.

Dillon, J. T. , Ed. (1988). Questioning and discussion: An interdisciplinary study. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Dipardo, A. & Freedman, S. W. (1988). Peer response groups in the writing classroom: Theoretic foundations and new directions. Review of Educational Research, 58, 119-149. Peer Response Groups (PRGs) in which students respond to one another's writing, are enthusiastically advocated and supported by current writing theory. They are difficult to organize effectively. Article contains a review of literature and examination of a small number of PRG studies. Issues of interest include degree of teacher control & effectiveness of control structure, and kinds of social interaction within groups. Suggests moving away from teacher-initiated model towards the encouragement of spontaneous peer talk during the writing process. (J. Sciacca)

Dix, L. S. (Ed.). (1987). Women: their underrepresentation and career differentials in science and engineering: Proceedings of a workshop. Washington: National Research Council, Office of Scientific and Engineering Personnel.

Dizard, Wilson. (1989). The coming information age: An overview of technology, economics, and politics (3rd ed.). NY: Longman.

Dobrzynski, J. (1996, April 28). @wit's end: Coping with e-mail overload. The New York Times, p A2.

Doctor, R. D. (1994). Seeking equity in the National Information Infrastructure. Internet Research, 4(3), pp. 9- 22.

Dodge, D. and Colker, L. The creative curriculum for early childhood, (third edition). Washington: Teaching Strategies Inc., 1992.

Dolan, J. (1988). The feminist spectator as critic. Ann Arbor, MI: UMI Research Press.

Dole, J. A., Duffy, G. G., Roehler, L. R., & Pearson, P. D. (1991). Moving from the old to the new: Research on reading comprehension instruction. Review of Educational Research, 61, 239-264.

Donath, J. (19xx) Inhabiting the virtual city: The design of social environments for electronic communities. Ph.D. Thesis, MIT.

Donnan, C. S. (1988). Following our forebears' footsteps: From expedition to understanding. In V. Rogers, A. D. Roberts, & T. P. Weinland, (Eds.), Teaching social studies: Portraits from the classroom (Bulletin No. 82). Washington, DC: National Council for the Social Studies.

Doress, P. B., Siegel, D., & the Boston Women's Health Book Collective (1987). Ourselves, growing older: Women ageing with knowledge and power. London: Fontana.

Doris, E. (1990). Doing what scientists do: Children learn to investigate their world. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Doris, E. Doing what scientists do. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann,

Dorneich, M. C. (1999). System design framework for a learning collaboratory. Ph. D. Thesis, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.

Dorr-Bremme, D. W. (1990). Naturalistic evaluation. In H. J. Walberg & G. D. Haertel (Eds.), The international encyclopedia of educational evaluation (pp. 66-68). Oxford: Pergamon.

Dow, P. B. (1991). Schoolhouse politics: Lessons from the Sputnik era. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Drake, S. M. (1993). Planning integrated curriculum: The call to adventure. Alexandria, A: Association for Supervsion and Curriculum Development.

Drake, S. M. (October, 1991). How our team dissolved the boundaries. Educational Leadership.

Drake, S. et. al. (1992). Developing an integrated curriculum using the story model. Toronto: OISE Press.

Drew, P. & Holt, E. (1988). Complainable matters: the use of idiomatic expressions in making complaints. Social Problems, 35, 398-417.

Driver, R. (1983). The pupil as scientist? Milton Keynes: The Open University Press.

Driver, R., Guesne, E., & Tiberghien, A. (1985). Children's ideas in science. Milton Keynes: The Open University Press.

Drucker, P. F. (1959). Landmarks of tomorrow.

Drucker, P. F. (1994, November). The age of social transformation. Atlantic Monthly, pp. 53-80.

Drummond, M.J. Learning to see: Assessment through observation. York, MA: Stenhouse Publishers, 1994.

Du Boulay, B. (1986). Some difficulties of learning to program. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 2(1), 57-73.

Du Boulay, B., O'Shea, T., & Monk, J. (1981) The black box inside the glass box: Presenting computing concepts to novices. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 14(3), 237-249. - (1-15-93)

Duckworth, E. (1987). "The having of wonderful ideas" and other essays on teaching and learning. New York: Teachers College Press.

Duckworth, E. (1987). Teaching as research. In "The having of wonderful ideas" and other essays on teaching and learning. New York: Teachers College Press.

Duckworth, E. (May, 1972). The Having of Wonderful Ideas. Harvard Educational Review.

Duckworth, E., Easley, J. A. Jr., Hawkins, D., & Henriques, A. (1990). Science education: A minds-on approach for the elementary years. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Duguid, P. (1988). Institute for Research on Learning. Technology and Learning, 2, 5.

Dukes, W. F. (1965). N=1. Psychological Bulletin, 64, 74-79. Reprinted in J. A. Steger (Ed.), Readings in statistics for the behavioral scientist (pp. 378-387). New York: Holt, Rinehart, & Winston.

Dumais, S. T., & Landauer, T. K. (1982). Psychological investigations of natural terminology for command and query languages. In A. Badre & B. Shneiderman (Eds.), Directions in human-computer interaction (pp. 95-109). Norwood, NJ: Ablex Publishing Corportaion. The interaction between novices and commands sets for computer programs is investigated. They conclude that natural languiage helps a little, but has a long way to go.

Dupagne, M., & Krendl, K. A. (1992). Teachers' attitudes toward computers: A review of the literature. Journal of Research in Computing in Education, 24(3), 420-429. - Overall, teachers have expressed positive attitudes, though they have some reservations. Minimal text, good references. (10-5-93)

Duran, Jane. Toward a Feminist Epistemology. Lanham, Md.: Rowman &Littlefield, 1990.

Durst, R. K., & Newell, G. E. (1989). The uses of function: James Britton's category system and research on writing. Review of Educational Research, 59, 375-394.

Duschl, R. A. (1990). Restructuring science education: The importance of theories and their development. New York: Teachers College Press.

Dweck, C. (1975). The role of expectations and attributions in the alleviation of learned helplessness. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 31, 674-685.

Dyck, J. L., & Mayer, R. E. (1989). Teaching for transfer of computer program comprehension skill. Journal of Educational Psychology, 81(1), 16-24. - Transfer groups, taught in English, learned programming faster than people who went straight into computers. (5-8-93)

Dye, Thomas R. (1987). Understanding public policy (6th ed.). Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Dyson, A. H. (1954). Learning to write/learning to do school. Research in the Teaching of English, 18, 233-264.

Dyson, A. H. (1988). Unintentional helping in the primary grades: Writing in the children's world. In B. A. Rafoth & D. L. Rubin (Eds.), The social construction of written communication. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

ENFI Project (1985). ENFILog. Washington, DC: Gallaudet University.

Eagleton, T. (1983). Literary theory: An introduction. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Eakins, Barbara, and Gene Eakins. _Sex Differences in Human Communication_. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1978.

Easlea, B. (1981). Science and sexual oppression: patriarchy's confrontation with woman and nature. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson.

Easlea, B. (1983). Fathering the unthinkable: Masculinity, scientists, and the nuclear arms race. London: Pluto.

Easley, J. (1987). A teacher educator's perspective on students' and teachers' schemes. In D. Perkins, J. Lochhead, & J. Bishop (Eds.), Thinking: The second international conference (pp. 507-527). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Easley, J. (November, 1990). Right and wrong explanations, and related issues in compulsory science teaching. Presented to the National Conference on Research in Science Education, Padua, Italy.

Easley, J. A. (1991). How do animals hibernate? Science Network News, 3(6), 5-6.

Easley, J. A. Jr., Zwoyer, R. E. (19xx). Teaching by Listening—Toward a New Day in Math Classes.

Easley, J. A., Jr. (1978). Toward acculturation between traditional, creative, and technological approaches to mathematics education. In E. Cohors-Fresenborg and I. Wachsmuth (Eds.), Proceedings of the Second International Conference for the Psychology of Mathematics Education (pp. 120-143). Osnabrücker Schriften zur Mathematik. Reihe D Mathematisch-didaktische Manuskripte, Band 1.

Easley, J. A., Jr. (1979a). Mathematical foundations of 40 years of research on conservation in Geneva. Focus on Learning Problems in Mathematics, 1(4), 7-25.

Easley, J. A., Jr. (1979b). A portrayal of traditional teachers of mathematics in American schools. Critical reviews in mathematics education: Materialien und Studien, 9, 84-108.

Easley, J. A., Jr. (1981). The need for cognitive ethnography in school science and mathematics. In J. P. Robinson (Ed.), Research in science education: New questions, new directions. Columbus, OH: Center for Educational Research and Evaluation and ERIC/SMEAC.

Easley, J. A., Jr. (1982). Naturalistic case studies exploring social-cognitive mechanisms, and some methodological issues in research on problems of teachers. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 19(3), 191-203.

Easley, J. A., Jr. (1983a). A Japanese approach to arithmetic. For the Learning of Mathematics, 3(3), 8-14.

Easley, J. A., Jr. (1983b). Reflections on tutoring minority undergraduates in mathematics and quantitative sciences. Focus on Learning Problems in Mathematics, 5(3, 4), 79-91.

Easley, J. A., Jr. (1990). Stressing dialogic skill. In E. Duckworth, J. A. Easley, Jr., D. Hawkins, & A. Henriques (Eds.), Science education: A minds-on approach for the elementary years (pp. 61-95). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Easley, J. A., Jr., & Easley, E. (1992). Changing mathematics teaching in the elementary school. Geelong, Victoria, Australia: Deakin University.

Easley, J. A., Jr., & Hill, J. (1990). A design for responsive science education. Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the American Education Research Association, Boston, April 1990.

Easley, J. A., Jr., & Taylor, H. (1990). Conceptual splatter in peer dialogues in selected Japanese and U. S. first-grade mathematics classes. In L. P. Steffe and T. Wood (Eds.), Transforming children's mathematics education. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Easley, J. A., Jr., Chapele, C., Grieb, A., Ruiz, I., Stake, B., & Taylor, H. (1980). Pedagogical dialogs in primary school mathematics. A report to the Ford Foundation. Urbana, IL: University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, Bureau of Educational Research.

Easley, J. A., Jr., Taylor, H., & Taylor, J. (1990). Dialogue and conceptual splatter in mathematics classes. Arithmetic Teacher, 7(37), 34-37.

Easley, J. A.,, Stake, B. E., & Easley, E. (1987). The Bears School model elementary science program: An in-depth case study. Washington, DC: District of Columbia Public Schools.

Easley, J., & Hill, J. (1990). The Science Network: A design for responsive science education. Paper presented at the American Educational Research Association Annual Meeting, Boston.

Eastman, C. M. (1983). A lexical analysis of keywords in high level programming languages. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 19(5), 595-607. - Good discussion of the relationship between common keywords on programming languages and English. (5-18-93)

Ebert, T. L. (1991). The "difference" of postmodern feminism. College English, 53, 886-904.

Eckert, P. (1989). Jocks and burnouts. New York: Teachers College Press.

Eco, U. (1976). A theory of semiotics. Bloomington, Ind.: Indiana University Press.

Edelsky, C. (1986). Writing in bilingual programs. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Educational Development Center. (1973). The elementary science study: A history. Newton, MA: author.

Educational Devlopment Center. (1970). Man: A course of study: An evaluation. Cambridge, MA: author.

Educational Research Services (1994). The Internet handbook for school users. Arlington, VA: Author.

Edwards, A.D. and Westgate, D.P.G. Investigating classroom talk. London and Philadelphia: Falmer Press, 1987.

Edwards, D. (1993). But what do children really think?: Discourse analysis and conceptual content in children's talk. Cognition and Instruction, 11 (3 & 4), 207-225.

Edwards, D. (1993b). Concepts, memory, and the organization of pedagogic discourse: A case study. International Journal of Educational Research, 19, 197-225.

Edwards, D., & Mercer, N. (1987). Common knowledge: The development of understanding in the classroom. New York: Methuen.

Egan, K. (1986). Teaching as story telling: An alternative approach to teaching and curriculum in the elementary school. London, Ont.: Althouse.

Ehrlich, K., & Soloway, E. (1984). An empirical investigation of tacit plan knowledge in programming. In J. C. Thomas & M. L. Schneider (Eds.), Human factors in computer systems (pp. 113-133). Norwood, NJ: Ablex. - A novice/expert study where authors gave subjects incomplete programs to see if they could understand the structure. Experts had tacit knowledge. (2-13-93)

Ehrmann, S. C. (1997). How (not) to evaluate a grant-funded technology project. Paper presented at the National Endowment for the Humanities, Washington, DC, April 29, 1997.

Eisenberg, A., & Garvey, C. (1981). Children's use of verbal strategies in resolving conflicts. Discourse Processes, 4, 149-170.

Eisenhower National Clearinghouse. (1999). Inquiry and problem solving. Special issue of Focus: A Magazine for Classroom Innovators, 6 (2).

Eisenstein, E. L. (1983). The printing revolution in early modern Europe. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Eisner, E. (1994). On the art of teaching. The Educational Imagination.

Eisner, E. W. (1988). Educational connoisseurship and criticism: Their form and functions in educational evaluation. In D. M. Fetterman (Ed.), Qualitative approaches to evaluation in education: The silent scientific revolution (pp. 138-150). New York: Praeger.

Elbaz, F. (1981). The teacher's "practical knowledge": Report of a case study. Curriculum Inquiry, 11(1), 43-71.

Elbow, P. (1973). Writing without teachers. New York: Oxford University Press.

Elbow, P. (1986). Embracing contraries: Explorations in learning and teaching. New York: Oxford University Press.

Elbow, P. (1991). Reflections on academic discourse: How it relates to freshmen and colleagues. College English, 53, 135-155. Freshman English should give experience in different kinds of writing in order to best prepare students to choose between forms of communication. He cites North when he tries to explain that academic discourse is not a definable entity. It has many different forms and styles which are impossible to teach. He suggests implementing several methods for teaching: summary writing, writing for an audience, revising on subjective and objective levels. Elbow wants students to be able to choose the best form for their situation or environment instead of allowing the environment to dictate which form to use. (E. Ehret)

Eldred, J. M. (1989). Computers, composition pedagogy, and the social view.. In G. E. Hawisher and C. L. Selfe (Eds.), Critical perspectives on computers and composition instruction (pp. 201-218). New York: Teacher's College Press.

Eldred, J. M., & Hawisher, G. E. (1995). Researching electronic networks. Written Communication, 12(3), 330-359.

Elia, I. (1988). The female animal. New York: Holt, Rinehart, & Winston.

Eliott, J. (1976). Developing hypotheses about classrooms from teacher practical constructs. Grand Fords, ND: University of North Dakota.

Elliott, D., & Elliott, R. (1976). The control of technology. London: Taylor & Francis.

Elliott, J. (1991). Action research for educational change. Milton Keynes, UK: Open University Press.

Ellsworth, E. (1989). Why doesn't this feel empowering? Working through the repressive myths of critical pedagogy. Harvard Educational Review, 59, 297-324.

Ellsworth, E. (1989). Why doesn't this feel empowering? Working through the repressive myths of critical pedagogy. Harvard Educational Review, 59, 297-324.

Ellul, J. (1973, orig. English, 1964; French, 1954). The technological society (tr. J. Wilkinson). New York: Alfred A Knopf.

Ellul, J. (1980, orig. French, 1977). The technological system (trans. J. Neugroschel). New York: Continuum.

Ellwein, M. C., Walsh, D. J., Eads II, G. M., & Miller, A. (1991). Using readiness tests to route kindergarten students: The snarled intersection of psychometrics, policy, and practice. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 13, 159-175.

Elmore, R., & Sykes, G. Curriculum policy. In P.W. Jackson (Ed.), Handbook of research on curriculum.

Emerson, C., & Holquist, M. (Eds.). (1987). M. M. Bakhtin: Speech genres and other late essays (V. W. McGee, Trans.). Austin: University of Texas Press (Original work published 1986).

Emerson, C., & Holquist, M. (Eds.). (1987). M. M. Bakhtin: Speech genres and other late essays (V. W. McGee, Trans.). Austin: University of Texas Press (Original work published 1986)

Emig, J. (1971). The composing processes of twelfth-graders. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English. (Text)

Engelsted, N., Hadegaard, M., Karpatschof, B., & Mortenson, A. (1992). The societal subject. Aarhus, Denmark: Aarhus University Press.

EngestrÖm, Y. (1990). Learning, working and imagining: Twelve studies in activity theory. Helsinki: Orienta-Konsultit Oy.

EngestrÖm, Y. (1991). Non scholae sed vitae discimus: Toward overcoming the encapsulaton of school learning. Learning and Instruction, 1, 243-259.

EngestrÖm, Y. (1991). Non scholae sed vitae discimus: Toward overcoming the encapsulaton of school learning. Learning and Instruction, 1, 243-259.

EngestrÖm, Y. (1992). Interactive expertise: Studies in distributed working intelligence (Research Bulletin No. 86). University of Helsinki, Department of Education, Bulevardi 18, 00120 Helsinki, Finland.

Engestrom, Y. (1990). Learning, working and imagining: Twelve studies in activity theory. Helsinki: Orienta-Konsultit Oy.

Engle & Ochoa. Education for democratic citizenship

Englert, C. S., & Raphael, T. E. (1988). Constructing well-formed prose: Process, structure and metacognitive knowledge. Exceptional Children, 54(6), 513-520

English, F. W. (1988). The utility of the camera in qualitative inquiry. Educational Researcher, 11, 4.

English, J. (1977). Sex equality. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Ennis, R. J. (1987). A taxonomy of critical thinking dispositions and abilities. In J. B. Baron & R. J. Sternberg, (Eds.), Teaching thinking skills: Theory and Practice (pp. 9-26). New York: W. H. Freeman & Co.

Enos, T. (Ed.) (1987). A sourcebook for basic writing teachers. Random House. An excellent collection of articles on the theory and practice of teaching writing skills in general, not just to basic writers. The sections on Language and Literacy, Error, and Reading-Writing connections are excellent. (D. Cruickshank)

Epstein, I. (Ed.) (1991). Chinese education: Problems, policies, and prospects. New York: Garland.

Erickson, B. G. (1989, August/September). Revision for the restless: Peer editing with the Macintosh. The Computing Teacher, pp. 54-55.

Erikson, E. H. (1977). Childhood and Society. London: Paladin.

Ernest, P. (1990). Philosophy of mathematics education. London: Falmer.

Evans, G. E., & Simkin, M. G. (1989). What best predicts computer proficiency? Communications of the ACM, 32(11), 1322-1327.

Evans, M., & Bernard, H. R. (1987). Word processing, office drudgery, and the microcomputer revolution. In H. Bernhard & P. Pelto (Eds.), Technology and social change (pp. 329-358). Prospect Heights, IL: Waveland.

Evernden, N. (1992). The social creation of nature. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press. [181 pp.]

First Monday Interviews (1996, May 6). Spreadsheet anthropologist Apple researcher Bonnie Nardi observes digital villagers at work. Firstmonday, 1(1).

Fabb, N. (1985). Linguistics for ten-year-olds. In D. Archangeli, A. Barss, and R. Sprout (Eds.), MIT working papers in linguistics (Vol. 6: Papers in theoretical and applied linguistics). Cambridge, MA: MIT.

Fabb, N., Attridge, D., Durant, A., & MacCabe, C. (Eds.). (1987). The linguistics of writing: Arguments between language and literature. New York: Methuen.

Faidhi, J. A. W., & Robinson, S. K. (1987). Programmer experience-level indicators. The Computer Journal, 30(1), 52-62. - Data feast, lots of factors and correlations. (2-18-93)

Faigley, L. (1990). Subverting the electronic workbook: Teaching writing using networked computers. In D. Daiker & M. Morenberg (Eds.), The writing teacher as researcher: Essays in the theory of class-based writing. Portsmouth, NH: Boynton/Cook.

Faigley, L., & Witte, S. P. (1981). Analyzing revision. College Composition and Communication, 32, 400-414.

Fairclough, N. (1989). Language and power. London: Longman.

Farmer, H. (1997). Diversity and women's career development: From adolescence to adulthood. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Farmer, H. (1997). Diversity and women's career development: From adolescence to adulthood. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Farr, M. (1985). Advances in writing research: Children's early writing development. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Faulkner, W., & Arnold, E. (Eds.) (1985). Smothered by invention: Technology in women's lives. London: Pluto.

Faust, M. A. (1992, November). Ways of reading and "the use of force". English Journal, 44-49.

Fausto-Sterling, A. (1981). The myth of neutrality: Race, sex, and class in science. Radical Teacher, 19, 21-25.

Fausto-Sterling, A. (1981). Women and science. Women's Studies International Quarterly, 4, 41-50.

Fausto-Sterling, A. (1985, Summer). The new research on women: How does it affect the natural sciences? Women's Studies International Quarterly, 13, 30-32.

Fausto-Sterling, A. (1986). Myths of gender: Biological theories about women and men. New York: Basic.

Fausto-Sterling, A. (1987, Fall). Society writes biology / Biology constructs gender. Daedalus, 116, 61-76.

Fay, A. L., & Mayer, R. E. (1987). Children's naive conceptions and confusions about LOGO graphics commands. Journal of Educational Psychology, 79(3), 254-268.

Fay, A. L., & Mayer, R. E. (1988). Learning LOGO: A cognitive analysis. In R. E. Mayer (Ed.), Teaching and learning computer programming: Multiple research perspectives (pp. 55-74). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Fay, B. (1988). Critical social science. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

Feathers, K. M., & White, J. H. (1987). Learning to learn: Case studies of the process. Reading Research and Instruction, 26(4), 264-74.

Federal Coordinating Council for Science, Engineering, and Technology (FCCSET) (1992). Grand challenges 1993: High performance computing and communications, the FY 1993 U. S. Research and Development Program.

Federico, P. (1980). Instrumental enrichment: An intervention program for cognitive modifiability. Baltimore, Maryland: University Park Press.

Federico, P. (1980). Adaptive instruction: Trends and issues. In R. Snow, P. Federico, & W. Montague (Eds.), Aptitude, learning, and instruction, Vol. 1: Cognitive processes analysis of aptitude. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Fee, E. (1976). Science and the woman problem: Historical perspectives. In M. S. Teitelbaum (Ed.), Sex differences: Social and biological perspectives (pp. 175-223). New York: Doubleday.

Fee, E. (1982, July/August). A feminist critique of scientific objectivity. Science for the People, 14, 5-8, 30-33.

Fee, E. (1983). Women's nature and scientific objectivity. In M. Lowe & R. Hubbard(Eds.), Woman's nature: rationalizations of inequality (pp. 9-28). New York: Pergamon.

Fein, G. G., Scholnick, E. K., Campbell, P. F., Schwartz, S. S., & Frank, R. (1988). Computing space: A conceptual and developmental analysis of LOGO. In Forman, G., & Pufall, P. B. (Eds.) (1988). Constructivism in the computer age (pp. 105-127). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Feldman, A. (1994). Erzberger's dilemma: Validity in action research and science teachers; need to know. Science Education, 78(1), 83-101.

Feldman, J. (1988, April-June). Feminist critiques of science. Philosophy and Social Action, 14, 37-52.

Feminism and science: In memory of Ruth Bleier (thematic issue) (1989). Contents: Ruth Bleier: A Passionate Vision for Feminism and Science (Sue V. Rosser); The October 29th Group: Defining a Feminist Science (October 29th Group); Feminist Critiques of Rationality: Critiques of Science or Philosophy of Science? (Helen E. Longino); How the Women's Movement Benefits Science: Two Views (Sandra Harding); Scientific Objectivity and the Concept of "the Other" (Zuleyma Tang Halpin); Monkeys, Aliens, and Women: Love, Science, and Politics at the Intersection of Feminist Theory and Colonial Discourse (Donna Haraway); Holding the Center of Feminist Theory (Evelyn Fox Keller); Life in the XY Corral (Anne Fausto-Sterling); Hormonal Cocktails: Women as Test- Sites for Fertility Drugs (Renate Klein and Robyn Rowland); Women Biologists and the "Old Boy" Network (Suzanna Rose); A Feeling for Science: Female Students and Biology Texts (Mariamne H. Whatley); Teaching Techniques to Attract Women to Science: Applications of Feminist Theories and Methodologies (Sue V. Rosser); Feminist Critiques of Science: The Epistemological and Methodological Literature [bibliography] (Alison Wylie et al.); book reviews. Women's Studies International Forum, 12(3).

Feminism, epistemology, and science (special section) (1988). Communication & Cognition, 21. Contents: Feminism, Epistemology and Science (Sandra Harding); Nature in Terms of Femininity: the Case of 19th Century Plant Geography (Chr. Brouwer); Reflections on the Debate within Feminist Epistemology (Hilary Rose); Some Remarks on the Need for Communication between Men's and Women's Ways of Cognition (K. Gorniak); Feminism, Sciences, Epistemology: Three Issues (Elzbieta Pakszys); Women Studies: Questions about This New Scientific Field (J. Klein); Feminism, Science, and Social Change (Elizabeth Gulbrandsen); Practical Consequences of Epistemological Choices (Sandra Harding); Do We Need Feminist Epistemologies? (K. Vintges).

Femmes et/Women and sciences (thematic issue) (1986, November). Resources for Feminist Research, 15. Thirty-one short articles in five sections: Women and Science: An Inside View; The Official View of Women: Its Impact; Women and Scientific Knowledge; Women's Practices: Another Science?; Feminism and Science: A New Approach; plus book reviews and abstracts.

Fennema, E., & Leder, G. C. (Eds.) (1990). Mathematics and gender. New York: Teachers College Press.

Ferdman, B. M., Weber, R., & Ramirez, A. G. (Eds.). (1994). Literacy across languages and cultures. Albany, NY: SUNY Press.

Fernandez,James W. Persuasions and Performances: The Play of Tropes in Culture (University of Indiana Press, 1986).

Ferreiro, E., & Teberosky, A. (1979). Los sistemas de escritura en el desarrollo del nino. (The written systems in child development). Mexico: Siglo Veintiuno Editores.

Fetterman, D. M. (1988). Qualitative approaches to evaluating education. Educational Researcher, 17, 8, pp. 17-23.

Fetterman, D. M. (1989). Ethnography: Step by step. New York: Sage Publications. [0-8039-2891-2]

Fetterman, D. M. (Ed.) (1988). Qualitative approaches to evaluation in education: The silent scientific revolution. New York: Praeger.

Feuerstein, R. (1980). Instrumental enrichment: An intervention program for cognitive modifiability. Baltimore, MD: University Park Press.

Feyerabend, P. (1978). Against method: Outline of an anarchistic theory of knowledge. London: Verso.

Feyerabend, P. (1978). Science in a free society. London: NLB.

Feynman, R. P. (1985). "Surely you're joking, Mr. Feynman!". New York: W. W. Norton.

Feynman, R. P. (1989). "What do you care what other people think?" Further adventures of a curious character. New York; Bantam.

Fine, M. (1987). Silencing in the public schools. Language Arts, 64, 157-174.

Fischer, M. M. J. and Abedi, M. (1990). Qur'anic dialogues: Islamic poetics and politics for Muslims and for us. In T. Maranhão (Ed.), The interpretation of dialogue (pp. 120-153). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Fish, S. (1980). Is there a text in this class?: The authority of interpretive communities. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.

Fisher, L. E. (1972). The death of Evening Star. New York: Doubleday.

Fisher, S. (1993). Riding the Internet Highway: Complete guide to 21st century communications. New Riders Publishers

Fishman, S. M. (1993). Explicating our tacit tradition: Dewey and composition studies. College Composition and Communication, 44, 315-330.

Fitzgerald, J. (1983). Helping readers gain self-control over reading comprehension. The Reading Teacher, 37, 249-54.

Fitzgerald, J., & Markham, L. R. (1987). Teaching children about revision in writing. Cognition and Instruction, 4(1), 3-24. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Fitzgerald, J., & Stamm, C. (1990). Effects of group conferences on first graders' revision in writing. Written Communication, 7, 96-135.

Flavell, J. H. (1971). First discussant's comments: What is memory development the development of? Human Development, 14, 272-278.

Flavell, J. H. (1976). Metacognitive aspects of problem solving. In L. B. Resnick (Ed.), The nature of intelligence (pp. 231-236). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Flavell, J. H. (1979). Metacognition and cognitive monitoring: A new area of cognitive developmental inquiry. American Psychologist, 34, 907-911.

Flavell, J. H. (1981). Cognitive monitoring. In W. Patrick (Ed.), Children's oral communication skills. New York: Academic.

Flavell, J. H., & Wellman, H. M. (1977). Metamemory. In R. V. Kail, Jr., & Hagen, J. W. (Eds.), Perspectives on the development of memory and cognition. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Fleming, R. (1989). Literacy for a technological age. Science Education, 73(4), 391-404. - Students must be taught how to conduct an examination of the good and the bad parts of technology. (3-7-94)

Fletcher, J. D., Hawley, D. E., & Piele, P. K. (1990). Costs, effects, and utility of microcomputer assisted instruction in the classroom. American Educational Research Journal, 27(4), 783-806. - Good numbers in costs. (Fall, 1992)

Fletcher, J.D. 1991. "Effectiveness and Cost of Interactive Videodisc Instruction," Machine Mediated Learning, 3, pp. 361-385.

Fletcher, J.F., D.E. Hawley, and P.K. Piele. 1990. "Costs, Effects, and Utility of Microcomputer Assisted Instruction in the Classroom." American Educational Research Journal, 27, pp. 783-806.

Flood, J. & Lapp, D. (1987). Reading and writing relations: Assumptions and directions. In J. Squire (Ed.), The dynamics of language learning: Research in reading and English. Urbana, IL: National Conference on Research in English and ERIC Clearinghouse on Reading and Communication Skills.

Florio, S. (1979). The problem of dead letters: Social perspectives on the teaching of writing. Elementary School Journal, 80, 1-7.

Florio, S., & Clark, C. M. (1982). The functions of writing in an elementary classroom. Research in the Teaching of English, 16, 115-130.

Flower, L. & Hayes, J. R. (1980). A cognitive process theory of writing. College Composition and Communication 31, 365-87.

Flower, L. S. (1979). Writer-based prose: A cognitive basis for problems in writing. College English, 41, 19-37.

Flower, L. S. (1981). Problem-solving strategies for writing. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.

Flower, L. S., & Hayes, J. R. (1981). A cognitive process theory of writing. College Composition and Communication, 32, 365-387.

Flower, L. S., & Hayes, J. R. (1981). Plans that guide the composing process. In C. H. Frederiksen & J. F. Dominic (Eds.), Writing: The nature, development, and teaching of written communication. Volume 2: Writing: Process, development and communication (pp. 39-58). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Floyd, C., Zuellighoven, H., Budde, R., & Keil-Slawik, R. (Eds.) (1992). Software development and reality construction. New York: Springer Verlag.

Floyd, R. W. (1979). The paradigms of programming. Communications of the ACM, 22(8), 455-460. - Actually a lecture reprinted, but interesting discussion of different views of programming, and he mentions Kuhn. (2-25-93)

Fluery, A. E. (1993). Student beliefs about Pascal programming. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 9(3), 355-371. - Student beliefs about design, debugging, testing, maintenance, and coding. Students rated programs and discussed their reasons. (12-1-93)

Flynn, E. A. (1988). Composing as a woman. College Composition and Communication, 39, 423-35.

Flynn, E. A., & Schweickart, P. P. (1986). Gender and reading: Essays on readers, texts, and contexts. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.

Fogarty, R. (1991). The mindful school: How to integrate the curricula. Palatine, IL: Skylight Publishing.

Fogarty, R. (1991, October). Ten ways to integrate curriculum. Educational Leadership, pp. 76-81.

Fogarty, R. The mindful school: How to integrate the curricula. Illinois: IRI/Skylight Publishing, 1991.

Foley, D. (1990). Learning capitalist culture: Deep in the heart of Tejas. Philadelphia: Univeristy of Pennsylvania Press.

Fondacaro, R., & Higgins, E. T. (1985). Cognitive consequences of communication mode. In D. R. Olson, N. Torrance, & A. Hildyard (Eds.) Literacy, language, and learning: The nature and consequences of reading and writing (pp. 73-101). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Forester, A. D. (1988). Learning to read and write at 26. Journal of Reading, 605-613. (Handout)

Forman, E. A. (1989). The role of peer interaction in the social construction of mathematical knowledge. International Journal of Educational Research, 13, 55-70.

Forman, E. A. (1989). The role of peer interaction in the social construction of mathematical knowledge. International Journal of Educational Research, 13, 55-70.

Forman, E. A. (1989). The role of peer interaction in the social construction of mathematical knowledge. International Journal of Educational Research, 13, 55-70.

Forman, E. A. (in press). Discourse, intersubjectivity and the development of peer collaboration: A Vygotskian approach. In L. T. Winegar & J. Valsiner (Eds.), Children's development within social contexts: Metatheoretical, theoretical and methodological issues. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Forman, E. A., & Cazden, C. B. (1985). Exploring Vygotskian perspectives in education: The cognitive value of peer interaction. In J. V. Wertsch (Ed.), Culture, communication and cognition: Vygotskian perspectives. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Forman, E. A., & Draker, M. J. (1985). The social origins of logic: The contributions of Piaget and Vygotsky. In M. W. Berkowitz (rd.), Peer conflict and psychological growth. New directions for child development (No. 29). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Forman, E. A., & McPhail, J. (in press). A Vygotskian perspective on children's collaborative problem-solving activities. In E. A. Forman, N. Minick, & C. A. Stone (Eds.), Education and mind: The integration of institutional, social, and developmental processes. New York: Oxford University Press.

Forman, G., & Pufall, P. B. (Eds.) (1988). Constructivism in the computer age. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. - An overview of constructivism and computers which includes analysis of Piaget, the developmental relation between intuitive knowledge and formal knowing, structural and individual development, and reports about specific applications projects. (1-19-93)

Foshay, A. W. (1994). Action research: An early history in the United States. The Journal of Curriculum & Supervision, 9(4), 317-325.

Fosnot, C. T. (1989). Enquiring teachers, enquiring learners: A constructivist approach for teaching. New York: Teachers College Press.

Foss, Sonja K. _Rhetorical Criticism: Exploration and Practice_. Prospect Heights, Ill.: Waveland, 1989.

Foster, D. (1983). A primer for writing teachers. A foundations text for the teaching of writing. Boynton/Cook. Chapters 6 and 7 provide a nice introduction to planning and teaching a writing course. (D. Cruickshank)

Foster, J. L. (Tr.) (1992). Echoes of Egyptian voices: An anthology of ancient Egyptian poetry. Norman, OK: University of Oklahoma Press.

Foster, J., Julyan, C. A., & Mokros, J. (1988). The National Geographic Kids Network. Science and Children, 25(8), 38-39.

Foucault, M. (1965). Madness and civilization: A history of insanity in the age of reason. New York: Random House.

Foucault, M. (1972). The archaeology of knowledge and the discourse on language (trans. A. M. Sheridan Smith). New York: Pantheon Books.

Foucault, M. (1972). The discourse on language. In M. Foucault (trans. by A. M. Sheridan Smith), The archaeology of knowledge and the discourse on language (pp. 215-237). New York: Pantheon.

Foucault, M. (1978). The history of sexuality: Volume 1: An Introduction (trans. Robert Hurley). New York: Random House.

Foucault, M. (1980). Power/knowledge: Selected interviews and other writings 1972-1977. New York: Pantheon Books.

Fowles, H. W. (1944). A dictionary of modern English usage. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Fox, L. H., et al. (1980). Women and the mathematical mystique. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.

Frase, L. T. (1983). The UNIX Writer's Workbench software: Philosophy. The Bell System Technical Journal, 62, 1883-1890.

Frase, L. T. (1987). Technology, reading, and writing. In J. Squire (Ed.), The dynamics of language learning: Research in reading and English. Urbana, IL: National Conference on Research in English and ERIC Clearinghouse on Reading and Communication Skills.

Frase, L. T., & Schwartz, B. J. (1975). Effects of question production and answering on prose recall. Journal of Educational Psychology, 67(5), 628-635.

Frase, L. T., Kiefer, K. E., Smith, C. R., & Fox, M. G. (1988). Theory and practice in computer aided composition. In S. W. Freedman (Ed.), The acquisition of written language: Revision and response. Norwood: Ablex.

Fredericks, A. D., Meinbach, A. M., & Rothlein, L. (1993). Thematic units: An integrated approach to teaching science and social studies. New York: HarperCollins.

Frederiksen, C. F., & Dominic, J. F. (Eds.) (1981). Writing: The nature, development, and teaching of written communication: Vol. II, Writing: Process, development, and communication. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum, 1981.

Freedman, A., & Medway, P. (in press). Genres in education. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Freedman, A., & Pringle, I. (Eds.) (1980). Reinventing the rhetorical tradition. Ottawa, Ontario: Canadian Council of Teachers of English. A wide range of theoretical and practical papers given as part of the CCTE's 12th annual conference. Of particular interest are the papers by Winterowd on the development of a composition program, Hays on teaching grammar, Bailey, et al. on evaluation, and Kinneavy on theoretical models of the writing . (D. Cruickshank )

Freedman, A., Pringle, I., & Yalden (Eds.) (1983). Learning to write: First language/second language. New York: Longman. More reprints of papers from the 1979 CCTE conference. Part 4, pp. 179-272 provides a range of articles of interest to classroom teachers. (D. Cruickshank)

Freedman, S. W. (1987). Response to student writing. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Freedman, S. W. (Ed.) (1985). The acquisition of written language: Revision and response. Hillsdale, NJ: Ablex.

Freedman, S. W., Dyson, A. H. , Flower, L., & Chafe, W. (1987). Research in writing: Past, present and future (Technical Report No. 1). Berkeley: University of California, Center for the Study of Writing.

Freire, P. (1968). The pedagogy of the oppressed (trans. M. B. Ramos). New York: Seabury.

Freire, P. (1985). The politics of education. South Hadley, MA: Bergin & Garvey.

Freudenthal, H. (1991). Revisiting mathematics education: China lectures. Boston: Kluwer.

Freund, E. (1987). The return of the reader: Reader-response criticism. New York: Penguin.

Friedman, L. W. (1992). From Babbage to Babel and beyond: A brief history of programming languages. Computer Languages, 17(1), 1-17. - A good overview languages, which can be used for definition, and chronology. (Fall 92)

Friedman, T. L. (2000). The Lexus and the olive tree. New York: Random House.

Friedrich-Cofer, L. (Ed.) (1987). Human nature and public policy: Scientific views of women, children, and families. New York: Praeger.

Frye, N. (1982). The great code: The Bible and literature. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.

Fulk, J. (1993). Social construction of communication technology. Academy of Management Journal, 36, 921-950.

Fulk, J., Schmitz, J. & Steinfield, C. W. (1990). A social influence model of technology use. In J. Fulk & C. W. Steinfield (Eds.), Organizations and communication technology (pp.117-140). Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Fullan, M. (1982). The meaning of educational change. New York: Teachers College Press.

Fullan, M. (1991). The new meaning of educational change. New York: Teachers College Press.

Fulwiler, T., & Biddle, A. W. (1992). A community of voices: Reading and writing in the disciplines. New York: Macmillan.

Fulwiler, T., & Young, A. (1982). Language connections: Writing and reading across the curriculum. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Funkhouser, C., & Dennis, J. R. (1992). The effects of problem-solving software on problem-solving ability. Journal of Research on Computing in Education, 24(3), 338-347.

Gabelnick, F., MacGregor, J., Matthews, R. S., & Smith, B. L. (1990). Learning communities: Creating connections among students, faculty, and disciplines. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Gabrys, G., Weiner, A., & Lesgold. A. (1993). Learning problem solving in a coached apprenticeship system. In M. Rabinowitz (Ed.), Cognitive science foundations of instruction (119-147). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Gadamer, Hans-Georg (1982). Reason in the age of science. Campbridge: MIT Press.

Gadamer, Hans-Georg. (Tr. & Ed. D. E. Linge) (1976). Philosophical hermeneutics. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Gadamer, Hans-Georg (1989). Truth and method (revised edition), (orig. pub. 1960; trans. Joel Weinsheimer & Donald G. Marshall). New York: Continuum.

Galda, L., & Pelligrini, A. D. (Eds.) (1985). Play, language, and stories: The development of children's literate behavior. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Gall, M. D. (1970). The use of questions in teaching. Review of Educational Research, 40, 707-721.

Gall, M. D. (1984). Synthesis of research on teachers' questioning. Educational Leadership, 42, 40-47.

Gallas, K. The languages of learning: How children talk, write, dance, draw, and sing their understanding of the world. New York: Teachers College Press, 1994.

Gallo, M. A. (1993). Assessing the effect on high school teachers of direct and unrestricted access to the Internet: A case study of an East Central Florida high school. Ph. D. Dissertation, Florida Institute of Technology, Melbourne, FL.

Galloway, J. P. (1990). Misconceptions of computing concepts among preservice teachers. Journal of Research on Computing in Education, 22(4), 413-430.

Galotti, K. M., & Ganong, W. F. (1985). What non-programmers know about programming: Natural language procedure selection. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 22(1), 1-10. - A study on how non-programmers use control statements when writing instructions.

Galyean, B. (1983). Guided imagery in the curriculum. Educational Leadership, 54-58.

Gamberg, R., Kwak, W., Hutchings, M., Altheim, J., & Edwards, G. (1988). Learning and loving it: Theme studies in the classroom. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Gambrell, L. B., & Heathington, B. S. (1981). Adult disabled readers' metacognitive awareness about reading tasks and strategies. Journal of Reading Behavior, 13(3), 214-222.

Gann, K. (1990, May 1). Plundering for art. The Village Voice, p. 102.

Garcia, G. E. (1998). Mexican-American bilingual students' metacognitive reading strategies: What's transferred, unique, problematic? National Reading Conference Yearbook, 47, 253-263.

Garcia, G. E., & Pearson, P. D. (1991). Literacy assessment in a diverse society (Tech. Rep. No. 525). Urbana-Champaign: University of Illinois, Center for the Study of Reading.

Garcia, P. (1992). Teaching in a multicultural society.

Gardner, D. G., Discenza, R., Dukes, R. L. (1993). The measurement of computer attitudes: An empirical investigation of available scales. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 9(4), 487-507. - compared four computer attitude scales; all were relatively valid and reliable. (3-14-94)

Gardner, Howard. Frames of Mind: The Theory of Multiple Intelligences. New York: Basic Books, Inc. 1983

Gardner, Howard.Creating Minds. New York: Basic Books. 1993.

Gardner, Howard.Multiple Intelligences: The Theory in Practice. New York: Basic Books. 1993.

Gardner, Howard.To Open Minds. New York: Basic Books. 1989.

Gardner, M. (1977). Mathematical magic show. New York: Alfred A. Knopf.

Gardner, M., Greeno, J. G., Reif, F., Schoenfeld, A. H., diSessa, A., & Stage, E. (Eds.). (1990). Toward a scientific practice of science education. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Garner, R. (1987). Metacognition and reading comprehension. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Garner, R., & Gillingham, M. G. (1996). Internet communication in six classrooms: Communication across time, space, and culture. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Garner, R., & Taylor, N. (1982). Monitoring of understanding: An investigation of attentional assistance needs at different grade and reading proficiency levels. Reading Psychology, 3(1), 1-6.

Garry, A., & Pearsall, M. (1989). Women, knowledge, and reality: Explorations in feminist philosophy. Boston: Unwin Hyman. Contains a section headed "Philosophy of Science" with three essays: Feminism and Science (Evelyn Fox Keller); Feminist Justificatory Strategies (Sandra Harding); Can There Be a Feminist Science? (Helen E. Longino).

Garry, Ann, and Marilyn Pearsall, eds. Women, Knowledge, andReality: Explorations in Feminist Philosophy. New York: Routledge,Chapman & Hall, 1989.

Garton, A., & Pratt, C. (1989). Learning to be literate: The development of spoken and written language. Oxford: Basil Blackwell, .

Garvey, C. (1987, April). Creation and avoidance of conflict in preschool children's play. Paper presented at the meeting of the Society for Research in Child Development, Balimore.

Gatens, M. (1991). Feminism and philosophy: Perspectives on difference and equality. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press. [162 pp.]

Gates, H. L., Jr. (1988). The signifying monkey: A theory of African-American literary criticism. New York: Oxford University Press.

Gee, J. (1989). Literacy, discourse, and linguistics. Special issue of Journal of Education, 171 (1).

Gee, J. Discourses: Reflections on M.A.K. Halliday's 'Toward a language-based theory of learning'

Gee, J. P. (1990). Social linguistics and literacies: Ideology in discourses. London: Falmer.

Gee, J. P., Hull, G., & Lankshear, C. (1996). The new work order: Behind the language of the new capitalism. Boulder, CO: Westview.

Geertz, C. (1973). The interpretation of cultures. New York: Basic.

Geertz, C. (1990, November 8). A lab of one's own. New York Review of Books, 37, 19-23.

Geertz, Clifford (1968). Islam observed. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Geertz, Clifford (1973). The interpretation of cultures. New York: Basic Books.

Gega, P. C. (1991). How to teach elementary school science. New York: Macmillan.

George, E. L. (1990). Taking women professors seriously: Female authority in the computerized classroom. Computers and Composition, 7, 45-52.

Gergen, K. J. (1988). Feminist critique of science and the challenge of social epistemology. In M. M. Gergen (Ed.), Feminist thought and the structure of knowledge (pp. 27-48). New York: New York University Press.

Gibbs, M., & Smith, R. (1993). Navigating the Internet. Sams Publishing.

Gibson, W. (1984). Neuromancer.

Gigerenzer, G., & Murray, D. J. (1987). Cognition as intuitive statistics. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Gill, A. (1994). Rhetoric and human understanding. Prospect Heights, Ill.: Waveland.

Gill, Ann. Rhetoric and Human Understanding (Waveland Press, 1994); Alvin I.Goldman, Philosophical Applications of Cognitive Science. (Westview Press, 1993)

Gilligan, C. (1982). In a different voice: Psychological theory and women's development. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Gilmore, P. (1986). Sub-rosa literacy: Peers, play and ownership in literacy. In B. B. Schieffelin & P. Gilmore (Eds.), The acquisition of literacy: Ethnographic perspectives (pp. 155-168). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Ginbayashl, K. (1984). Principles of mathematics education. Tokyo: Association of Mathematical Instruction.

Gingrich, P. S. (1983). The UNIX Writer's Workbench Software: Results of a field study. The Bell System Technical Journal, 62, 1909-1921.

Ginsburg, M., & Clift, R. T. (1990). Hide and seek: Researching the hidden curriculum of preservice teacher education. In W. R. Houston (Ed.), The handbook of research on teacher education (pp. 450-465). New York: Macmillan.

Ginzberg, E. (1982). The mechanization of work. Scientific American, 247, 66-75.

Giroud, F. (1986). Marie Curie, a life. Translated by Lydia Davis. New York: Holmes and Meier.

Giroux, H. (1983). Theory and resistance in education: A pedagogy for the opposition. South Hadley, MA: Bergin and Garvey.

Give'on, Y. S. (1989). Teaching recursive program composition in procedural environments. Machine-Mediated Learning, 3(2), 125-145. - Many examples, short on big picture analysis and lit. (2-26-94)

Glaser, B. G., & Strauss, A. (1971). Status passage: A formal theory. Chicago: Aldine.

Glaser, B. G., & Strauss, A. L. (1967). Discovery of grounded theory: Strategies for qualitative research. Chicago: Aldine.

Glaserfeld, E. V. (1989). Cognition, construction of knowledge, and teaching. Synthese, 80, 121-140.

Glassman, M. (2001, May). Dewey and Vygotsky: Society, experience, and inquiry in educational practice. Educational Researcher, 30(4), 3-14.

Glazer, P. M, & Slater, M. (1987). Unequal colleagues: the entrance of women into the professions, 1890-1940. New Brunswick: Rutgers University Press.

Gleason, A. (1968). The interface of science and mathematics. Bulletin of the National Association of Secondary School Principals, 52, 118-128.

Glynn, S. M., Yeany, R. H., & Britton, B. K. (Eds.). (1991). The psychology of learning science. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Goatley, V. J., Highfield, K. A., Bentley, J., Pardo, L. S., Folkert, J., Scherer, P., Raphael, T. E., Grattan, K. (Spring, 1994). Empowering teachers to be researchers: A collaborative approach. The Teacher Research Journal.

Goddard, N., & Henifin, M. S. (1984, winter). A feminist approach to the biology of women. Women's Studies Quarterly, 12, 11-18.

Goetz, J. P. & LeCompte, M. D. (1984). Ethnography and qualitative design in educational research. Orlando: Academic.

Goffman, E. (1981). Forms of talk. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.

Goldenberg, E. P., & Feurzeig, W. (1987). Exploring language with Logo. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Goldenberg, E. P., Carter, C. J., Russell, S. J., Stokes, S., & Sylvester, M. J. (1983). Computers, education, and special needs. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Goldman, S. (1991). Computer resources for supporting student conversations about science concepts. Sigcue Outlok, 21(3), 4-7.

Goldman, S. V., & Newman, D. (in press). Electronic interactions: How students and teachers organize schooling over the wires. Discourse Processes.

Goldstein, Haldane, & Mitchell (1990). Memory and Cognition, 18(5), 546-550.

Gomez, L. M., Egan, D. E., & Bowers, C. (1986). Learning to use a text editor: Some learner characteristics that predict success. Human-Computer Interaction, 2(1), 1-23.

Goodfield, J. (1981). An imagined world: a story of scientific discovery. New York: Harper & Row. Reprinted with a new preface: Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 1991.

Goodlad, J. (1990). Teachers for our nation's schools. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass Publishers.

Goodman, K. S. (1969). Reading: A psycholinguistic guessing game. In H. Singer & R. B. Ruddell (Eds.), Theoretical models and processes of reading. Newark, NJ: International Reading Association.

Goodman, K. S., Goodman, Y. M., & Hood, W. J. (1989). The whole language evaluation book. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Goodman, K. S., Shannon, P., Freeman, Y. S., & Murphy, S. (1988). Report card on basal readers. New York: Richard C. Owen.

Goodman, Nelson. Languages of Art: An Approach to a Theory of Symbols, (The Bobbs-Merrill Company, Inc. 1968)

Goodman, Nelson. Ways of Worldmaking (Hackett Publishing Company, 1978)

Goody, J. & Watt, J. (1963). The consequences of literacy. Comparative Studies in Society and History, 5, 304-345.

Gorman, H., & Bourne, L. E. (1983). Learning to think by learning LOGO: Rule learning in third-grade computer programmers. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 21(3), 165-167. - Comparison of learning with different amounts of time on task (1 hour vs. .5 hour) while using LOGO. (3-26-93)

Gornick, V. (1983). Women in science: Portraits from a world in transition. New York: Simon & Schuster.

Goswami, D. and Stillman, P.R. (eds.) Reclaiming the classroom: Teacher research as an agency for change. Upper Montclair, N.J.: Boynton/Cook, 1987.

Gould, J. D., & Drongowski, P. (1974). An exploratory study of computer program debugging. Human Factors, 16(3), 258-277. - A study of time and skill debugging programs on paper. Five groups compared in ability solving assignment, iteration, and array bugs. (3-26-93)

Govier, T. (1987). Problems in argument analysis and evaluation. Providence, RI: Foris Publications.

Graesser, A., Person, N. K., & Huber, J. (1993). Question asking during tutoring and in the design of educational software. In M. Rabinowitz (Ed.), Cognitive science foundations of instruction (pp. 149-172). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. - The authors discuss the type of questioning that occurs in real life tutoring sessions, the they speculate how to adapt ITSD systems to the model of tutoring they developed. (11-8-93)

Grandgenett, N. (1991). Using Logo programming to teach analogical reasoning in science and mathematics education. Journal of Computers in Mathematics and Science Teaching, 10(3), 29-36.

Graves, D. H. & Murray, D. M. (1980). Revision: In the writer's workshop and in the classroom. Journal of Education. 162, 38-56.

Graves, D. H. (1978). Balance the basics: Let them write. New York: Ford Foundation.

Graves, D. H. (1983). Writing: Teachers and children at work. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Graves, D. H. (1983). Teacher intervention in children's writing. Language Arts, 10, 841-846.

Graves, D. H. (1984). A researcher learns to write: Selected articles and monographs. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Graves, D. H. (1990). The reading/writing teacher's companion (a series of five books). Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann Educational Books.

Graves, D. H., & Hansen, J. (1983). The author's chair. Language Arts, 60(2), 176-183.

Green, T. F. (1994, December 22). Conjecture again. Email to Philosed list.

Greenberg, P. (1969). The devil has slippery shoes: A biased biography of the Child Development Group of Mississipi. Washington, DC: Youth Policy Institute. P. O. Box 40132, Washington, DC 20016

Greenberg, R. (1996). The IPT Project: Image Processing for Teaching. T.H.E Journal, 24, 5, 61-65.

Greene, L. C. (October, 1991). Science-centered curriculum in elementary school. Educational Leadership.

Greer, G. (1991). The change: Women, ageing and the menopause. London: Hamish Hamilton.

Gregg, L. W., & Steinberg, E. R. (Eds.). (1980). Cognitive processes in writing. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Grieb, A. (1980). Jamming with third graders. Easley et al.

Grieb, A., & Easley, J. A., Jr. (1984). A primary school impediment to mathematical equity: Case studies in rule-dependent socialization. In M. W. Steinkamp & M. R. Maehr (Eds.), Women in science (Recent advances in motivation and achievement, Vol. II). Greenwich, CT: JAI.

Griffin, C. W. (1983). Using writing to teach many disciplines. Improving college and university teaching, 121-128. (Supplemental) In this article the author discusses how writing can be used as a tool for discovery and learning, not as an exercise to prove whether a student has read or can understand something. He also discusses how writing should be taught in the disciplines. (E. Baranowski)

Griffith, T. (1999). Technology features as triggers for sensemaking. Academy of Management Review, 24, 472-488.

Griffiths, Morwenna, & Whitford, Margaret (eds.) Feminist perspectives in philosophy. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1988.

Grinstein, L. S., & Campbell, P. J. Women of mathematics: A biobibliographic sourcebook. New York: Greenwood Press, 1987.

Gross, A. G. (1990). The rhetoric of science. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. [248 pp.]

Grossberg, L., Nelson, C., & Treichler, P. (Eds.) (1992). Cultural studies. New York: Routledge.

Grosz, E. A., & de Lepervanche, M. (1988). Feminism and science. In B. Caine, E. A. Grosz, & M. de Lepervanche (Eds.), Crossing boundaries: Feminisms and the critique of knowledges (pp. 5-27). Sydney: Allen & Unwin.

Grumet, M. R. (1988). Bitter milk: Women and teaching. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press.

Grumet, M. R. (Autumn, 1993). The play of meanings in the art of teaching. Theory into Practice.

Guba, E. G., & Lincoln, Y. S. (1988). Do inquiry paradigms imply inquiry methodologies? In D. M. Fetterman (Ed.), Qualitative approaches to evaluation in education: The silent scientific revolution (pp. 89-115). New York: Praeger.

Guignon, Charles. Heidegger and the Problem of Knowledge (Hackett Publishing Co. 1983)

Gumm, U., & Hagendorf, H. (1990). Problem solving research and human-computer interaction. In D. Ackermann & M. J. Tauber (Eds.), Mental models and human-computer interaction 1 (pp. 96-112). Amsterdam: Elsevier Science.

Gumpert, G., & Cathcart, R. (Eds.) (1986). Intermedia: Interpersonal communication in a media world (3rd ed.). New York: Oxford University Press.

Gumperz, J. J., & Hymes, D. (Eds.) (1972). Directions in sociolinguistics: The ethnography of communication. New York: Holt, Rinehart, & Winston.

Gunsberg, A. (1989). Involving young abused and neglected children through contingency play. Childhood Education, 66(1), 8-10.

Gupta Akhil, & Ferguson, James (1997). Culture, power, place: Ethnography at the end of an era. In Akhil Gupta and James Ferguson (Eds.), Culture, power, place: Explorations in critical anthropology. Durham.

Gutiérrez, Kris, Baquedano-Lopez, P., & Alvarez, T. (1999). A cultural-historical approach to collaboration: Building a culture of collaboration through hybrid language practices. Theory into Practice, 38(2), 87-93.

Gutiérrez, Kris, Baquedano-Lopez, P., & Tejeda, C. (in press). Rethinking diversity: Hybridity and hybrid language practices in the third space. Mind, Culture, & Activity: An International Journal.

Gutiérrez, Kris, Baquedano-Lopez, P., & Turner, M.G. (1997) Putting language back into language arts: When the radical middle meets the third space. Language Arts, 74(5), 368-378.

Gutiérrez, Kris, Rymes, B., & Larson, J. (1995) Script, counterscript, and underlife in the classroom: James Brown vs. Brown v. Board of Education. Harvard Educational Review, 65, 445-471.

Haas, C. (1989). Does the medium make a difference? Two studies of writing with pen and paper and with computers. Human-Computer Interaction, 4, 149-169.

Haas, C. (1995). Writing technology: Studies on the materiality of literacy. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Haas, V. B., & Perrucci, C. C. (1984). Women in scientific and engineering professions. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.

Habermas, J. (1984). The theory of communicative action. Boston: Beacon.

Hacker, S. L. (1981). The culture of engineering: Women, workplace and machine. Women's Studies International Quarterly, 4(3), 341-353.

Hacker, S. L. (1989). Pleasure, power, and technology: Some tales of gender, engineering, and the cooperative workplace. Boston: Unwin Hyman.

Hacker, S. L. (1990). "Doing it the hard way": Investigations of gender and technology. Boston: Unwin Hyman.

Hadden, S. (in press). Democracy on the electronic frontier. In Gary Chapman (Ed.), The end of the frontier: Science and technology policy for the 21st century. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Hadley, M, & Sheingold, K. (1993). Commonalities and distinctive patterns in teachers' integration of computers. American Journal of Education, 101(3), 261-315. - Presents profiles of teachers and summaraizes trends. Good data, tables, appendices, and discussion of current practices. (9-1-93)

Hahn, H., & Stout, R. (1994). The Internet yellow pages. Osborne McGraw-Hill.

Hairston, M. (1982). The winds of change: Thomas Kuhn and the revolution in the teaching of writing. College Composition and Communication, 33, 76-88.

Haley-James, S. (Ed.). (1981). Perspectives on writing in grades 1-8. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Hall, Edward T. (1976). Beyond culture. New York: Doubleday.

Hall, S. (1996). Stuart Hall: Critical dialogues in cultural studies. (David Morley and Kuan-Hsing Chen, eds.). New York: Routledge.

Hall, S. Cultural identity and cinematic representation. Framework, 36.

Haller, E. P., Child, D. A., & Walberg, H. J. (1988). A quantitative synthesis of 'metacognitive' studies. Educational Research, 17(9), 5-8.

Halliday, M. A. K. (1978). Language as social semiotic. London: Edward Arnold.

Halliday, M. A. K. (1993). Language in a changing world (Occasional Paper No.13). Applied Linguistics Association of Australia.

Halliday, M. A. K. (1993). Towards a language-based theory of learning. Linguistics and Education, 5. 93-116.

Halliday, M. A. K., & Hasan, R. (1989). Language, context, and text. London: Oxford University Press. [Easy introduction to some of the tools of the theory.]

Halliday, M.A.K. (1984). Language as code and language as behaviour: A systemic functional interpretation of the nature and ontogenesis if language. In R. Fawcett, M.A.K. Halliday, S.M. Lamb & A. Makkai (Eds.), The semiotics of culture and language. London: Frances Pinter.

Hamilton, E. (Ed.) (1961). Plato: The collected dialogues. New York: Pantheon.

Hamilton, E., & Cairns, H. (1961). The collected dialogues of Plato including the letters. New York: Pantheon.

Hammersley, M. (ed.) Controversies in classroom research. Milton Keynes and Philadelphia: Open University Press, 1986.

Hammersley, M., & Atkinson, P. Ethnography principles in practice.] New York: Tavistock Publications, 1983.

Hammill, D., & Larsen, S. (1978). Test of written language. Austin, TX: ProEd.

Hammond, E. (1983). Teaching writing. New York: McGraw-Hill. A methodology "cookbook" approach containing 15 fairly short, readable chapters on a wide range of topics relating to the teaching of writing. (D. Cruickshank)

Hancock, C. (1985, December). Common Ground. Byte, pp. 239-246.

Handa, C. (Ed.) (1990). Computers and community: Teaching composition in the twenty-first century. Portsmouth, NH: Boynton/Cook, Heineman.

Hanen, M., & Nielsen, K. (Eds.). (1987). Science, morality, and feminist theory. Calgary: University of Calgary Press.

Hannafin, K. M. (1991). An analysis of the scholarly productivity of instructional technology faculty. Educational Technology Research & Development, 39(2), 39-42.

Hansen, J. (1987). When writers read. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann .

Hansen, J., Newkirk, T., & Graves, D. (Eds.) (1985). Breaking ground: Teachers relate reading and writing in the elementary school. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Hansen, J., Newkirk, T., & Graves, D. (Eds.) (1985). Breaking ground: Teachers relate reading and writing in the elementary school. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Hanson, K. (1970). A comparison of the alternate theories formed by students in the classroom and those held by student teachers. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.

Hanson, N. R. (1958). Patterns of discovery: An inquiry into the conceptual foundations of science. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Haraway, D. J. (1981, Spring). In the beginning was the word: The genesis of biological theory. Signs, 6, 469-482.

Haraway, D. J. (1988, Fall): Situated knowledges: The science question in feminism and the privilege of partial perspective. Feminist Studies, 14, 575-599.

Haraway, D. J. (1989). Primate visions: gender, race, and nature in the world of modern science. New York: Routledge.

Haraway, D. J. (1990). A manifesto for cyborgs: Science, technology, and socialist feminism in the 1980s. In L. J. Nicholson (Ed.), Feminism/postmodernism. New York: Routledge.

Haraway, D. J. (1991). Simians, cyborgs, and women: The reinvention of nature. New York: Routledge.

Hardie, E. T. L., & Neou, V. (1994). Internet: Mailing lists. PTR Prentice Hall.

Harding, J. (Ed.) (1986). Perspectives on gender and science. London: Falmer.

Harding, S. (1986). The science question in feminism. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

Harding, S. (1989). How the women's movement benefits science: Two views. Women's Studies International Forum, 12, 271-283.

Harding, S. (1990). Feminism, science, and the anti-Enlightenment critiques. In L. J. Nicholson (Ed.), Feminism/postmodernism (pp. 83-106). New York: Routledge.

Harding, S. (1991). Whose science? Whose knowledge?: Thinking from women's lives. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

Harding, S. (1991). Whose science? Whose knowledge?: Thinking from women's lives. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

Harding, S. (1993). The "racial" economy of science: Toward a democratic future. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press. ($15.15 in PB)

Harding, S. (April 1990). Feminism and theories of scientific knowledge. Women: A Cultural Review, 1(1), 87- 98.

Harding, S., & Hintikka, M. B. (1983). Discovering reality: Feminist perspectives on epistemology, metaphysics, methodology and philosophy of science. Hingham, MA: Kluwer Academic.

Harding, S., & Hintikka, M. B. (Eds.) (1983). Discovering reality: Feminist perspectives on epistemology, metaphysics, methodology, and philosophy of science. Dordrecht, Holland: D. Reidel.

Harding, S., & O'Barr, J. F. (Eds.) (1987). Sex and scientific inquiry. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Hardwick, E. (1998). Sight-readings. New York: Random House.

Harlan, W. (Ed.) Primary science: Taking the plunge. London: Heinemann, 1985. (Suitable for K-6)

Harman, S., & Edelsky, C. (1989). The risks of whole language literacy: Alienation and connection. Language Arts, 66, 392-406.

Harmin, M. Inspiring active learning: A handbook for teachers. Alexandria, VA: Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development, 1994.

Harnisch, D. (19xx). An introduction to educational information technology.

Harre, Rom and Grant Gillett. The Discursive Mind. Thousand Oaks:Sage Publications. 1994.

Harris, G. H. (1993). Gateway to educational change: A situated evaluation of a FrEdMail adoption. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.

Harris, J. (1989). The idea of community. College Composition and Communication.

Harris, J. B. (1994). Way of the Ferret: Finding educational resources on the Internet. Eugene, OR: International Society for Technology in Education.

Harris, R. (1980). The language-makers. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

Harris, R. (1981). The language myth. London: Duckworth.

Harste, J, Burke, C., & Woodward (1984). Language stories and literacy lessons. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann. (Reserve) Harste, Woodward, & Burke studied 3-,4-, 5-, and 6- year olds to understand the cognitive processes of learning to read and write. Based on this data, they question assumptions generally held about literacy learning and instruction. (J. Weinzierl)

Harste, J. C., & Burke, C. L. (1977). A new hypothesis for reading teacher research: Both teaching and learning of reading are theoretically based. In P. D. Pearson (Ed.), Reading: Theory, research, and practice (pp. 32-40). Twenty-sixth Yearbook of the National Reading Conference. Chicago: National Reading Conference.

Harste, J. C., & Burke, C. L. (1980). Examining instructional assumptions: The child as informant. Theory into Practice, 19, 170-178.

Harste, J. C., Woodward, V. A., & Burke, C. L. (1984). Examining our assumptions: A transactional view of literacy and learning. 18, 84-108.

Harste, J., Short, K. & Burke, C. Creating classrooms for authors: The reading-writing connection. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann, 1988.

Hartman, D. (1990). Eight readers reading: The intertextual links of able readers using multiple passages. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.

Hartman, D. (1990). Eight readers reading: The intertextual links of able readers using multiple passages. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.

Hartman, K., Neuwirth, C. M., Kiesler, S., Sproull, L., Cochran, C., Palmquist, M., & Zubrow, D. (1991). Patterns of social interaction and learning to write: Some effects of network technologies. Written Communication, 8, 79-113.

Harvey, D. (1989). The condition of postmodernity. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.

Harvey, E. D., & Okruhlik, K. (Eds.) (1992). Women and reason. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.

Hasan, R. (1985). Meaning, context, and text: Fifty years after Malinowski. In J. D. Benson & W. S. Greaves (Eds.), Systemic perspectives on discourse (pp. 16-49). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Hasan, R. (1985/89). The structure of a text. In Halliday, M.A.K. and Hasan, R. Language, context and text: Aspects of language in a social-semiotic perspective. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Hasan, R. (in press). Meaning in sociolinguistic theory. In Bolton, K. & H. Kwok (Eds.), Sociolinguistics today: Asia and the West. London: Routledge.

Hasan, R., & Cloran, C. (1990). A sociolinguistic interpretation of everyday talk between mothers and children. In M. A. K. Halliday, J. Gibbons, & H. Nicholas (Eds.) Learning, keeping, and using language. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

Hasan, R., & Cloran, C. (1990). A sociolinguistic interpretation of everyday talk between mothers and children. In M. A. K. Halliday, J. Gibbons, & H. Nicholas (Eds.), Learning, keeping, and using language, vol. 1 (pp. 67-99). Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Hatano, G. (1988). Social and motivational bases for mathematical understanding. In G. B. Saxe and M. Gearhart (Eds.), Children's mathematics. New directions for child development (No. 41, pp. 55-70). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Hativa, N. (1989). Student conceptions of, and attitudes toward, specific features of a CAI system. Journal of Computer-Based Instruction, 16(3), 81-89. - Tables listing student responses and quantifying the responses are presented. (9-1-93)

Havelock, E. (1976). Origins of Western literacy. Toronto: Ontario Institute for Studies in Education Press.

Hawisher, G. E. (1994). Blinding insights: Classification schemes and software for literacy instruction. In C. Selfe & S. Hilligoss (Eds.), Literacy and computers: The complications of teaching and learning with technology (pp. 37-55). New York: MLA. 37-55.

Hawisher, G. E., & LeBlanc, P. (Eds.) (1992). Re-imagining computers and composition: Teaching and research in the virtual age. Portsmouth, NH: Boynton/Cook.

Hawisher, G. E., & Moran, C. (1992). Electronic mail and the writing instructor: A place in the curriculum. Unpublished manuscript.

Hawisher, G. E., & Selfe, C. L. (1989). Critical perspectives on computers and composition instruction. New York: Teachers College Press. A collection of 12 essays dealing broadly with the use of computers in writing instruction at all academic levels. General perspective is that "..technology cannot simply be incorporated into curricula without discrimination, without careful thought as to how (it) will affect students and pedagogical approaches (p. ix)." Part I covers the theoretical and research foundations to date, Part II deals with current problems, Part III looks at promising developments in software, desktop publishing and computer conferencing. (J. Sciacca)

Hawisher, G. E., & Selfe, C. L. (1990). Letter from the editors. Computers and Composition, 7 (special issue), 5-14.

Hawisher, G. E., & Sullivan, P. (in press). Women on the networks: Searching for e-spaces of their own. In S. Jarratt & L. Worsham (Eds.), Feminism and composition. New York: Modern Language Association.

Hawkins D. The informed vision: Essays on learning and human nature. New York: Agathon Press, 1974.

Hawkins, D. (1965, February). Messing about in science. Science and Children, 2, 5-9.

Hawkins, D. (1974). Messing about in science. The informed vision: Essays on learning and human nature. New York: Agathon.

Hawkins, D. (1978). Critical barriers to science learning. Outlook, 29(3).

Hawkins, D. (1980). The informed vision. New York: Pantheon.

Hawkins, D. (1990). Defining and bridging the gap. In E. Duckworth, J. A. Easley, Jr., D. Hawkins, & A. Henriques, (1990). Science education: A minds-on approach for the elementary years (pp. 61-95). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Hawkins, J. (1987). Computers and girls: Rethinking the issues. In R. Pea & K. Sheingold (Eds.), Mirrors of minds: Patterns of experience in educational computing (pp. 242-257). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Hawkins, J. (1987). The interpretation of Logo in practice. In R. D. Pea and K. Sheingold (Eds.), Mirrors of minds: Patterns of experience in educational computing (pp. 3-34). Norwood, NJ: Ablex. - A qualitative piece with interview segments describing the experiences of two teachers as they learn how to teach Logo. (10-6-93)

Hayes, J. R. & Flower, L. S. (1986). Writing research and the writer. American Psychologist, 41, 1106-1113.

Hayes, J. R. & Flower, L. S. (1987). On the structure of the writing process. Topics of Language Disorders, 7, 19-30.

Hayes, J. R., & Flower, L. S. (1980). Identifying the organization of writing processes. In L. W. Gregg & E. R. Steinberg (Eds.), Cognitive processes in writing (pp. 3-30). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Haywood, H. C., & Tzuriel, D. (Eds.). (1992). Interactive assessment. New York: Springer-Verlag.

Heap, J. L. (1985). Discourse in the production of classroom knowledge: Reading lessons. Curriculum Inquiry, 15 (3), 245-279.

Heap, J. L. (1985). Discourse in the production of classroom knowledge: Reading lessons. Curriculum Inquiry, 15 (3), 245-279.

Hearn, J. (1987). The gender of oppression Men, masculinity, and the critique of Marxism. New York: St. Martin's.

Heath, S. (1983). Ways with words. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Heath, S. B. (1981). Toward an ethnohistory of writing in American education. In M. F. Whiteman (Ed.), Writing: The nature, development, and teaching of written communication: Vol. 1: Variation in writing: Functional and linguistic-cultural differences (pp. 25-45). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Heath, S. B. (1983). Black and Hispanic communities. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Heath, S. B. (1983). Ways with words: Language, life, and work in Communities and classrooms. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Heath, S. B. (1986). The functions and uses of literacy. In S. de Castell, et al. (Eds.), Literacy, society, and schooling: A reader (pp. 15-27). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Heath, S. B. (1989). Oral and literate traditions among Black Americans living in poverty. American Psychologist, 44, 367-373.

Heath, S. B. (1993). Identity and inner city youth: Beyond ethnicity and gender. New York: Teachers College Press.

Heath, S. B., & Mangiola, L. (1991). Children of promise: Literate activity in linguistically and culturally diverse classrooms. Washington, DC: National Education Association. (LC152.C2C47 1991) (64 pp.)

Hebdige, D. (1988). Hiding in the light. London: Routledge.

Hebenstreit, J. (1992). Where are we and how did we get here? In Education and informatics worldwide: The state of the art and beyond (pp. 9-65). France: UNESCO. A history of computer education written from the point of view of the United Nations. Full of examples from outside the U.S.A.

Heidegger, M. (1977). The question concerning technology. In The question concerning technology and other essays (W. Lovitt, Trans.). New York: Harper & Row.

Heidegger, Martin. Being and Time (Macguirre, Robinson trans.). New York: Harper and Row, 1962.

Hekman, S. J. (1990). Gender and knowledge: Elements of a postmodern feminism. Boston: Northeastern University Press.

Helsel, S. (1992). Virtual reality and education. Educational Technology, 32, 38-42.

Helsel, S., & Roth, J. P. (Eds.). (1991). Virtual reality : Theory, practice, and promise. Westport, CT: Meckler Corporation.

Henefin, M. S., & Amatniek, J. C. (1982). Bibliography: Women, science, and health. In R. Hubbard, M. S. Henefin, & B. Fried (Eds.), Biological woman - the convenient myth (pp. 289-376). Cambridge, MA: Schenkman.

Henney, M. (1988). Reading and writing interactive stories. The Computing Teacher, 45-47, 60.

Hernon, Peter, & McClure, Charles R. (1991). United States information policies. In Wendy Schipper and M. Cunningham (Eds.), National and international information policies (pp. 3-48). Philadelphia, PA: National Federation of Abstracting and Information Services.

Herring, S. (1994, June). Gender differences in computer-mediated communication: Bringing familiar baggage to the new frontier. Keynote talk at panel entitled "Making the Net*Work*: Is there a Z39.50 in gender communication?", American Library Association annual convention, Miami.

Herrmann, Andrea W. "Evaluating Computer-Supported Writing." Evolving Perspectives on Computers and Composition Studies. Ed. Gail E. Hawisher and Cynthia L. Selfe. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English, 1991. 150-172.

Herschberger, R. (1970). Adam's rib. New York: Harper & Row. (Original work published 1948)

Herzenberg, C. L. (1986). Women scientists from antiquity to the present: An index. West Cornwall, CT: Locust Hill.

Hewson, P. W., & Hewson, M. G. A. (1984). The role of conceptual conflict in conceptual change and the design of science instruction. Instructional Science, 13, 1-13.

Hi Tech Entertainment (1994). Barbie™ and Her Magical House. New York.

Hickman, Larry A. (1990). John Dewey's pragmatic technology. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Hickman, L. A. (2001). Philosophical tools for technological culture: Putting pragmatism to work. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Hickmann, M. (Ed.) (1987). Social and functional approaches to language and thought. New York: Academic.

Hidi, S. & Hildyard, A. (1983). The comparison of oral and written productions of two discourse types. Discourse Processes, 6, 54-58.

Higgens, E. T., McCann, C. D., & Fondacaro, R. (1982). The "communication game:" Goal-directed encoding and cognitive consequences. Social Cognition, 1, 21-37.

Hignite, M. A., & Echternacht, L. J. (1992). Assessment of the relationships between the computer attitudes and computer literacy levels of prospective educators. Journal of Research on Computing in Education, 24(3), 381-391. - Significant relationships were found between attitudes and literacy. (10-5-93)

Hillocks, G. (1984). Research on written composition: New directions for teaching. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English. (Reserve) A synthesis of available research findings on the composing process of writers, based on 2,000 pieces of research conducted mainly between the years of 1963 and 1982. Brief outlines of individual studies are included for illustration and explanation of the different divisions of studies. Of particular interest is Hillock's meta-analysis of experimental studies that contrasts the modes of instruction (presentational mode, natural process mode, environmental mode, and individualized mode) and the focuses of instruction (grammar and mechanics, sentence combining, models, scales, free writing, and inquiry). (C. Meister)

Hintikka, J. (1982). A dialogical model of teaching. Synthese, 51, 39-59.

Hoc, J. M. (1977). Role of mental representation in learning a programming language. International Journal of Man-Machine Systems, 9(1), 87-105. - Presents a theory and evidence from one experiment. Includes an analysis of errors. (9-27-93)

Hoc, J. M. (1983). Analysis of beginner's problem-solving strategies in programming. In T. R. G. Green, S. J. Payne, and G. C. van der Veer (Eds.), The psychology of computer use (pp. 143-158). London: Academic Press.

Hodge, R., & Kress, G. (1988). Social semiotics. Ithaca: Cornell University Press. [Language, ideology, and power issues]

Holdstein, D. H. (1987). On composition and computers. New York: Modern Language Association of America. Contains practical info on how to use the computer in a writing course and on what kinds of practical considerations the teacher should take into account before adopting CAI software. (J. Sciacca)

Holdstein, D. H., & Selfe, C. L. (1990). Computers and writing: Theory, research, practice. New York: Modern Language of America.

Holland, D., & Eisenhart, M. (1990). Educated in romance: Women, achievement, and college culture. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1990.

Holland, J. H., Holyoak, K. J., Nisbett, R. E., & Thagard, P. R. (1986). Induction: Processes of inference, learning, and discovery. Cambridge: MIT Press.

Holley, C. D., & Dansereau, D. F. (Eds.). (1984). Spatial learning strategies: Techniques, applications, and related issues. Orlando, Fla.: Academic.

Hollis, K. L. (1992). Feminism in writing workshops: A new pedagogy. College Composition and Communication, 43, 340-347.

Holmes Group (1986). Tomorrow's teachers: A report of the Holmes Group. East Lansing, MI: Author.

Holquist, M. (1981). The politics of representation. In S. J. Greenblatt (Ed.), Allegory and representation (pp. 163-183). Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.

Holvig, K. C. (1989). Jamming the phone lines: Pencils, notebooks, and modems. English Journal, 78(8), 68-70. - Description of one structured exchange program over the net. (11-3-93)

Honeyman, D. S., & White, W. J. (1987). Computer anxiety in educators: Learning to use the computer: A preliminary report. Journal of Research on Computing in Education, 20(1), 129-138. - Conclusion is that short term and intensive in-service courses do not help beginners reduce anxiety.

Hopkins, D. (1985). A teacher's guide to classroom research. Philadelphia: Open University Press.

Hord, S. M., Rutherford, W. L., Huling-Austin, L., & Hall, G. (1987). Taking charge of change. Alexandria, VA: Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development.

Hornig, L. S. (1984, Nov./Dec.). Women in science and engineering: Why so few?. Technology Review, 87, 31-41.

Horowitz, D., & Peyton, J. K. (1988). The ENFI Consortium: Research report submitted to the Annenberg/CPB Project. Washington, DC: Gallaudet University.

Horowitz, D., & Peyton, J. K. (1988, December). The ENFI Consortium: Report of work conducted during Spring, 1988. Washington, DC: Gallaudet University.

Howard, R. J. (1982). Three faces of hermenutics: An introduction to current theories of understanding. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Howe, K. R. (1988). Against the quantitative-qualitative incompatibility thesis or Dogmas die hard. Educational Researcher, 17, 8, pp. 10-16.

Hoy, D. C. (1978). The critical circle: Literature, history, and philosophical hermeneutics. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Hoyrup, E. (1987). Women of science, technology, and medicine: A bibliography. Roskilde, Denmark: Roskilde University Library.

Hrdy, S. B. (1981). The woman that never evolved. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.

Hubbard, R and Power, The art of teacher inquiry. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann, 1993.

Hubbard, R. (1981). The emperor doesn't wear any clothes: The impact of feminism on biology. In D. Spender (Ed.), Men's studies modified (pp. 213-235). New York: Pergamon.

Hubbard, R. (1988). Some thoughts about the masculinity of the natural sciences. In M. M. Gergen (Ed.), Feminist thought and the structure of knowledge (pp. 1-15). New York: New York University Press.

Hubbard, R. (1990). The politics of women's biology. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press.

Hubbard, R. S., & Power, B. M. (1993). The art of classroom inquiry: A handboolk for teacher-researchers. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Hubbard, R., & Lowe, M. (Eds.). (1979). Genes and gender II: Pitfalls in research on sex and gender. New York: Gordian. [Contents: Introduction (Ruth Hubbard and Marian Lowe); "Universals" and Male Dominance among Primates: A Critical Examination (Lila Leibowitz); Social and Political Bias in Science: An Examination of Animal Studies and Their Generalizations to Human Behavior and Evolution (Ruth Bleier); Aggression and Gender: A Critique of the Nature-Nurture Question for Humans (Freda Salzman); Sociobiology and Biosociology: Can Science Prove the Biological Basis of Sex Differences in Behavior? (Marian Lowe and Ruth Hubbard); Sex Differences and the Dichotomization of the Brain: Methods, Limits and Problems in Research on Consciousness (Susan Leigh Star); Transsexualism: An Issue of Sex-Role Stereotyping (Janice G. Raymond); Conclusions (Marian Lowe and Ruth Hubbard).

Hubbard, R., & Wald, E. (1993). Exploding the gene myth: How genetic information is produced and manipulated by scientists, physicians, employers, insurance companies, educators and law enforcers. Boston: Beacon.

Hubbard, R., Henifin, M. S., & Fried, B. (Eds.) (1981). Biological woman--the convenient myth. Cambridge: Schenkman. [Contents: Have Only Men Evolved? (Ruth Hubbard); Boys Will Be Boys Will Be Boys: The Language of Sex and Gender (Barbara Fried); From Sin to Sickness: Hormonal Theories of Lesbianism (Lynda I.A. Birke); Social Bodies: The Interaction of Culture and Women's Biology (Marian Lowe); No Fertile Women Need Apply: Employment Discrimination and Reproductive Hazards in the Workplace (Jeanne M. Stellman and Mary Sue Henifin); Sterilization Abuse (Helen Rodriguez-Trias); Changing Minds: Women, Biology, and the Menstrual Cycle (Lynda I.A. Birke, with Sandy Best); Taking the Men Out of Menopause (Marlyn Grossman and Pauline Bart); Displaced--The Midwife by the Male Physician (Datha Clapper Brack); Black Women's Health: Notes for a Course (Beverly Smith); The Quirls of a Woman's Brain (Mary Roth Walsh); Adventures of a Woman in Science (Naomi Weisstein); Bibliography: Women, Science, and Health (Mary Sue Henifin and Joan Cindy Amatniek).

Hubbard, R., Henifin, M. S., & Fried, B. (Eds.). (1979). Women look at biology looking at women. Cambridge: Schenkman. Contents: Have Only Men Evolved? (Ruth Hubbard); Boys Will Be Boys Will Be Boys: The Language of Sex and Gender (Barbara Fried); The Politics of Right and Left: Sex Differences in Hemispheric Brain Asymmetry (Susan Leigh Star); Displaced--The Midwife by the Male Physician (Datha Clapper Brack); The Quirls of a Woman's Brain (Mary Roth Walsh); Why Are So Many Anorexics Women? (Vicki Druss and Mary Sue Henifin); Exploring Menstrual Attitudes (Emily E. Culpepper); Taking the Men Out of Menopause (Marlyn Grossman and Pauline Bart); Adventures of a Woman in Science (Naomi Weisstein); Bibliography: Women, Science, and Health (Mary Sue Henifin).

Huberman, M. (1990). Linkage between researchers and practitioners: A qualitative study. American Educational Research Journal, 27(2), 363 -391.

Hudgins, B. B. & Edelman, S. E. (1986). Teaching critical thinking skills to fourth and fifth graders through teacher-led small-group discussions. Journal of Educational Research, 79, 333-342.

Hudgins, B. B. & Edelman, S. E. (1988). Children's self-directed critical thinking. Journal of Educational Research, 81, 262-273.

Huey, E. B. (1908). The psychology and pedagogy of reading. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Hughey, et al., (1983). Teaching ESL composition: Principles and techniques. Rowley, MA: Newbury House.

Humphreys, S. (Ed.). (1982). Women and minorities in science: Strategies for increasing participation (AAAS Selected Symposium no. 66.). Boulder: Westview.

Hunkins, F. P. (1987). Students as key questioners. In W. W. Wilen (Ed.), Questions, questioning techniques, and effective teaching (pp. 153-172). Washington, D. C.: National Education Association.

Hunt, K. W. (1965). Grammatical structures written at three grade levels. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Hunt, N. P., & Bohlin, R. M. (1993). Teacher education students' attitudes toward using computers. Journal of Research on Computing in Education, 25(4), 487-497. - Concludes previous experience is the best indicator of student attitudes. (9-29-93)

Hunter, A. E. (Ed.). (1991). Genes and gender vi: on peace, war, and gender: a challenge to genetic explanations. New York: Feminist Press.

Hunter, B. (1992). Linking for learning: Computer-and-communications network support for nationwide innovation in education. Journal of Science Education and Technology, 1(1), 23-33.

Hunter, B. (1993). Internetworking: Coordinating technology for systemic reform. Communications of the ACM, 36, 42-46.

Hunter, B. (1995). Learning and teaching on the internet: Contributing to educational reform. In B. Kahin & J. Keller (Eds.), Public access to the internet, (pp. 85-114). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Hustler, D., Cassidy, T., and Cuff, T. (Eds.) (1986). Action research in classrooms and schools. London: Allen and Unwin.

Hutchins, R. M. (1952). The great conversation: The substance of a liberal education. Chicago: Encyclopedia Britannica.

Huyssen, A. (1989). The cultural politics of pop. In P. Taylor (Ed), Post-pop art (pp. 45-77). Cambridge: MIT Press.

Hymes, D. (1974). Foundations in sociolinguistics: An ethnographic approach. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.

Hymes, D. (1995). Education, linguistics, narrative inequality. London: Taylor & Francis.

Hynes, H. P. (1989). The recurring silent spring. New York: Pergamon.

Hynes, H. P. (1992). Feminism and engineering: The inroads. In C. Kramarae & D. Spender (Eds.), The knowledge explosion: Generations of feminist scholarship (pp.133-140). New York: Teachers College Press.

Hynes, H. P. (Ed.) (1991). Reconstructing Babylon: Essays on women and technology. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. Contents: Lead Contamination: a Case of "Protectionism" and the Neglect of Women (H. Patricia Hynes); Lesotho and Nepal: the Failure of Western "Family Planning" (Nellie Kanno); How the New Reproductive Technologies Will Affect Women (Gena Corea); Of Eggs, Embryos, and Altruism (Janice G. Raymond); Who May Have Children and Who May Not (Gena Corea); In the Matter of Baby M: Judged and Rejudged (Raymond); The International Traffic in Women: Women Used in Systems of Surrogacy and Reproduction (Raymond); Biotechnology in Agriculture and Reproduction: the Parallels in Public Policy (Hynes); Industrial Experimentation on "Surrogate" Mothers (Corea); Testimony Before the House Judiciary Committee, State of Michigan (Raymond); Junk Liberty (Corea); Depo-Provera and the Politics of Knowledge (Corea); Maud Matthews and the Philisiwe Clinic (Hynes).

Ihde, D. (1977). Experimental phenomenology: An introduction. New York: Putnam.

Ihde, D. (1990). Technology and the lifeworld. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press.

Illich, I. (Winter 1983). Silence is a commons. The CoEvolution Quarterly, Sausalito, CA, pp. 5-9.

Illinois State Board of Education. (1997). K-12 Information Technology Plan. Springfield, IL: Illinois State Board of Edcuation.

Impact of Science on Society (1975, April-June). Women in science: A man's world (thematic issue). Impact of Science on Society, 25. Contents: Comment (Dolly Ghosh); Woman's Scientific Creativity (Lucia Tosi); Obstacles to Women in Science (Deborah Shapley); The Savant and the Midwife (Jacqueline Feldman); Women in the Workforce--The General Picture (International Labour Office); How a Woman Scientist Deals Professionally with Men (Monique de Meuron-Landolt); Women Academics "Publish Less than Men" (Annabel Ferriman); The Professional Woman in Modern Poland (Halina Lewicka); The Popularization of Science: A New Profession Being Developed by Both Men and Women (Jacqueline Juillard); Women in Science and the Technical Fields: Some Further Source Material [bibliography].

International Reading Association (1991). Assessment resolutions. Newark, DE: International Reading Association.

Irmscher, W. (1979). Teaching expository writing. New York: Holt, Rinehart, & Winston.The standard text used in the training of college level writing teachers. Written by a person who obviously cares about teaching, the book contains excellent guidelines for the teaching of college expository writing. (D. Cruickshank)

Isaacson, W. (1997, January 13). In search of the real Bill Gates. Time (pp. 44-57).

Ivy, Diana K., & Phil Backlund. Exploring GenderSpeak: Personal effectiveness in gender communication. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1994.

Jacobs, S. & Jackson, S. (1980). Building a model of conversational argument. In B. Dervin et al. (Eds.), Rethinking communication, Vol. 2: Paradigm exemplars. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage.

Jacobson, M. J., & Spiro, R. J. (1993). Hypertext learning environments, cognitive flexibility, and the transfer of complex knowledge: An empirical investigation (Tech Report No. 573). Champaign, IL: University of Illinois, Center for the Study of Reading.

Jacobus, M., Keller, E. F., & Shuttleworth, S. (Eds.). (1989). Body/politics: Women and the discourses of science. Boston: Routledge.

Jaeger, R. M. (Ed.) (1988). Complementary methods for research in education. Washington, DC: American Educational Research Association.

Jaggar, A. and Smith-Burke, M.T. (eds.) Observing the language learner. IRA/NCTE, 1985.

Jagger, A. M. (1987). Sex inequality and bias in sex differences research. Canadian Journal of Philosophy Supplementary Volume 13.

James DiCenso, Hermeneutics and the Disclosure of Truth, (University Press of Virginia, 1990)

James, A. & Prout, A. (Eds.) (1990). Constructing and reconstructing childhood. London: The Falmer Press.

Janik, A., & Toulmin, S. (1973). Wittgenstein's Vienna. New York: Simon and Schuster.

Jansson, L. C., Williams, H. D., & Collens, R. J. (1987). Computer programming and logical reasoning. School Science and Mathematics, 87(5), 371-379.

Jarrat, S. C. (1991). Feminism and composition: The case for conflict. In P. Hardin and J. Schlib (Eds.), Contending with words: Composition and rhetoric in a postmodern age. New York: Modern Language Association.

Jenkins, H. (1992). Textual poachers. London: Routledge.

Jenkinson, M. (1965). Laying a foundation for a critical reading program. In J. Figural (Ed.), Reading and inquiry. Newark, DE: International Reading Association.

Jenner, W. J. F. (1992). The tyranny of history: The roots of China's crisis. London: Penguin.

Jih, H. J., & Reeves, T. C. Mental models: A research focus for interactive learning systems. Educational Technology Research & Development, 40(3), 39-53. - Mental model theory applied to the design of computer programs. (9-3-93)

Jiménez, R. T., Garcia, G. E., & Pearson, P. D. (1996). The reading strategies of bilingual Latina/o students who are successful English readers: Opportunities and obstacles. Reading Research Quarterly, 31(1), 90-112.

Jobb, J. Night sky book: An everyday guide to every night. Boston and Toronto: Little Brown and Co.

Johansen, B. (1993). Remembering the forgotten founders. In K. Russo (Ed.), Our people, our land (pp. 16-20). Kluckhohm.

Johnson, D. G. (1985). Computer ethics. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall. - Sme technical and legal discussion, more of an ethics textbook. (10-19-93)

Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (1988). Advanced cooperative learning. Edina, MN: Interaction.

Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (1998). Learning together and alone: Cooperative, competitive, and individualistic learning (5th ed.). Needham Heights, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

Johnson, Mark. Moral Imagination: Implications of Cognitive Science for Ethics. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. 1993.

Johnson, Mark. The Body in the Mind: The Bodily Basis of Meaning, Imagination, and Reason. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. 1987.

Johnston, J. (1984). Research methods for evaluating the new information technologies. In J. Johnston (Ed.), Evaluating the new information technologies (pp. 73-87). Washington, DC: Jossey-Bass.

Johnston, J. (Ed.) (1984). Evaluating the new information technologies . Washington, DC: Jossey-Bass.

Jolliffe, D. A. (1988). Advances in writing research. Vol. II: Writing in academic disciplines. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Jonassen, D. H., Beissner, K., & Yacci, M. (1993). Structural knowledge: Techniques for representing, conveying, and acquiring structural knowledge. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum. - Loang and detailed description of structural knowledge, how to get it, and how to use it. (9-24-93)

Jones, M. G., & Wheatley, J. (1988). Factors influencing the entry of women into science and related fields. Science Education, 72, 127-142.

Jones, S. (Ed.), (1995). CyberSociety. Sage.

Jordan, B. (1978). Birth in four cultures. Quebec: Eden Press.

Joseph, L. C. (1994). World Link. Columbus, OH: Original Works/Greyden Press.

Joyce, M. (1987). Afternoon, a story. Cambridge, MA: Eastgate Press [Computer program].

Juel, C. (1988). Learning to read and write: A longitudinal study of 54 children from first through fourth grades. Journal of Educational Psychology, 80, 437-447.

Kahin, B. & Keller, J. (Eds.). (1995). Public access to the Internet. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Kahin, B. (Ed.). (1992). Building information infrastructure. NY: McGraw-Hill.

Kahin, B. (Ed.). (1993). Information infrastructure sourcebook. Cambridge, MA: Center for Science and International Affairs, Kennedy School of Government, Harvard University.

Kahle, J. B. (1982). Double dilemma: Minorities and women in science education. West Lafayette, IN: Purdue University. (ERIC document ED 220 278)

Kahle, J. B. (Ed.). (1985). Women in science: A report from the field. Philadelphia: Falmer Press. Contents: Women's Role and Status in the Sciences: An Historical Perspective (Marjorie Perrin Behringer); Factors Affecting Female Achievement and Interest in Science and Scientific Careers (Marsha Lakes Matyas); Retention of Girls in Science: Case Studies of Secondary Teachers (Jane Butler Kahle); Obstacles and Constraints on Women in Science: Preparation and Participation in the Scientific Community (Marsha Lakes Matyas); Minority Women: Conquering Both Sexism and Racism (Mildred Collins and Marsha Lakes Matyas); Women's Role in Professional Scientific Organizations: Participation and Recognition (Frances S. Vandervoort); Discrepancies Between Men and Women in Science: Results of a National Survey of Science Educators (Claudia B. Douglass); International Perspectives on the Status and Role of Women in Science (Ann E. Haley-Oliphant); A View and a Vision: Women in Science Today and Tomorrow (Jane Butler Kahle).

Kahney, H. (1983). Problem solving by novice programmers. In T. R. G. Green, S. J. Payne, and G. C. van der Veer (Eds.), The psychology of computer use (pp. 121-141). London: Academic Press. - Presents a model of novice behavior in artificial intelligence programming. Good overview of cognitive science terms and protocol analysis. (7-26-93).

Kahney, H. (1989). What do novice programmers know about recursion? In E. Soloway & J. C. Spohrer (Eds.), Studying the novice programmer (pp. 209-228). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Kakar, S. (1968). The human life cycle: The traditional Hindu view and the psychology of Erik Erikson. Philosophy East and West, 18, 127-136.

Kamberelis, G., & McGinley, W. (1992). One writer's construction of text and self: the role of voice. In C. K. Kinzer & D. J. Leu (Eds.), Literacy research, theory, and practice: Views from many perspectives (Forty-first yearbook of the National Reading Conference. Chicago: The National Reading Conference.

Kamberelis, G., & Scott, K. D. (1992). Other peoople's voices: The coarticulation of textxs and subjectivities. Language and Education, 4, 359-403.

Kamii, M. (1990). Opening the algebra gate: Removing obstacles to success in college preparatory mathematics courses. Journal of Negro Education, 59(3), 392-406 .

Kaplan, Nancy. "Ideology, technology, and the Future of Writing Instruction." Evolving Perspectives on Computers and Composition Studies. Ed. Gail E. Hawisher and Cynthia L. Selfe. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of Englissh, 1991. 11-42.

Kaput, J. J. (1992). Technology and mathematics education. In D. A. Grouws (Ed.), Handbook of research on mathematics teaching and learning: A project of the National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (515-556). New York: Macmillian. - Handbook contains 29 lit reviews on math ed. Technology chapter is comprehensive. (3-21-94)

Karmiloff-Smith, A., & Inhelder, B. (1975). Cognition, 3(3), 195-212.

Karnezis, George Interpretation Theory and the Teaching of Literature. (Diss. University of Iowa, 1980)

Karolides, N. J. (Ed.) (1992). Reader response in the classroom: Evoking and interpreting meaning in literature. New York: Longman.

Kasden, & Hoeber (Eds.) (1980). Basic writing: Essays for teachers, researchers, and administrators. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English. An anthology of articles which describes the development of basic writing programs on various college campuses Additionally there are two valuable articles, one by Lawrence Kasden and one by Sondra Perl, which are good introductions to basic writing. (D. Cruickshank)

Kass-Simon, G., & Farnes, P. (Eds.) (1990). Women of science: Righting the record. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Katsh, M. E. (1989). The electronic media and the transformation of law. New York: Oxford University Press.

Katz, L. and Chard, S. Engaging children's minds: The project approach. Norwood, New Jersey: Ablex, 1989.

Katz, M., McSwiney, E., & Stroud, K. (1987). Facilitating collegial exchange among science teachers: An experiment in computer-based conferencing. Cambridge, MA: Harvard Graduate School of Education.

Katz, S., Lautenschlager, G. J., Blackburn, A. B., & Harris, F. H. (1990). Answering reading comprehension items without passages on the SAT. Psychologiical Science, 1(2), 122-127.

Kau, J. C.-V. (19xx). Growth of a teacher in a communication project. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.

Kaufer, D., Geisler, C., & Neuwirth, C. (1989). Arguing from sources: Exploring issues through reading and writing. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.

Kaufmann, W. (1977). The art of reading. In W. Kaufmann, The future of the humanities (pp. 47-83). New York: Thomas Y. Crowell.

Kay, D. S. (1991). Computer interaction: Debugging the problems. In R. J. Sternberg & P. A. Frensch (Eds.), Complex problem solving: Principles and mechanisms (pp. 317-340). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum. - nature of knowledge students learn when programming, skill acquisition, transfer of skills, instructional format.

Keat, R. (1981). The politics of social theory: Habermas, Freud and the critique of positivism. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press.

Keeney, B. P. (1990). Cybernetics of dialogue: A conversational paradigm for systematic therapies. In T. Maranhão (Ed.), The interpretation of dialogue (pp. 242-266). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Kegan, Robert The Evolving Self. (Harvard University Press. 1982)

Keith, S. Z., & Keith, P. (Eds.) (1989, November 10-11). Proceedings of the National Conference on Women in Mathematics and the Sciences. St. Cloud, MN: St. Cloud State University.

Keller, E. F. (1980). Feminist critique of science: A forward or backward move? Fundamenta Scientiae, 1, 341-349.

Keller, E. F. (1982). Feminism and science. Signs, 7, 589-602. Reprinted in N. O. Keohane, M. Z. Rosaldo, & B. C. Gelpi (Eds.), Feminist theory: A critique of ideology (pp. 113-126). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Keller, E. F. (1983). A feeling for the organism: The life and work of barbara mcclintock. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.

Keller, E. F. (1983, September/October). Feminism as an analytic tool for the study of science. Academe, 69, 15-21.

Keller, E. F. (1985). Reflections on gender and science. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Keller, E. F. (1987). Making gender visible in the pursuit of nature's secrets. In T. de Lauretis (Ed.), Feminist Studies, Critical Studies (pp. 67-77). Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Keller, E. F. (1987, Fall). Women scientists and feminist critiques of science. Daedalus, 116, 77-91. Reprinted in J. K. Conway, S. C. Bourque, & J. W. Scott (Eds.) (1989), Learning about women: Gender, politics, and power. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.

Keller, E. F. (1988). Feminist perspectives on science studies. Science, Technology, and Human Values, 13, 235- 249.

Keller, E. F. (1994). Secrets of life, secrets of death: Essays on language, gender and science. New York: Routledge.

Keller, J. K. (1990). Characteristics of LOGO instruction promoting transfer of learning: A research review. Journal of Research on Computing in Education, 23(1), 55-71.

Keller-Cohen, D. (Ed.) (1994). Literacy: Interdisciplinary conversations. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton.

Keller-Cohen, D. (Ed.) (1994). Literacy: Interdisciplinary conversations. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton.

Kelley, E. C. (1947). Education for what is real. New York: Harper & Brothers.

Kelly, A. (1985). The construction of masculine science. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 6, 133-154.

Kelly, L. G. (1976). 25 centuries of language teaching (2nd ed.). Rowley, MA: Newbury House.

Kemmis, S., & McTaggart, R. (Eds.) (1988). The action research planner (3rd ed.). Geelong, Victoria: Deakin University Press.

Kemp, F. (1993). The origins of ENFI, network theory, and computer-based collaborative writing instruction at The University of Texas. In B. Bruce, J. K. Peyton, and T. W. Batson (Ed.), Network-based classrooms: Promises and realities. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Kemp, F., & Barker, T. (198?). Network theory: A postmodern pedagogy for the writing classroom.

Kendall, J. R., & Mason, J. M. (1982). Metacognition from the historical context of teaching reading (Tech. Rep. No. 263). Urbana, IL: Center for the Study of Reading, University of Illinois. (ERIC Document Reproduction Service No. ED 220 821).

Kennedy, M., Fisher, M. B, & Ennis, R. H. (1991). Critical thinking: Literature review and needed research. In L. Idol & B. F. Jones, (Eds.), Educational values and cognitive instruction: Implications for reform (pp. 11-40). Hillsdale, N. J.: Erlbaum.

Kersten, Z. A., Linn, M. C., Clancy, M., & Hardyck, C. (1988). Previous experience and the learning of computer programming: The computer helps those who help themselves. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 4(3), 321-333.

Kessler, C. M., & Anderson, J. R. (1986). Learning flow of control: Recursive and iterative procedures. Human-Computer Interaction, 2(2), 135-166. - Report of two studies to understand students' ability to write recursive and looping procedures. Argues for better models, found some positive transfer. (2-28-93)

Key, M. R. (1975). Male/female language. Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow.

Khayrallah, M. A., & Van Der Meiraker, M. (1987). LOGO programming and the acquisition of cognitive skills. Journal of Computer-Based Instruction, 14(4), 133-137.

Kiefer, K., & Smith, C. (1983). Textual analysis with computers: Tests of Bell Laboratories' computer software. Research in the Teaching of English, 17, 201-214.

Kiefer, K., & Smith, C. (1984). Improving students' revising and editing: The writer's workbench system. In W. Wresch (Ed.), The computer in composition instruction: A writer's tool. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Kieran, C. (1981). Concepts associated with the equality symbol. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 12(3), 317-326. - This article presents several interesting observations about the = sign which can add to a discussion of assignment statements and operators in computer languages. (3-11-93)

Kieras, D. E., & Bovair, S. (1984). The role of a mental model in learning to operate a device. Cognitive Science, 8(3), 255-273. - Reports on three studies on larning how to operate a control panel device. They conclude having a model is useful if it allows the person to infer simple direct steps. (5-6-93)

Kiesler, C. A. (1971). The psychology of commitment. New York: Academic.

Kiesler, S., Seigel, J., & McGuire, T. W. (1984). Social psychological aspects of computer-mediated communication. American Psychologist, 39(10), 1123-1134.

Kiesler, S., Zubrow, D., Moses, A. M., & Geller, V. (1985). Affect in computer-mediated communication: An experiment in synchronous terminal-to-terminal discussion. Human-Computer Interaction, 1, 77-104.

Kilbourne, Jean (1979).Killing Us Softly: Advertising's Image of Women. Cambridge Documentary Films.

Kim, Y. Y., & W.B. Gudykunst, eds. _Theories in Intercultural Communication_. Newbury Park, CA: Sage, 1988.

Kinneavy, J. L. (1971). A theory of discourse. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Kinneavy, J. L. (1980). A pluralistic synthesis of four contemporary models for teaching composition. In A. Freedman & I. Pringle (Eds.), Reinventing the rhetorical tradition (pp. 38-52). Ottawa, Ont: The Canadian Council of Teachers of English.

Kipling, K. J., Murphy, R. J. (1992). Symbiosis: Writing and academic culture. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann. [0-86709-313-7]

Kipling, Kim J. and Richard J. Murphy. Symbiosis; Writing and Academic Culture. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann, 1992. [0-86709-313-7]

Kirkup, G., & L. S. Keller (Eds.). (1992). Inventing women: Science, technology, and gender. Cambridge, MA: B. Blackwell.

Kirsch, G. Women writing the academy. Carbondale. IL: Southern Illinois University Press. [0-8093-1870-9]

Kirsch, Gesa. Women Writing the Academy. SIUP [9-8093-1870-9]

Kirsch, I. S., Jungeblut, A. (1986). Literacy profiles of America's young adults. (National Assessment of Educational Progress report 16-PL-02). Princeton NJ: Educational Testing Service.

Kirscht, Judy, Levine, Rhonda, & Reiff, John (1994). Evolving paradigms: WAC and the rhetoric of inquiry. College Composition & Communication, 45(3), 369-380.

Kittay, Eva Feder Metaphor: Its Cognitive Force and Linguistic Structure. (Clarendon Press, 1987)

Klahr, D., & Carver, S. M. (1988). Cognitive objectives in a Logo debugging curriculum: Instruction, learning, and transfer. Cognitive Psychology, 20(3), 362-404. - Results indicate that transfer of problem solving and programming skills can take place with precise computer simulations of the skills.

Kleech, A. V. (1982). The emergence of linguistic awareness: A cognitive framework. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly Journal of Developmental Psychology, 28(2), 237-265.

Kleiman, G. M. (1984). Brave new schools: How computers can change education. Reston, VA: Reston.

Klein, R. (1992). Reproductive technology, genetic engineering, and woman hating. In C. Kramarae & D. Spender (Eds.), The knowledge explosion: Generations of feminist scholarship (pp. 386-396). New York: Teachers College Press Athene Series.

Klem, Elizabeth and Charles Moran. "Computers and Instructional Strategies in the Teaching of Writing." Evolving Perspectives on Computers and Composition Studies. Ed. Gail E. Hawisher and Cynthia L. Selfe. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of Englissh, 1991. 132-149.

Klemm, D. E. (1987). The rhetoric of theological argument. In J. S. Nelson, A. Megill, & D. N. McCloskey, (Eds.), The rhetoric of the human sciences: Language and argument in scholarship and public affairs (pp. 276-297). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.

Kline, M. (1972). Mathematical thought from ancient to modern times. New York: Oxford University Press.

Kling, Rob (1980). Social analyses of computing: Theoretical perspectives in recent empirical research. Computing Surveys, 12, 61-110.

Kling, Rob, & Gerson, Elihu (1978, Spring). Patterns of segmentation and intersection in the computing world. Symbolic Interaction, 1(2), 24-43.

Kling, Rob, & Scacchi, W. (1982). The web of computing: Computing technology as social organization. Advances in Computers, 21, 3-78.

Knapp, L. R. (1986). The word processor and the writing teacher. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Knoblauch, C. H. (1990). Literacy and the politics of education. In A. Lunsford, H. Maglen, & J. Slevin (Ed.), The right to literacy (pp. 74-80). New York: Modern Language Association.

Kochmer, J. (December 1991). NorthwestNet user services Internet resource guide. 15400 SE 30th Place, Suite 202, Bellevue, WA 98007

Koohang, A. A. (1989). A study of attitudes toward computers: Anxiety, confidence, liking, and perception of usefulness. Journal of Research on Computing in Education, 22(2), 137-150. - Breakdown of factors influencing user acceptance. (10-5-93)

Kozma, R. B. (1994). _Will_ media influence learning? Reframing the debate. ETR&D, 42(2), 7-19.

Kramarae, C. & Kramer, J. (1995). Legal snarls for women in cyberspace. Internet Research, 5(2), pp. 15-26.

Kramarae, C. (Ed.) (1988). Technology and women's voices: Keeping in touch. Boston: Routledge.

Kramarae, C., & Kramer, J. (1995, February). Net gains, net losses. Women's Review of Books, pp. 33-35.

Kramarae, C., & Taylor, H. J. (1993). Women and men on electronic networks: A conversation or a monologue? In H. J. Taylor, C. Kramarae, & M. Ebben (Eds.), Women, information technology, scholarship (pp. 52-61). Urbana, IL: University of Illinois, Center for Advanced Study.

Krashen, S. (1985). Inquiries and insights. Hayward, CA: Alemany.

Krashen, S. (1985). The input hypothesis: Issues and implications. London: Longman.

Kraut, R. E., & Lewis, S. H. (in press). Feedback and the coordination of conversation. In H. Sypher & J. Applegate (Eds.), Cognition and communication. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Kraut, R. E., Lewis, S. H., & Swezey, L. W. (1982). Listener responsiveness and the coordination of conversation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 43, 718-731.

Kraut, R. E., Patterson, M., Lundmark, V., Kiesler, S, Mukophadhyay,T & Scherlis, W. (1998). Internet paradox: A social technology that reduces social involvement and psychological well-being? American Psychologist, 53(9), 10171-031.

Kremers, M. (1988). Adams Sherman Hill meets ENFI: An inquiry and a retrospective. Computers and Composition, 5(3), 69-77.

Kremers, M. (1990). Sharing authority on a synchronous network: The case for riding the beast. Computers and Composition, 7, 33-44.

Kremers, M. (1993). Student authority and teacher freedom: ENFI at New York Institute of Technology. In B. C. Bruce, J. K. Peyton, and T. W. Batson (Ed.), Network-based classrooms: Promises and realities. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Krendl, K. A., & Lieberman, D. A. (1988). Computers and learning: A review of recent research. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 4(4), 367-389. - Overview of several areas, including effects on learning, development of cognitive skills, motivation, learning environments, and methodological issues. (11-3-93)

Krendl, K. A., et al. (1989). Children and computers: Do sex related differences persist. Journal of Communication, 39 (3), 85-93. (Cited. in Sofia).

Kress, G. (1982). Learning to write. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

Kress, G. (1989). Linguistic processes in sociocultural practice. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Krishna Raj, M. (1991). Women and science: Selected essays. Bombay: Himalaya Publishing House.

Kroker, A., & Weinstein, M. A. (1994). Data trash: The theory of the virtual class. New York: St. Martin's Press.

Krol, E. (1992). The whole Internet: User's guide & catalog. Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly.(800) 998-9938; nuts@ora.com

Kronick, D. A. (1986). A history of scientific and technical periodicals. Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow.

Kucer, S. B. (1987). The cognitive base of reading and writing. Technology, reading, and writing. In J. Squire (Ed.), The dynamics of language learning: Research in reading and English. Urbana, IL: National Conference on Research in English and ERIC Clearinghouse on Reading and Communication Skills.

Kuhn, T. S. (1957). The Copernican revolution. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Kuhn, T. S. (1960). A brief history of measurement in physical science. In Woolf (Ed.), Quantification. Indianapolis, IN: Bobbs-Merrill.

Kuhn, T. S. (1962). The structure of scientific revolutions. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Kulik, J.A. & Kulik, C-L.C. (1987). Review of recent literature on computer-based instruction. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 12(3),222-230.

Kundsin, R. B. (1973). Successful women in the sciences: An analysis of determinants. Annals of The New York Academy of Sciences, 208.

Kurland, D. M., & Pea, R. D. (1989). Children's mental models of recursive LOGO programs. In E. Soloway & J. C. Spohrer (Eds.), Studying the novice programmer (pp. 315-323). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. - (3-1-93)

Kurland, D. M., Clement, C. A., Mawby, R., & Pea, R. D. (1987). Mapping the cognitive demands of learning to program. In R. D. Pea and K. Sheingold (Eds.), Mirrors of minds: Patterns of experience in educational computing (pp. 103-127). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Kurland, D. M., Pea, R. D., Clement, C., & Mawby, R. (1989). A study of the development of programming ability and thinking skills in high school students. In E. Soloway & J. C. Spohrer (Eds.), Studying the novice programmer (pp. 83-112). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. - (3-1-93)

LaFollette, M. C. (1988, Summer-Fall). Eyes on the stars: Images of women scientists in popular magazines. Science, Technology, and Human Values, 13, 262-275.

LaQuey, T. (1994). The Internet Companion: A beginner's guide to global networking Addison-Wesley.

Labaree, David F. (1995). A disabling vision: Rhetoric and reality in Tomorrow's schools of education. Teachers College Record, 97 (2), 166-205.

Laboratory of Comparative Human Cognition (1982). A model system for the study of learning difficulties. The Quarterly Newsletter of the Laboratory of Comparative Human Cognition, 4, 39-65.

Labov, W. (1970). The study of nonstandard English. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English. This is the monograph presentation of Labov's landmark study of Black English, which led to the widely known book The Logic of Nonstandard English. It provides a good, brief overview of the possibilities for the application of sociolinguistic research to the teaching of English. (D. Cruickshank)

Labov, W., & Fanshel, D. (1977). Therapeutic discourse. New York: Academic Press.

Lagache, E. (1993, April). Diving into communities of practice: Examining learning as legitimate peripheral participation in an everyday setting. Paper presented the Annual Meeting of the American Educational Research Association, Atlanta, GA.

Lakatos, I. (1977). Proofs and refutations: The logic of mathematical discovery (J. Worrall & E. Zahar, Eds). New York: Cambridge University Press.

Lakatos, I. (1978). The methodology of scientific research programmes. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Lakoff, George and Mark Johnson. Metaphors We Live By. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. 1980.

Lakoff, R. (1975). Language and woman's place. New York: Harper & Row.

Lamb, C. (1991). Beyond argument in feminist composition. College Composition and Communications, 42, 11-22.

Lampert, M. (1990). When the problem is not the question and the solution is not the answer: Mathematical knowing and teaching. American Educational Research Journal, 27, 29-63.

Lampert, M. (1992). Practices and problems in teaching authentic mathematics. In F. K. Oser, A. Dick, & J-L. Patry (Eds.), Effective and responsible teaching. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Landow, George P. (1989). Hypertext in literary education, criticism, and scholarship. Computers and the Humanities, 23, 173-198.

Landow, George P. (1992). Hypertext: The convergence of contemporary critical theory and technology. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.

Landow, George P. The Victorian Web.

Langer, J. A. (1990). The process of understanding: Reading for literary and informative purposes. Research in the Teaching of English, 24, 229-257.

Langer, J. A. (Ed.) (1992). Literature instruction: A focus on student response. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Langston, D., & Batson, T. (1990). The social shifts invited by working collaboratively on computer networks: The ENFI project. In C. Handa (Ed.), Computers and community: Teaching composition in the twenty-first century (pp. 140-159). Portsmouth, NH: Boynton/Cook, Heineman.

Lankshear, C., & McLaren, P. L. (Eds.), (1993). Critical literacy: Politics, praxis, and the postmodern. Albany: State University of New York Press.

Lansdown, B., Blackwood, P. E., & Brandwein, P. F. (1971). Teaching elementary science through investigation and colloquium. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.

Larson, A. E. (1996). Technology education in teacher preparation: Perspectives from a year-long elementary teacher education program. This collection.

Lasch, C. (1991). The lost art of political argument. Utne Reader, March/April, p. 72.

Lather, P. (1991). Getting smart: Feminist research and pedagogy with/in the postmodern. New York: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

Latour, B. (1986). Visualization and cognition: Thinking with eyes and hands. In Knowledge and society: Studies in the sociology of culture, past and present, 6, (pp. 1-40). JAI Press.

Latour, B. (1988). Drawing things together. In M. Lynch & S. Woolgar (Eds.), Representation in scientific practice (pp. 19-68). Cambridge: MIT Press.

Latour, B. (1988). Mixing humans and non-humans together: The sociology of a door-closer. Social Problems, 35, 298-310.

Latour, B. (1991). Technology is society made durable. In J. Law (Ed.), A sociology of monsters: Essays on power, technology, and domination (pp. 103-131). New York: Routledge.

Latour, B. (1993). We have never been modern (tr. C. Porter). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Latour, B., & Woolgar, S. (1986). Laboratory life: The construction of scientific facts (rev. ed.). Princeton: Princeton University Press.

Lauer, J. E. (Ed.). Multidisciplinary studies in rhetoric and composition. West Lafayette, IN: Purdue University Press.

Lauer, J. E., & Asher, W. (1988). Composition research: Empirical designs. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Laurence, J. (1985). The structure of empirical knowledge. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Laurillard, D. (1993). Rethinking university teaching: A framework for the effective use of educational technology. New York: Routledge.

Lave, J. (1988). Cognition in practice. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated Learning: Legitimate Peripheral Participation. Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press.

Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated Learning: Legitimate Peripheral Participation. Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press.

Law, J. (Ed.) (1991). A sociology of monsters: Essays on power, technology and domination. New York: Routledge.

Law, J. (Ed.) (1991). A sociology of monsters: Essays on power, technology and domination. New York: Routledge.

Lawler, R. W., & Yazdani, M. (Eds.) (1987). Artificial intelligence and education. Volume 1: Learning environments and tutoring systems. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Lemke, J. L. (1994). Discourse, dynamics, and social change. In M. A. K. Halliday (Issue Editor), Language as cultural dynamic (Special issue of Cultural Dynamics, 6(1), 243-275.

Lemke, J. L. (1997). Metamedia literacy: Transforming meanings and media. In D. Reinking, L. Labbo, M. McKenna, & R. Kiefer (Eds.), Handbook of literacy and technology: Transformations in a post-typographic world. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

LeVay, S. (1993). The sexual brain. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Leal, L. (1987). Investigations of the relation between metamemory and university students' examination performance. Journal of Educational Psychology, 79(1), 35-40.

Leavitt, J. W. (1984). Women and health in America: Historical readings. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.

Lee, A. (1996). Gender, literacy, curiculum: Re-writing school geography. Bristol, PA: Taylor & Francis.

Lee, A. (1996). Gender, literacy, curiculum: Re-writing school geography. Bristol, PA: Taylor & Francis.

Lee, O., & Lehrer, R. (1988). Conjectures concerning the origins of misconceptions in LOGO. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 4(1), 87-105.

Lefcourt, H. M., & Wine, J. (1969). Internal versus external control of reinforcement and the deployment of attention in experimental situations. Canadian Journal of Behavioral Science, 1, 167-181.

Lefebvre, Henri (1991). The production of space. Oxford.

Lefevre, K. B. (1987). Invention as a social act. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press.

Lehrer, R. (1986). LOGO as a strategy for developing thinking? Educational Psychologist, 21(1&2), 121-137.

Lehrer, R., & Littlefield, J. (1991). Misconceptions and errors in LOGO: The role of instruction. Journal of Educational Psychology, 83(1), 124-133. - A test of instructional practices. Comparison group got LOGO and played, while control group got LOGO and the did focused instruction. Concluded that misconceptions are due to working memory not conceptual misunderstandings. (2-23-93)

Lehrer, R., Guckenberg, T., & Sancilio, L. (1988) Influences of LOGO on children's intellectual development. In R. E. Mayer (Ed.), Teaching and learning computer programming: Multiple research perspectives (pp. 75-110). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. - Contains discussions of models of learning, transfer, control theory, knowledge restructuring. (3-4-93)

Lemke, J. (1990). Talking science: Language, learning, and values. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Lemke, J. L. (1985). Ideology, intertextuality, and the notion of register. In J. D. Benson & W. S. Greaves (Eds.), Systemic perspectives on discourse (pp. 275-294). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Lemke, J. L. (1986). Using language in classrooms. Geelong, Victoria: Deakin University Press.

Lemke, J. L. (1988). Discourses in conflict: Heteroglossia and text semantics. In J. D. Benson & W. S. Greaves (Eds.), Systemic functional approaches to discourse (pp. 29-50). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Lemke, J. L. (1989). Social semiotics: A new model for literacy education. In D. Bloome (Ed.), Classrooms and literacy (pp. 289-309). Norwood, NJ: Ablex. [Concepts and application to an educational issue]

Lemke, J. L. (1990). Talking science: Language, learning, and values. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Lemke, J. L. (1998). Metamedia Literacy: Transforming Meanings And Media. In D. Reinking, L. Labbo, M. McKenna, & R. Kiefer (Eds.), Handbook of Literacy and Technology: Transformations in a Post-Typographic World. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. pp.283-301.

Lenk, C. (1989). Doing science through telecommunications. In J. D. Ellis (Ed.), 1988 Association for the Education of Teachers in Science Yearbook (pp. 25-34). Columbus, Ohio: ERIC Clearinghouse for Science, Mathematics, and Environmental Education.

Leont'ev, A. N. (1981). Problems of the development of mind. Moscow: Progress.

Leont'ev, A. N. (1981). Problems of the development of mind. Moscow: Progress.

Lepper, M. R. & Gurtner, J. L. (1989). Children and computers: Approaching the twenty-first century. American Psychologist, 44(2), 170-178.

Lerch, H., Easley, J. A., Jr., & Braunfeld, P. (1979). Children's conceptions of number and numeral (NIE report, Contract 400-77-0075).

Levi-Montalcini, R. (1988). In praise of imperfection: My life and work. New York: Basic Books.

Levin, J. A. (1982). Microcomputers as interactive communication media: An interactive text interpreter. The Quarterly Newsletter of the Laboratory of Comparative Human Cognition, 4, 34-36.

Levin, J. A., & Cohen M. (1985). The world as an international science lab: Electronic networks for science instruction and problem solving. Journal of Computers in Math and Science Teaching, 4, 33-35.

Levin, J. A., & Kareev, Y. (1980). Personal computers and education: The challenge to schools. La Jolla, CA: Center for Human Information Processing.

Levin, J. A., & Levin, S. R. (1985). Writing on the electronic frontier: The San Diego-Alaska connection. Unpublished paper, University of California, San Diego.

Levin, J. A., & Waugh, M. (1988). Educational simulations, tools, games, and microworlds: Computer-based environments for learning. International Journal of Educational Research, 12(1), 71-79. A breakdown of the factors in educational programs and presents framework.

Levin, J. A., Boruta, M. J., & Vasconcellos, M. T. (1983). Microcomputer-based environments for Writing: A Writer's Assistant. In A. C. Wilkinson (Ed.), Classroom computers and cognitive science (pp. 219-232). New York: Academic.

Levin, J. A., Kim, H., & Riel, M. (1990). Analyzing instructional interactions on electronic message networks. In L. Harasim (Eds.), Online education: Perspectives on a new medium. New York: Praeger/Greenwood.

Levin, J. A., Riel, M. M., Rowe, R. D., & Boruta, M. J. (1985). Muktuk meets jacuzzi: Computer networks and elementary school writers. In S. W. Freedman (Ed.), The acquisition of written language: Revision and response. Hillsdale, NJ: Ablex.

Levin, J. A., Riel, M., Miyake, N., & Cohen, M. (1987). Education on the electronic frontier: Teleapprentices in globally distributed educational contexts. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 12, 254-260.

Levin, J. A., Waugh, M. L., Chung, H. K., & Miyake, N. (1992). Activity cycles in educational electronic networks. Interactive Learning Environments, 2(2), 3-13.

Levin, J. A., Waugh, M., & Kolopanis, G. (1988). Science instruction on global electronic networks. Spectrum: The Journal of the Illinois Science Teachers Association.

Levin, J., Waugh, M., Brown, D., & Clift, R. (1994). Teaching Teleapprenticeships: A new organizational framework for improving teacher education using electronic networks. Journal of Machine-Mediated Learning, 4(2 & 3), 149-161.

Levin, M. (1988). Caring new science: Feminism and science. American Scholar.

Levine, J. (Ed.). (1994). The Internet by Paul Hoffman. Compaq Press, IDG Books Worldwide.

Levine, K. (1982). Functional literacy: Fond illusions and false economies. Harvard Educational Review, 52(3), 249-266.

Levine, K. (1986). The social context of literacy. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.

Levinson, S. C. (1983). Pragmatics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Levy, David M. (1988, December). Topics in document research. Paper presented at the ACM Conference on Document Processing Systems, Santa Fe, NM.

Lewin, A. W. (1989). Children's museums: A structure for family learning. Hand to Hand: Children's Museum Network, 3, 1, 15-20.

Lewis, C. (1986). Understanding what's happening in system interactions. In D. A. Norman and S. W. Draper (Eds.), User centered system design: New Perspectives on human-computer interaction (pp. 171-185). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum. - Discusses explanations and training. (7-26-93)

Lewis, Jacquelyn (1998, June). Children's publishing at the turn of the century - a lasting impression? The Culture of Publishing. [Online journal: http://www.brookes.ac.uk/schools/apm/publishing/culture/lewis.html]

Lewis, M. (1990). Framing, women and silence: Disrupting the hierarchy of discursive practices. Paper presented at the 1990 Meeting of the American Educational Research Association (Boston, Massachusetts) April, 1990.

Lewontin, R. C., Rose, S., & Kamin, L. J. (1984). Not in our genes: Biology, ideology, and human nature. New York: Pantheon.

Liao, Y. C., & Bright, G. W. (1991). Effects of computer programming on cognitive outcomes: A meta-analysis. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 7(3), 251-268.

Liao, Y. K., Effects of computer-assisted instruction on cognitive outcomes: A meta-analysis. Journal of Research on Computing in Education, 24(3), 367-380. - Good overview of CAI studies. (10-5-93)

Liberman, D. A., & Linn, M. C. (1991). Learning to learn revisited: Computers and the development of self-directed learning skills. Journal of Research on Computing in Education, 23(3), 373-395.

Lidz, C. S. (Ed.). (1987). Dynamic assessment. New York: Guilford Press.

Liebeck, P. (1984). How children learn mathematics: A guide for parents and teachers. London: Penguin.

Lieberman, D. (1985). Research on children and microcomputers: A review of utilization and effects studies. In M. Chen & W. Paisley (Eds.), Children and microcomputers: Research on the newest medium (pp. 59-83). Beverly Hills, CA: Sage Publications. - A literature review which covers a wide area including demographics, case studies of access and usage, attitudinal and social effects, and cognitive and learning consequences of computer programming. Includes brief history of pre-microcomputer era and games. Good reference section. (3-31-93)

Liebling, C. (1984). Creating the classroom's communicative context: How teachers and microcomputers can help. Theory into Practice, 23, 232-238.

Lightfoot, M. and Martin, N. The word for teaching is learning. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann Educational Books, 1988.

Lin, H.-F. (1994). Science discourse in one American kindergarten classroom. Ph. D. Thesis, University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign.

Lincoln, Y., & Guba, E. (1985). Naturalistic inquiry. Newbury Park: Sage.

Linn, C. F. (1974). The golden mean. New York: Doubleday.

Linn, M. C. (1985). The cognitive consequences of programming instruction in classrooms. Educational Researcher, 14(5), 14-16, 25-29.

Linn, M. C. (1992). Science Education Reform: Building on the Research Base. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 29, 8, 821-840.

Linn, M. C. (1992). Science Education Reform: Building on the Research Base. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 29(8), 821-840.

Linn, M. C., & Clancy, M. J. (1992a). The case for case studies of programming problems. Communications of the ACM, 35(3), 121-132.

Linn, M. C., & Clancy, M. J. (1992b). Can experts' explanations help students develop program design skills? International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 36(4), 511-551. - Presents research related to their work summarized in Linn and Clancy (1992a) and expands explanation in this article. Long and detailed. (Fall 92)

Linn, M. C., & Dalbey, J. (1985). Cognitive consequences of programming instruction: Instruction, access, and ability. Educational Psychologist, 20(4), 191-206.

Linn, M. C., Sloane, K. D., & Clancy, M. J. (1987). Ideal and actual outcomes frpm precollege Pascal instruction. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 24(5), 467-490.

Linn, M., Katz, M., Clancy, M. J., & Recker, M. (1992). How do Lisp programmers draw on personal experience to solve novel programs? In E. De Corte, M. Linn, H. Handl, & L. Verschaffel (Eds.), Computer-based learning environments and problem-solving (pp. 67-101). Berlin: Springer-Verlag.

Littlefield, J., Declos, V. R., Lever, S., Clayton, K. N., Bransford, J. D., & Franks, J. J. (1988) Learning LOGO: Method of teaching, transfer of general skills, and attitudes toward school and computers. In R. E. Mayer (Ed.), Teaching and learning computer programming: Multiple research perspectives (pp. 111-135). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. - Experiments to find effects of different types of structure and mediation on the learning of LOGO. (3-4-93)

Lloyd, Genevieve. The Man of Reason: "Male" and "Female" in WesternPhilosophy. 2nd ed. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1993.

Loban, W. (1963). The language of elementary school children. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Loban, W. (1976). Language development kindergarten through grade twelve. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Lodge, D. (1987). After Bakhtin. In N. Fabb, D. Attridge, A. Durant, & C. MacCabe (Eds.), The linguistics of writing: Arguments between language and literature (pp. 89-102). New York: Methuen.

Lofland, J. (1984). Analyzing social settings. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Lofland, J. and Lofland, L. A guide to qualitative observation and analysis (second ed.). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth Publishing Co., 1984.

Longino, H. E. "Science, Objectivity, and Feminist Values." FEMINIST STUDIES 14 (Fall 1988): 561-574.

Longino, H. E. "Scientific Objectivity and Feminist Theorizing." LIBERAL EDUCATION 67 (Fall 1981): 187-195. Reprinted in WOMEN'S STUDIES AND THE CURRICULUM, pp. 33-41. Ed. by Marianne Triplette. Winston-Salem, NC: Salem College, 1983.

Longino, H. E. (1987). Can there be a feminist science? Hypatia, 2(3).

Longino, H. E. (1989). Can there be a feminist science? In N. Tuana (Ed.), Feminism & science (pp. 45-57). Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press.

Longino, H. E. (1989). Can there be a feminst science? In N. Tuana (Ed.), Feminism & science (pp. 45-57). Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press.

Longino, H. E. (1990). Science as social knowledge: Values and objectivity in scientific inquiry. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Longino, H. E. (1990). Science as social knowledge: Values and objectivity in scientific inquiry. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Longino, H., & Doell, R. (1983, Winter). Body, bias, and behavior: A comparative analysis of reasoning in two areas of biological science. Signs, 9, 206-227.

Longino, H., & Hammonds, E. (1990). Conflicts and tensions in the feminist study of gender and science. In M. Hirsch & E. F. Keller (Eds.), Conflicts in feminism (pp. 164-183). New York: Routledge.

Loucks, S., & Crandall, D. (1982). The practice profile: An all-purpose tool for program communication, staff development, evaluation, and implementation. Andover, MA: The NETWORK.

Loucks-Horsley, S. (1997a). The Role of Teaching and Learning in Systemic Reform: A Focus on Professional Development. Presented at the Annual Forum of the National Institute for Science Education, Washington DC, February 24-25.

Loucks-Horsley, S. (1997b). Teacher change, staff development, and systemic change: Reflections from the eye of a paradim shift. In S. N. Friel and G. W. Bright (Eds.), Reflecting On Our Work: NSF Teacher Enhancement in K-6 Mathematics, 133-149. Lanham, MD: University Press of America, Inc.

Loucks-Horsley, S., & Hergert, L. (1985). An action guide to school improvement. Alexandria, VA: Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development.

Loucks-Horsley, S., French, L., Rubin, A., & Starr, K. (1985). The role of teacher incentives and rewards in implementing a technological innovation (Final Report of NIE Grant No. NIE-G-83-0062). Andover, MA: The NETWORK.

Loucks-Horsley, S., Stiles, K., and Hewson, P. (1996). Principles of Effective Professional Development for Mathematics and Science Education: A Synthesis of Standards. NISE Brief, 1, 1, 1-6.

Love, James P. (1992). The marketplace and electronic government information. Government Publications Review, 19(4), 397-412.

Lowe, M. (1983). The dialectic of biology and culture. In M. Lowe & R. Hubbard (Ed.), Woman's nature: Rationalizations of inequality (pp. 39-62). New York: Pergamon.

Lowe, M. (1992). The impact of feminism on the natural sciences. In C. Kramarae & D. Spender (Eds.), The knowledge explosion: Generations of feminist scholarship (pp. 161-171). New York: Teachers College Press.

Loyd, B. H., & Gressard, C. (1984). Reliability and factorial validity of computer attitude scales. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 44(4), 501-505. - Shows factor analysis and creation of sub-scales for development of CAS. (11-4-93)

Loyd, B. H., & Loyd, D. E. (1985). The reliability and validity of an instrument for the assessment of computer attitudes. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 45(4), 903-908. - Brief overview and analysis of one set of factors. (10-5-93)

Lucas, C. K. (1988a). Toward ecological evaluation: Part 1. The Quarterly of the National Writing Project and the Center for the Study of Writing, 10(1), 1-3, 12-17.

Lucas, C. K. (1988b). Toward ecological evaluation: Part 2. Recontext-ualizing literacy assessment. The Quarterly of the National Writing Project and the Center for the Study of Writing, 10(2), 4-10.

Lucas, J. (January 1993). Teaching writing: Emphasis swings to process, writing as a tool for learning. Curriculum Update. Washington, DC: Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development.

Luke, A. (1992). The body literate: Discourse and inscription in early literacy training. Linguistics and Education, 4, 107-129.

Luke, A. (1992). The body literate: Discourse and inscription in early literacy training. Linguistics and Education, 4, 107-129.

Luke, A. (1994). On reading and the sexual division of literacy. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 26(4), 361-381.

Luke, A. (1995). Text and discourse in education: An introduction to critical discourse analysis. In M. Apple (ed.), Review of research in education, 21 (pp. 3-48). Washington, DC: American Educational Research Association.

Luke, A. (1996). Genres of power? Literacy education and the production of capital. In R. Hasan and G. Williams (eds.), Literacy in society (pp. 308-338). New York: Longman.

Luke, C., & Gore, J. (1992). Feminisms and critical pedagogy. New York: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

Lukes, S. (1982). Relativism in its place. In M. Hollis & S. Lukes (Eds.), Rationality and relativism (pp. 261-305). Oxford: Blackwell.

Lukey, F. J. (1980). Understanding and debugging programs. International Journal of Man-Machine Systems, 12(2), 189-202. - A theory for understanding and debugging programs with lots of examples, but admittedly incomplete according to the author. (2-18-93)

Lunsford, A. A. (1979). Cognitive development and the basic writer. College English, 41, 38-46.

Lunsford, K. J., & Bruce, B. C. (2001, September). Collaboratories: Working together on the web. Journal of Adolescent and Adult Literacy, 45(1), 52-58.

Lupton, E. (1993). Mechanical brides: Women and machines from home to office. New York: Cooper-Hewitt National Museum of Design, Smithsonian Institution, and Priinceton Architectural Press.

Luria, A. R. (1976). Cognitive development: Its cultural and social foundations (tr. M. Lopez-Morillas & L. Solotaroff; ed. M. Cole). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Lutz, C. A., & Collins, J. L. (1993). Reading National Geographic. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. [309 pp.]

Lynch, C. (1992). The Z39.50 protocol: Questions and answers. Unpublished manuscript. Oakland, CA: University of California, Division of Library Automation.

Lynch, M. (1985). Art and artifact in laboratory science: A study of shop work and shop talk in a research laboratory. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.

Lynch, M., & Woolgar, S. (Eds.) (1990). Representation in scientific practice. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Lyotard, J. F. (1984). The postmodern condition: A report on knowledge. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. [111 pp.]

Ma, Liping (1999). Knowing and teaching elementary mathematics: Teachers' understanding of fundamental mathematics in China and the United States. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Maanen, J. V. (1983). Qualitative methodology. Cambridge, MA: MIT, Sloan School of Management.

Mabrito, M. (1991). Electronic mail as a vehicle for peer response: Conversations of high- and low-apprehensive writers. Written Communication, 8(4), 509-532.

MacCrorie, K. (1980). Searching writing: A contextbook. Rochelle Park, NJ: Hayden Book.

MacDonald, S. P. (1990). The literary argument and its discursive conventions. In W. Nash (Ed.), The writing scholar: Studies in academic discourse (pp. 31-62). Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

MacDonell, E. (1993). Designing an integrated approach to teaching and learning science: A pilot study of WEE Science. Master's Thesis, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.

MacGregor, S. K. (1988). Computer programming instruction: Effects of collaboration and structured design mileposts. Journal of Research on Computing in Education, 21(2), 155-164.

MacKenzie, D., & Wajcman, J. (Eds.) (1985). The social shaping of technology: How the refrigerator got its hum. Milton Keynes, UK: Open University Press.

MacKenzie, D., & Wajcman, J. (Eds.) (1999). The social shaping of technology (Second Ed.). Milton Keynes, UK: Open University Press.

Macdonald, A. L. (1992). Feminine ingenuity: Women and invention in America. New York: Ballantine.

Macdonald, B. (1984). Look me in the eye: Old women, aging and ageism. San Francisco: Spinsters Ink.

Macmillan, C. J. B. and Garrison, J. W. (1983). An erotetic concept of teaching. Educational Theory, 33, 156-166.

Macmillan, C. J. B. and Garrison, J. W. (1988). A logical theory of teaching: Erotetics and intentionality. Boston: Kluwer.

Maddux, H. C. (Ed.) (1986). The challenge of the unknown. New York: W. W. Norton.

Magnusson, S., & Krajcik, J. (1993). Teacher knowledge and representation of content in instruction about heat energy and temperature. Paper presented at the 1993 annual meeting of the National Association for Research in Science Teaching, Atlanta, GA.

Mailloux, Steven. Rhetorical Power. Ithica: Cornell University Press. 1989. Richards, I.A. The Philosophy of Rhetoric. London: Oxford University Press. 1936.

Majchrzak, Ann. (1984). Methods for policy research. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Malcolm, S. M., Hall, P. Q., & Brown, P. W. (1976). The double bind: The price of being a minority woman in science (AAAS Report no. 76-R-3.). Washington: American Association for the Advancement of Science.

Mallow, J. V. (1986). Science anxiety: Fear of science and how to overcome it. Clearwater, FL: H & H Publishing.

Malone, T. W. (1981). Toward a theory of intrinsically motivating instruction. Cognitive Science, 4, 333-369.

Malone, T. W. (1988). What is coordination theory? (Report No. SSM WP 2051-88). Cambridge, MA: Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Sloan School of Management.

Malone, T. W., & Crowston, K. (1994, March). The interdisciplinary study of coordination, ACM Computing Surveys, 26 (1), 87-119.

Malone, T. W., & Rockart, J. F. (1991). Computers, networks, and the corporation. Scientific American, 265 (3), 128-136.

Mander, J. (1977). Four arguments for the elimination of television. New York: Quill.

Mandler, J. M. (1984). Stories, scripts, and scenes: Aspects of schema theory. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Mandler, J. M. (1990). A new perspective on cognitive development in infancy. American Scientist, 78 (3), 236-243.

Mann, J. (1994). The difference: Growing up female in America. Warner Books.

Mannheim, K. (1952). Essays on the sociology of knowledge. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.

Marable, M. (1993). Beyond racial identity politics: Towards a liberation theory for multicultural democracy. Race & Class, 35, 113-130.

Maranhão, T. (1990). Introduction. In T. Maranhão (Ed.), The interpretation of dialogue (pp. 1-22). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Marchionini, G., & Teague, J. (1987). Elementary students' use of electronic information services: An exploratory study. Journal of Research on Computing in Education, 20(1), 139-155. - Results suggest that kids of all ages use on-line encyclopedias at the same rate when given access.

Marcondes de Souza Filho, D. (1985). Dialogue breakdowns. In M. Dascal (Ed.), Dialogue: An interdisciplinary approach (pp. 415-426). Philadelphia: Benjamin's.

Marcoulides, G. A. (1988). The relationship between computer anxiety and computer achievement. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 4(2), 151-158. - Results suggest that computer anxiety is a good predictor of computer achievement. (11-4-93)

Marcus, G. (1989). Lipstick traces: A secret history of the twentieth century. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Marcus, S. (1982, March). Compupoem: CAI for writing and studying poetry. The Computing Teacher, pp. 28-31.

Marcus, S., & Blau, S. (1983. April). Not seeing is relieving: Invisible writing with computers. Educational Technology, pp. 12-15.

Markman, E. M. (1979). Realizing that you don't understand: Elementary school children awareness of inconsistencies. Child Development, 50, 643-655.

Markman, E. M. (1981). Comprehension monitoring. In P. W. Dickson (Ed.) Children's oral communication skills. New York: Academic.

Marks, G. H. (1982). Computer simulations in science teaching: An introduction. Journal of Computers in Mathematics and Science Teaching, Summer, 18-20.

Marshall, M., & Barritt, L. (1990). Choices made, worlds created: The rhetoric of AERJ. American Educational Research Journal, 27(4), 589-609.

Martin, B., & Richards, E. (Eds.). (April-June 1988). Women in science (thematic issue). Philosophy and Social Action, 14.

Martin, C. D. (1993). The myth of the awesome thinking machine. Communications of the ACM, 36(4), 120-133. - Mny good refs and anecdotes. (2-25-94)

Martin, J. R. (1988, April). Science in a different style. American Philosophical Quarterly, 25, 129-140.

Martin, J. R. (1992). English text: System and structure. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Martin, L. H., Gutman, H., & Hutton, P. H. (Eds.) (1988). Technologies of the self: A seminar with Michel Foucault. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press.

Martlew, M. (Ed.) (1983). The psychology of written language. New York: Wiley.

Marvin, C. (1988). When old technologies were new: Thinking about communications in the late nineteenth century. New York: Oxford University Press.

Marx, M. S. (1990). Distant writers, distant critics, and close readings: Linking composition classes through a peer-critiquing network. Computers and Composition, 8(1): 23-39.

Marzano, R. (1992). A different kind of classroom: Teaching with dimensions of learning. Alexandria, VA: Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development.

Marzano, R., Pickering, D., & McTighe, J. (1993). Assessing student outcomes: Performance assessment using the dimensions of learning model. Alexandria, VA: Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development.

Mason, J. M. (Ed.) (1989). Reading and writing connections. Needham Heights, MA: Allyn and Bacon.

Massant, Eric J. (1994). The role of libraries and the private sector: Policy principles for assuring public access to U.S. Federal government information: A viewpoint. Journal of Government Information, 21(5), 383-390.

Mathematical Association of America (1991). A call for change. Washington, DC: Author.

Mathematical Sciences Education Board/National Research Council. (1990). Reshaping school mathematics: A philosophy and framework for curriculum. Washington DC: National Academy Press.

Mathinos, D. A. (1990). LOGO programming and the refinement of problem-solving skills in disabled and non-disabled children. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 6(4), 429-446.

Mattfeld, J. A., Van Aken, C. G. (Eds.) (1965). Women and the scientific professions: The MIT symposium on American women in science and engineering. Cambridge: MIT Press. Reprinted, Westport, CT: Greenwood, 1976.

Maxwell, C., & Grycz, C. J. (1994). New Riders' official Internet yellow pages. New Riders Publishing.

May, W. T. (Autumn, 1993). Teaching as a work of art in the medium of curriculum. Theory into Practice.

Maybin, J., Mercer, N., & Stierer, B. (1992). `Scaffolding' learning in the classroom. In K. Norman (Ed.), Thinking voices: The work of the National Oracy Project (pp.186-195). London: Hodder and Stoughton.

Mayer, R. E. (1975). Different problem-solving competencies established in learning computer programming with and without meaningful models. Journal of Educational Psychology, 67(6), 725-734. - A comparison of learning FORTRAN with and without a model, good data for supporting mental models. (2-25-93)

Mayer, R. E. (1976). Some conditions of meaningful learning for computer programming: Advance organizers and subject control of frame order. Journal of Educational Psychology, 68(2), 143-150. - A study of transfer of knowledge and skills after specific instructional methods of presentation. (2-25-93)

Mayer, R. E. (1979). A psychology of learning BASIC. Communications of the ACM, 22(11), 589-593. - Discusses levels of knowledge and what a person knows after learning to program. (2-1-93)

Mayer, R. E. (1981). The psychology of how novices learn computer programming. Computing Surveys, 13(1), 121-141.

Mayer, R. E. (1983). Thinking, problem solving, cognition. New York: W. H. Freeman.

Mayer, R. E. (1985). Learning in complex domains: A cognitive analysis of computer programming. In G. H. Bower (Ed.), The psychology of learning and motivation: Advances in research and theory: Vol. 19. New York: Academic Press.

Mayer, R. E. (1987a). Cognitive aspects of learning and using a programming language. In J. N. Carroll (Ed.) Interfacing thought: Cognitive aspects of human-computer interactions (pp. 61-79). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Mayer, R. E. (1987b). The elusive search for teachable aspects of problem solving. In J. A. Glover, R. A. Ronning (Eds.), Historical foundations of educational psychology (pp. 327-347). New York: Plenum Press. - Good list of definitions, examples, discussion of rote vs meaningful learning, and overview of problem solving in four fields: reading, writing, math, and intelligence gains. (5-18-93)

Mayer, R. E. (1988a). Introduction to research on teaching and learning computer programming. In R. E. Mayer (Ed.), Teaching and learning computer programming: Multiple research perspectives (pp. 1-12). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. - Discusses three phases of growth of this research area and current issues in research. A good overview. (3-4-93)

Mayer, R. E. (1988b). From novice to expert. In M. Helander (Ed.), Handbook for human-computer interaction (pp. 569-580). Amsterdam: Elsevier Science Publishers. - Detailed discussion of the differences between experts and novices in computer programming. (5-8-93)

Mayer, R. E. (1989a). Models for understandings. Review of Educational Research, 59(1), 43-64. - Review of the lit on how models help lower aptitude learners think about scientific texts. (5-8-93)

Mayer, R. E. (1989b). Systematic thinking fostered by illustrations in scientific text. Journal of Educational Psychology, 81(2), 240-246. - Results show that illustrations help students build models and increase meaningful learning. (5-8-93)

Mayer, R. E. (1992). Teaching for transfer of problem-solving skills to computer programming. In E. De Corte, M. C. Linn, H. Handl, & L. Verschaffel (Eds.), Computer-based learning environments and problem-solving (pp. 193-206). Berlin: Springer-Verlag. - A good overview of transfer and problem solving.

Mayer, R. E., & Fay, A. L. (1987). A chain of cognitive changes with learning to program in LOGO. Journal of Educational Psychology, 79(3), 269-279.

Mayer, R. E., & Gallini, J. K. (1990). When is an illustration worth ten thousand words? Journal of Educational Psychology, 82(4), 715-726. - Effective illustrations need to be supported by texts, tests, and other things. (5-8-93)

Mayer, R. E., Bayman, P., & Dyck, J. E. (1987). Learning programming languages: Research and applications. In D. E. Berger, K. Pezdek, & W. P. Banks (Eds.), Applications of cognitive psychology: Problem solving, education, and computing (pp. 33-45). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum. - Another overview of Mayer's work. (7-26-93).

Mayer, R. E., Dyck, J. L., & Vilberg, W. (1986). Learning to program and learning to think: What's the connection? Communications of the ACM, 29(7), 605-610.

Mazurs, E. G. (1974). Graphic representatins of the periodic system during one humdred years (2nd ed.). University, AL: University of Alabama Press.

McCarthy, T. (1978). The critical theory of Jürgen Habermas. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

McCaslin, N. (1980). Creative drama in the classroom (3rd edition). New York: Longman.

McChesney, R. (1995, July 10). Information superhighway robbery. In These Times, 19, 14-17.

McCloskey, D. N. (1985). The rhetoric of economics. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Press.

McCloskey, D. N. (1985). The rhetoric of economics. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Press.

McClure, Charles R., Hernon, Peter, & Relyea, Harold C. (Eds.). (1989). United States government information policies: Views and perspectives. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

McConkie, G. W., & Zola, D. (1985). Computer aided reading: An environment for developmental research. Paper presented at the Society for Research on Child Development, Toronto, Canada.

McCormack, T. (1991, Spring). Post-mortem lepine: Women in engineering. Atlantis, 16, 85-90.

McCoy, L. P. (1990). Literature relating critical skills for problem solving in mathematics and computer programming. School Science and Mathematics, 90(1), 48-60.

McCullers, C. (1946). The member of the wedding. London: Penguin.

McCutchen, D. (1988). "Functional automaticity" in children's writing: A problem of metacognitive control. Written Communication, 5, 306-324.

McDermott, J. J. (1981). The philosophy of John Dewey. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

McDougall, A., & Squires, D. (1994). Choosing and using educational technology. Falmer.

McDowell, C. L. (1990). The unseen world: Race, class, and gender analysis in science education research. Journal of Negro Education, 59(3), 273-291.

McGehe, C., & Easley, J. A, Jr. (1990). Teaching as juggling.

McGrath, D. (1988). Programming and problem solving: Will two languages do it? Journal of Educational Computing Research, 4(4), 467-484. - a 3x1 study of problem solving where the number of languages and the type of language learning is the difference between the students

McGrath, J. E., & Argote, L. (in press). Group processes in organizational contexts. In M. A. Hogg & R.S. Tindale(Eds.), Blackwell handbook of social psychology. Group processes (Vol. 3). Oxford, UK: Blackwell.

McGrath, J. E., & Hollinghead, A. B. (1994). Groups interacting with technology: Ideas, evidence, issues, and an agenda (pp.7-31). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

McGuire, J. (1995). Back to the books. Home & Away, 16, 1A-4A.

McKay, S. (Ed.) (1984). Composing in a second language. Rowley, MA: Newbury House.

McKeithen, K. B., Reitman, J. S., Rueter, H. H., & Hirtle, S. C. (1981). Knowledge organization and skill differences in computer programmers. Cognitive Psychology, 13(3), 307-325. - Expert programmers recall more at a glance; good breakdown of association to common language by skill difference

McKinnon, J., & Renner, J. (1971). Are colleges concerned with intellectual development? American Journal of Physics, 39(9), 1047-1052.

McKnight, C. C., Crosswhite, F. J., Dossey, J. A., Kifer, E., Swafford, J. O., Travers, K. J., & Cooney, T. J. (1981). The underachieving curriculum: Assessing U. S. school mathematics from an international perspective. Champaign, IL: Stipes.

McLane, J. B., & McNamee, G. D. (1990). Early literacy. Cambridge, MA; Harvuard University Press.

McLaughlin, B. (1987). Theories of second-language learning. London: Edward Arnold.

McLuhan, M., & Fiore, Q. (1967). The medium is the massage: An inventory of effects. New York: Bantam.

McLuhan, M., & Powers, B. R. (1989). The global village: Transformations in world life and media in the 21st century. New York: Oxford University Press.

McNiff, J. Action research: principles and practice. London: Macmillan Education, 1988.

McPeck, J. E. (1981). Critical thinking and education. Oxford: Martin Robertson.

McTaggart, R. (1991). Action research: A short modern history. Geelong, Victoria: Deakin University Press.

McTaggart, R. (1991). Principles for participatory action research. Adult Education Quarterly, 41 (3), 1-20.

McTaggart, R. (1994, April). Participatory action research: Talk for a Chautauqua. Paper presented the Annual Meeting of the American Educational Research Association, New Orleans, LA.

McTaggart, R., & Garbutcheon-Singh, M. (1986). New directions in action research. Curriculum Perspectives, 6 (2), 42-46.

Means, B. (1994). Technology and education reform: The reality behind the promise. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Means, B., Olson, K., & Singh, R. (1995). Beyond the Classroom: Restructuring Schools with Technology. Phi Delta Kappan, 77(1), 69-72.

Mecke, J. (1990). Dialogue in narration (the narrative principle). In T. Maranhão (Ed.), The interpretation of dialogue (pp. 195-215). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Medawar, P. (1988). The limits of science. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.

Megill, A., & McCloskey, D. N. (1987). The rhetoric of history. In J. S. Nelson, A. Megill, & D. N. McCloskey, (Eds.), The rhetoric of the human sciences: Language and argument in scholarship and public affairs (pp. 221-238). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.

Megill, A., & McCloskey, D. N. (1987). The rhetoric of history. In J. S. Nelson, A. Megill, & D. N. McCloskey, (Eds.), The rhetoric of the human sciences: Language and argument in scholarship and public affairs (pp. 221-238). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.

Mehan, H. (1979). Learning lessons: Social organization in the classroom. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Mehan, H., Miller-Souviney, B., Riel, M., Souviney, R., Whooley, K. & Liner, B. (1986). The write help. Glenview, IL: Scott, Foresman.

Mehlinger, H. (1996, February). School reform in the information age. Phi Delta Kappan, pp. 400-407.

Meichenbaum, D., & Asarnow, J. (1979). Cognitive behavioral modification and metacognitive development: Implications for the classroom. In P. C. Kendall & S. D. Hollon (Eds.), Cognitive-behavioral interventions: Theory, research, and procedures (pp. 11-35). NY: Academic.

Mellon, J. C. (1969). Transformational sentence combining. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Menand, Louis (2001). The metaphysical club. New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux.

Meng, E., & Doran, R. L. (1990, September). About appropriate methods of assessment. Science and Children, pp. 42-45.

Merchant, C. (1980). The death of nature: Women, ecology and the scientific revolution. New York: Harper & Row.

Merriam, S. B. (1988). Case study research in education. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Merseth, K. K. (1991). Supporting beginning teachers with computer networks. Journal of Teacher Education, 42(2), 140-147. - simple explanations of technology and results, tries to use multiple data types, but not much data and simple conclusions

Merton, R. K. (1957). Social theory and social structure. Glencoe, IL: Free Press.

Messer-Davidow, E. (1985). Knowers, knowing, knowledge: Feminist theory and education. Journal of Thought, 20(1), 8-24.

Messing, Karen. "The Scientific Mystique: Can a White Lab Coat Guarantee Purity in the Search for Knowledge About the Nature of Women?" In Woman's nature: Rationalizations of inequality, pp. 75-88. Ed. by M. Lowe and R. Hubbard. New York: Pergamon, 1983.

Metcalfe, B. (1995, October 2). From the Ether Metcalfe's Law: A network becomes more valuable as it reaches more users. Infoworld,17 (40).

Meyer, G. D. (1980). The scientific lady in England, 1650-1760: An account of her rise, with emphasis on the major roles of the telescope and microscope. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Meyers, G. (1990). Writing biology: Texts in the social construction of scientific knowledge. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Press.

Meyers, M., & Paris, S. G. (1978). Children's metacognitive knowledge about reading. Journal of Educational Psychology, 70, 680-690.

Meyrowitz, N., & van Dam, A. (1982). Interactive text editing systems: Part 1. Computing Surveys, 14, 321-352.

Miceli, F. (1969). Education and reality. In N. Postman & C. Weingartner (Eds.), Teaching as a subversive activity (pp. 171-181). New York: Dell.

Michaels, S. (1981). "Sharing time": Children's narrative styles and differential access to literacy. Language in Society, 10, 423-442.

Michaels, S. (1990). The computer as a dependent variable. Theory into Practice, 29(4), 246-255.

Michaels, S., & Bruce, B. (1989, April). Discourses on the seasons. Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the American Educational Research Association. San Francisco.

Michaels, S., & Bruce, B. (1989, July). Classroom contexts and literacy development: How writing systems shape the teaching and learning of composition (Technical Report No. 476). Urbana, IL: University of Illinois, Center for the Study of Reading.

Michaels, S., Cazden, C., & Bruce, B. (1985). Whose computer is it anyway? Science for the People, 17, 36, 43-44.

Mies, M. (1990). Women's studies: Science, violence, and responsibility. Women's Studies International Forum, 13, 433-441.

Miles, M. B., & Huberman, A. M. (1984). Qualitative data analysis: A sourcebook of new methods. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage.

Miles, M. B., & Huberman, A. M. (1988). Drawing valid meaning from qualitative data: Toward a shared craft. In D. M. Fetterman (Ed.), Qualitative approaches to evaluation in education: The silent scientific revolution (pp. 222-244). New York: Praeger.

Miles, R. (1989). The women's history of the world. Topsfield, MA: Salem House.

Millar (Ed.). (1989). Doing science: Images of science in science education. London: Falmer.

Millar, R. (1989). Science education and science studies. In R. Millar (ed.), Doing science: Images of science in science education (pp. 2-3). London: Falmer.

Miller, C.C., Glick, W.H., Wang, Y., & Huber, G. P. (1991). Understanding technology-structure relationships: Theory development and meta-analytic theory testing. Academy of Management Journal, 34, 370-399.

Miller, D., & Pine, G. (1990). Improving educational opportunities for young children: The annual progress report for 1989-90. Rochester, MI: Oakland University, Institute for Action Research and Professional Development.

Miller, J. D. (1989, March). Script writing on the ENFI computer system. Paper presented at the 23rd Annual TESOL Convention, San Antonio, TX.

Miller, P. H. & Bigi, L. (1979). The development of children's understanding of attention. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 25, 235-250.

Mills, C. W. (1940). Situated actions and vocabularies of motive. American Sociological Review, 5, 904-913.

Mills, C. W. (1962). The Marxists. New York: Dell.

Miner, V. (1993). Writing and teaching with class. In M.M. Tokarczyk & E.A. Fay (Eds.),

Minow, Mary (1997, December 1). Filters and the public library: A legal and policy analysis. Firstmonday, 2(12). [Online journal: http://www.firstmonday.dk/issues/issue2_12/minow/]

Minsky, M. (1974, June). A framework for representing knowledge (Artificial Intelligence Memo No. 36). Cambridge, MA: MIT, AI Laboratory.

Minstrell, Jim, & Van Zee, Emily H. (Eds.) (2000). Inquiring into inquiry learning and teaching in science. Washington, DC: American Association for the Advancement of Science.

Misgeld, D. and Nicholson, G. eds. Hans-Georg Gadamer on Education, Poetry, and History: Applied Hermeneutics Albany: State University of New York Press, 1992.

Mishler, E. G. (1986). Research interviewing: Context and narrative. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Mitchell, L. S. (1934). Young geographers: How they explore the world & how they map the world. New York: Basic.

Mitchell, William J. (1996). City of bits: Space, place, and the Infobahn. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. ISBN 0-262-63176-8.

Moffett, J. (1968). Teaching the universe of discourse. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

Moffett, J. (1989). Storm in the mountains: A case study of censorship, conflict, and consciousness. Carbondale, IL: Southern Illinois University Press. [0-8093-1584-x]

Moffett, J., & Wagner, B. J. (1976). Student-centered language arts and reading K-13. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

Mohawk, J. (1988). Indian roots of American democracy. In J. Barreiro (Ed.), NE Indian Quarterly (pp. 13-17).

Moll, L. C. (1988). Key issues in teaching Latino students. Language Arts, 65, 465-472.

Moll, L. C. (1989). Teaching second-language students: A Vygotskian perspective. In D. Johnson & D. Roen (Eds.), Richness in writing: Empowering ESL students (pp. 55-69). New York: Longman.

Moll, L. C. (1994). Mediating knowledge between homes and classrooms. In D. Keller-Cohen (Ed.), Literacy: Interdisciplinary conversations (pp. 385-410). Cresskill, NJ: Hampton.

Moll, L. C. (Ed.) (1990). Vygotsky and education: Instructional implications and applications of sociohistorical psychology. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Moll, L. C., Amanti, C., Neff, D., & Gonzales, N. (1992). Funds of knowledge for teaching: Using a qualitative approach to connect homes and classrooms. Theory into Practice, 31, 132-141.

Molnar, A. R. (1990). Computers in education: A historical perspective of the unfinished task. T.H.E. Journal, 18(4), 80-83. - The pioneers were Kemeny, Kurtz, Suppes, Atkinson, Bitzer, and Papert. (11-8-93)

Monmonier, M. (1989). Maps with the news: The development of American journalistic cartography. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, .

Monmonier, M. (1991). How to lie with maps. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Montgomery, S. (1991). Walking with the great apes: Jane Goodall, Diane Fossey, Birute´ Galdikas. New York: Houghton Mifflin/Davison.

Moody, J. B. (1989, Summer). Women and science: Their critical move together into the 21st century. NWSAction, 2(1), 7-10.

Moore, Addison W. (1910). Pragmatism and its critics. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Moore, G. (1998, September 30). An update on Moore's Law. Intel Developer Forum Keynote, San Francisco. developer.intel.com/design/idf/archive/sept97/

Moore, L. (1985). Self-help. New York: Plume.

Moore. M. L. (1986). LOGO discoveries: Problems for recursion. Palo Alto, CA: Creative Publications. - a workbook for teachers using LOGO in programming courses; good description of recursion, many examples, and problem sets

Morantz-Sanchez, R. M. (1985). Sympathy and science: Women physicians in American medicine. New York: Oxford University Press, .

Morgan, N. and Saxton, J. (1991). Teaching questioning and learning. New York: Routledge.

Morgan, W., & Sheets, F. M. (1992). The interactive "global" classroom: A model from the DoDDS. T.H.E. Journal, May, 60-62. - Case study of how DoDDS teaches Pascal. (11-4-93)

Morris, J., Satyanarayanan, M., Conner, M., Howard, J. H., Rosenthal, D. S. H., & Smith, F. D. (1986). Andrew: A distributed personal computing environment. Communications of the ACM, 29, 184-201.

Morson, G. S. (1991). Bakhtin and the present moment. The American Scholar, 60(2), 201-222.

Morton, C. (1996, February). The modern land of Laputa: Where computers are used in education. Phi Delta Kappan, pp. 416-419.

Mosedale, S. S. (1978). Science corrupted: Victorian biologists consider the women question. Journal of The History of Biology, 11, 1-55.

Moses, R. P., Kamii, M., Swap, S. M., & Howard, J. (1989). The Algebra Project: Organizing in the spirit of Ella. Harvard Educational Review, 59, 423-443.

Moshowitz, A. (1981). On approaches to the study of social issues in computing. Communications, Association for Computing Machinery), 24(3), 146-155.

Moulthrop, S. (1991). The politics of hypertext. In G. E. Hawisher & C. L. Selfe (Eds.), Evolving perspectives on computers and composition studies (pp. 253-274). Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Moyse, R., & Elsom-Cook, M. (Eds.). (1992). Knowledge Negotiation. London: Academic Press. - focus on ITS; many references to children's behavior

Mozans, H. J. (1991). Woman in science. Notre Dame: University of Notre Dame Press. (originally published in 1913)

Mueller, Milton. L., & J. R. Schement, (1996). Universal service from the bottom up: A study of telephone penetration in Camden, New Jersey. The Information Society 12(3), 273-292.

Mulcahy, R. (1997). Medical technology: Inventing the instruments. Minneapolis: Oliver.

Mullis, I. V. S. (1980). Using the primary trait system for evaluating writing (ETS Report No. 10-W-51). Princeton, NJ: Educational Testing Service.

Mullis, I. V. S., & Jenkins, L. B. (1988). The science report card: Elements of risk and recovery. Trends & achievement based on the 1986 National Assessment. Princeton, NJ: Educational Testing Service.

Mullis, I. V. S., Dossey, J. A., Owen, E. H., & Phillips, G. W. (1991). The state of mathematics achievement: Executive summary (Report No. 21-ST-03). Washington, DC: National Center for Education Statistics.

Murnane, R. J., & Levy, F. (1996). Teaching the new basic skills: Principles for educating children to thrive in a changing economy. New York: Martin Kessler.

Murnane, R. J., & Levy, F. (1996). Teaching the new basic skills: Principles for educating children to thrive in a changing economy. New York: Free Press.

Murphy, J. J. (Ed.) (1983). The rhetorical tradition and modern writing. New York: Modern Language Association.

Murray, D. M. (1978). Internal revision: A process of discovery. In C. Cooper & L. Odell (Eds.), Research on composing: Points of departure (pp. 85-103). Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Murray, D. M. (1982). Learning by teaching. Portsmouth, NH: Boynton/Cook.

Murray, D. M. (1984). Writing and teaching for surprise. College English, 46, 1-7.

Murray, D. M. (1985). A writer teaches writing (2nd ed.). Boston: Houghton-Mifflin.

Muspratt, S., Luke, A., & Freebody, P. (1997). Constructing critical literacies. Creskill NJ/Sydney: Hampton Press & Allen & Unwin.

Myerhoff, B., & Simic, A. (Eds.) (1978). Life's career--aging: Cultural variations on growing old. London: Sage.

Myers, G. (1990). Writing biology: Texts in the social construction of scientific knowledge. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press. [304 pp.]

Name, B. (1980). Teaching students to write. Charles E. Merrill. A comprehensive overview of teaching writing, including chapters on the research paper, narrative and poetry. (D. Cruickshank)

Napier, H. A., Lane, D. M., Batsell, R. R., & Guadango, N. S. (1989). Impact of a restricted natural language interface on ease of learning and productivity. Communications of the ACM, 32(10), 1190-1197.

Nardi, B. A., & O' Day, V. L. (1999). Information ecologies: Using technology with heart. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Narveson, J. (Ed.). Moral issues. New York: Oxford University Press.

Nash, W. (Ed.) (1990). The writing scholar: Studies in academic discourse. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Nastasi, B. K., Clements, D. H., & Battista, M. T. (1990). Socio-cognitive interactions, motivations, and cognitive growth in LOGO programming and CAI problem-solving environments. Journal of Educational Psychology, 82(1), 150-158.

National Commission for Excellence in Education (1983). A nation at risk. Washington, DC: US Department of Education.

National Council for Teachers of English (1993). Primary Voices, K-6 (Premier Issue). Champaign, IL: Author.

National Council for the Social Studies (19xx). Charting a course: Social studies for the 21st century. Author.

National Council of Teachers of English (1989). Cases in literacy: An agenda for discussion. Urbana, IL: Author.

National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (1989). Curriculum and evaluation standards of school mathematics. Reston, VA: Author.

National Council of Teachers of Mathematics. (1991). Professional Standards for teaching mathematics. Reston, VA: Author.

National Dissemination Study Group. (1985). Educational programs that work (11th ed.). Longmont, CO: Spores West.

National Research Council (1989). Everybody counts: A report to the nation on the future of mathematics education. Washington, DC: National Academy Press.

National Research Council (1990). Fulfilling the promise: Biology education in the nation's schools. Washington DC: National Academy Press.

National Science Foundation (1988). Science for children: Resources for teachers. Washington, DC: National Academy Press.

Neil, D. M., & Median, N. J. (1989). Standardized testing: Harmful to educational health. Phi Delta Kappan, 688-697.

Nelson, C. (1997). Manifesto of a tenured radical. New York: New York University Press.

Nelson, J. S., Megill, A., & McCloskey, D. N. (Eds.) (1987). The rhetoric of the human sciences: Language and argument in scholarship and public affairs. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.

Nelson, J. S., Megill, A., & McCloskey, D. N. (Eds.) (1987). The rhetoric of the human sciences: Language and argument in scholarship and public affairs. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.

Nelson, L. (in press). Coding the light: Generation and authority in a rural high school telecommunications project. To appear in D. Reinking, M. McKenna, L. Lab, and R. Kieffer (Eds.), Literacy for the 21st Century: Technological transformations in a post-typographic world. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Nelson, L. H. (1990). Who knows: From Quinoa to a feminist empiricism. Philadelphia: Temple University Press.

Nelson, T. H. (1987). Computer lib--dream machines (rev. ed.). Redmond, WA: Tempus Books of Microsoft Press.

Network of Educators on the Americas (1993). Teaching about Haiti. Washington, DC: Author.

Neuwirth, C. M. (1989). Intelligent tutoring systems: Exploring issues in learning and teaching writing. Computers and the Humanities, 23, 45-57.

Neuwirth, C. M., & Kuala, D. S. (1989). The role of external representations in the writing process: Implications for the design of hypertext-based writing tools. In Hypertext '89 Proceedings (pp. 319-341). Baltimore, MD: Association for Computing Machinery.

Neuwirth, C. M., Gillespie, T., & Palmquist, M. (1988). A student guide to collaborative writing with CECE talk: A computer network tool. Pittsburgh, PA: Carnegie Mellon University, Center for Educational Computing in English.

Neuwirth, C. M., Kuala, D. S., Kim, G., & Gillespie, T. (1988, January). The Comments program: Computer support for response to writing (Tech. Rep. No. CMU-CECE-TR-2). Pittsburgh, PA: Carnegie Mellon University, Center for Educational Computing in English.

Neuwirth, C. M., Palmquist, M., & Gillespie, T. (1988). An instructor's guide to collaborative writing with CECE talk: A computer network tool. Pittsburgh, PA: Carnegie Mellon University, Center for Educational Computing in English.

Neuwirth, C. M., Palmquist, M., Cochran, C., Gillespie, T., Hartman, K., & Hajduk, T. (in press). Why write--together--concurrently on a computer network?. In B. Bruce, J. K. Peyton, and T. W. Batson (Ed.), Network-based classrooms: Promises and realities. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Neuwirth, C., Palmquist, M., & Cochran, C. (1989). Computer-mediated collaborative planning: Some affective and cognitive dimensions. Paper presented at the 1989 AERA Annual Meeting, San Francisco, CA.

Neuwirth, C., Palmquist, M., & Hajduk, T. J. (1990). Collaborative writing and the role of external representations. Paper presented at the 1990 AERA Annual Meeting. Boston.

New Zealand Department of Education. (1985). Beginning school mathematics: Introductory booklet. Wellington, New Zealand: Department of Education.

Newell, G., & Winograd, P. (1989). The effects of writing on learning from expository text. Written Communication, 6, 196-217.

Newkirk, T. (1989). More than stories. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Newkirk, T. (1992, March). "Books! What sad furnishings for his age." Anti-literacy and progressive education. Paper presented at the 1992 Conference on College Composition and Communication, Cincinatti, OH.

Newkirk, T., & Atwell, N. (1988). Understanding writing: Ways of observing, learning, and teaching (2nd ed.). Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Newman, D. (1987). Functional environments for microcomputers in education. In R. Pea & K. Sheingold (Eds.), Mirrors of minds: Theory, research and development from Bank Street's Center for Children and Technology (pp. 57-66). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Newman, D., & Goldman, S. V. (1987). Earth Lab: A local network for collaborative classroom science. Journal of Educational Technology Systems, 15(3), 237-247.

Newman, D., Goldman, S. V., Brienne, D., Jackson, I., & Magzamen, S. (1989). Peer collaboration in computer-mediated science investigations. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 5(2), 151-166.

Newman, D., Griffin, P. & Cole, M. (1989). The construction zone: Working for cognitive change in school. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Newman, J. (1991). Interwoven conversations: Learning and teaching through critical reflection. Toronto: OISE Press; Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Newman, J. (ed.) Finding our own way. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann Educational Books, 1989.

Newman, L. M. (Ed.) (1984). Men's ideas/women's realities: Popular science, 1870-1915. New York: Pergamon.

Newman, M. (1986). Poetry processing. BYTE, 11, 2.

Newman, S. B. (1991). Literacy in the television age: The myth of the TV effect. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Nias, J., & Groundwater-Smith, S. (1988). The enquiring teacher: Supporting and sustaining teacher research. London: Falmer.

Nicholson, L. J. (ed.) (1989). Feminism/Postmodernism. New York: Routledge.

Nickerson, R. S. (1981). Why interactive computer systems are sometimes not used by people who might benefit from them. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 15(4), 469-483. - (1-15-93)

Nickerson, R. S. (1986). Using computers: The human factors of information systems. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Nickerson, R. S., & Zodhiates, P. P. (Eds.) (1988). Technology in education: Looking toward 2020. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Nicolopoulou, A., & Cole, M. (1993). Generation and transmission of shared knowledge in the culture of collaborative learning: The Fifth Dimension, its playworld and its institutional contexts. In E. A. Forman, N. Minnick, C. A. Stone (Eds.), Contexts for learning: Sociocultural dynamics in children's development (pp. 283-314). New York: Oxford University Press.

Niemiec, R. P., & Walberg, H. J. (1989). From teaching machines to microcomputers: Some milestones in the history of computer-based instruction. Journal of Research on Computing in Education, 21(3), 263-276. - highlights major psychological theories of instruction; CBI has yet to fulfill its potential

Niemiec, R., Samson, G., Weinstein, T., & Walberg, H. J. (1987). The effects of computer based instruction in elementary schools: A quantitative synthesis. Journal of Research on Computing in Education, 20(1), 85-103.

Nixon, J. (1981) (Ed.). A teachers' guide to action research: Evaluation, enquiry and development in the classroom. London: Grant McIntyre.

Nixon, J. (1981). A teacher's guide to action research. London: Grant McIntyre.

Noble, D. F. (1979). America by design: Science, technology, and the rise of corporate capitalism. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Noble, D. F. (1984). Forces of production: A social history of industrial automation. New York: Knopf.

Noble, D. F. (1992). A world without women: The clerical culture of western science. New York: Knopf.

Noddings, N. (1984). Caring: A feminine approach to ethics and moral education. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Noddings, N. (1992). The challenge to care in schools. New York: Teachers College Press.

Nold, E. W. (1981). Revising. In C. H. Frederiksen & J. F. Dominic (Eds.), Writing: The nature, development, and teaching of written communication. Vol. 2. Writing: Processes, development and communication (pp. 67-79). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Norman, D. A. (1983). Some observations on mental models. In D. Gentner & A. L. Stevens (Eds.), Mental models. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. - overview of area and example of calculators

Norman, D. A. (1984). Stages and levels of human-machine interaction. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 21(4), 365-375. - Four stages: intention, selection, execution, and evaluation. (9-16-93)

Norman, D. A. (1993). Things that make us smart: Defending human attributes in the age of the machine. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Norman, D. A., & Draper, S. W. (Eds.). User centered system design: New Perspectives on human-computer interaction. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Norman, D. A., & Spohrer, J. C. (1996, April). Learner-centered education. In Communications of the ACM (special issue), 39(4).

Norman, Donald A. Things That Make Us Smart: Defending Human Attributes in the Age of the Machine. Reading: Addison-Wesley Publishing Company. 1993.

Norris, S. P. & Ennis, R. H. (1989). Evaluating critical thinking. Pacific Grove, CA: Midwest Publications.

North, S. M. (1987). The making of knowledge in composition: Portrait of an emerging field. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann. (Text) Reviews of North's book in College Composition and Communication, 40, 1989. (Supplemental) [0-86709-151-7]

Northern Sun Merchandising (Spring/Summer, 1994). Products for progressives. Minneapolis, MN: Author.

Novak, J. D. (Ed.), (1987). Proceedings of the Second International Seminar, Misconceptions and Educational Strategies in Science and Mathematics. Cornell University, July 26-29, 1987.

Noyes, John Humphrey (1961). History of American socialisms. New York: Hillary House. (Orig. pub. 1869)

Nussbaum, J. (1985). The earth as a cosmic body. In R. Driver, E. Guesne, and A. Tiberghien (Eds.), Children's ideas in science. Milton Keynes, UK: Open University Press.

Nuyen, A. T. (1985). Sociobiology, morality, and feminism. Human Studies, 8, 169-181.

Nye, A. (1990). Words of power: A feminist reading of the history of logic. New York: Routledge.

Nye, D. E. (1990). Electrifying America: Social meanings of a new technology, 1880-1940. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Nyquist, E. (1971, September). Open education—its philosophy, historical perspectives, and implications. The Science Teacher, pp. 25-28.

Nystrand, M. (1986). The structure of written communication: Studies in reciprocity between writers and readers. New York: Academic.

Nystrand, M. (Ed.) (1982). What writers know: The language, process, and structure of written discourse. New York: Academic.

Nystrand, M., & Gamoran, A. (1991). Student engagement: When recitation becomes conversation. In H. C. Waxman & H. J. Walberg (Eds.), Effective teaching: Current research. Berkeley, CA: McCutchan.

Nystrand, M., Gamoran, A., Kachur, R., and Prendergast, C. (1997). Opening dialogue: Understanding the dynamics of language and learning in the English classroom. New York: Teachers College Press.

O'Donnell, James J. (1998). Avatars of the word: From papyrus to cyberspace. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.

O'Hara, F. (1973). Sentence-combining. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

O'Hern, E. M. (1985). Profiles of pioneer women scientists. Washington: Acropolis.

O'Keefe, B. & Benoit, P. (1982). Children's arguments. In J. R. Cox & C. A. Willard (Eds.), Advances in argumentation theory and research (pp. 154-183). Carbondale, IL: Southern Illinois University Press.

O'Keefe, D. J. (1982). The concepts of argument and arguing. In J. R. Cox & C. A. Willard (Eds.), Advances in argumentation theory and research. Carbondale, IL: Southern Illinois University Press.

O'Neil, W. (1990). Dealing with bad ideas: Twice is less. English Journal, 80-88.

O'Rand, A. M. (1989). Scientific thought style and the construction of gender inequality. In J. F. O'Barr (Ed.), Women and a new academy: Gender and cultural contexts (pp. 103-121). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.

Oakes, J. (1988). Tracking in mathematics and science education: A structural contribution to unequal schooling. In L. Weis (Ed.), Class, race, and gender in American education (pp. 106-125). Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

Ochs, E., Taylor, C., Rudolph, D. & Smith, R. (1992). Storytelling as a theory-building activity. Discourse Processes, 15, 37-72.

Office of Technology Assessment, U. S. Congress (1988). Power on! New tools for teaching and learning (OTA-SET-379). Washington, DC: U. S. Government Printing Office.

Ogbu, J. (1994). Minority status, cultural frame of reference, and schooling. In D. Keller-Cohen (Ed.), Literacy: Interdisciplinary conversations. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton.

Ogbu, J. U. (1982). Societal forces as a context of ghetto children's school failure. In L. Feagans and D. C. Farren (Eds.), The language of children reared in poverty: Implications for evaluation and intervention (pp. 117-138). New York: Academic.

Ogbu, J. U. (1988). Class stratification, racial stratification, and schooling. In L. Weis (Ed.), Class, race, and gender in American education (pp. 163-182). Albany: State University of New York Press.

Ogilvie, M. B. (1986). Women in science: Antiquity through the nineteenth century: a biographical dictionary with annotated bibliography. Cambridge: MIT Press.

Olds, H. F. (1985). A new generation of word processors. Classroom Computer Learning, pp. 22-25.

Olds, H. F., Schwartz, J. L., & Willie, N. A. (September 1980). People and computers: Who teaches whom? Newton, MA: Education Development Center.

Oliver, R., & Malone, J. (1993). The influence of instruction and activity on the development of semantic programming knowledge. Journal of Research on Computing in Education, 25(4), 521-533. - A study of instructional methods, dependent variable a test of programming semantics, main dependent variable was amount of conceptual instruction. (9-29-93)

Olsen, M. R. (1991). Complexities in inservice education: Teachers identify factors that influence change. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.

Olson, D. R. (1977). From utterance to text: The bias of language in speech and writing. Harvard Educational Review, 47 (3), 257-281.

Olson, D. R., & Torrance, N. (Eds.) (1991). Literacy and orality. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Ong, W. J. (1971). Rhetoric, romance, and technology. Ithaca: Cornell University Press. One of the many books on rhetorical and philosophical history written by one of the great minds of our time. Father Ong's treatment of the work and importance of Peter Ramus in chapters 6 and 7 is both interesting and enjoyable reading. (D. Cruickshank)

Ong, W. J. (1982). Writing restructures consciousness. In Orality and literacy: The technologizing of the word (pp. 78-116). London: Routledge.

Ong, W. J. (1988). Orality and literacy: The technologizing of the word. London: Methuen.

"Without writing, the literate mind would not and could not think as it does, not only when engaged in writing but normally, even when it is composing its thought in oral form. More than any other single invention, writing has transformed human consciousness." (79)

Onosko, J. J. (1990). Comparing teachers' instructions to promote students' thinking. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 22, 443-461.

Opfell, O. S. (1986). The lady laureates: Women who have won the Nobel Prize (2nd ed.). Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow.

Orey, M. A., & Nelson, W. A. (1993). Development principles for intelligent tutoring systems: Integrating cognitive theory into the development of computer-based instruction. Educational Technology Research and Development, 41(1), 59-72.

Orlansky, J., and J. String. 1979. Cost-Effectiveness of Commuter Based Instruction in Military Training. Alexandria, VA: Institute for Defense Analysis.

Orlikowski, W.J. & Gash, D. C. (1994). Technological frames: Making sense of information technology in organizations. ACM Transactions on Information Systems, 12, 174-207.

Ormiston, G. L., & Schrift, A. D. (Eds.) (1990). The hermeneutic tradition: From Ast to Ricoeur. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

Orr, E. W. (1987). Twice as less: Black English and the performance of black students in mathematics and science. New York: Norton.

Orsolini, M. (1993). 'Dwarfs do not shoot': An analysis of children's justifications. Cognition and Instruction, 11 (3 & 4), 281-297.

Osborne, M. D. (1993). Teaching with and without mirrors: Examining science teaching in elementary school from the perspective of a teacher and learner. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, Michigan State University, East Lansing.

Osborne, M. D. (1998). Teacher as knower and learner: Reflections on situated knowledge in science teaching. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 35(4), 427-439.

Osborne, Martha Lee, ed. Women in Western thought. New York: Random House, 1979.

Osborne, R., & Freyberg, P. (1985). Learning in science: The implications of children's science. Birkenhead, Australia: Heinemann.

Osborne, R., & Wittrock, M. (1983). Learning science: A generative process. Science Education, 67, 489-508

Osen, L. M. (1974). Women in mathematics. Cambridge: MIT Press..

Overfield, K. (1981). Dirty fingers, grime, and slag heaps: Purity and the scientific ethic. In D. Spender (Ed.), Men's studies modified (pp. 237-248). New York: Pergamon.

Owen, D. (1986). Naive theories of computation. In D. A. Norman & S. W. Draper (Eds.), User centered system design: New Perspectives on human-computer interaction (pp. 187-200). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Owens, P. (April 1984). Thinktank and Promptdoc. Popular Computing, pp. 186-188.

Pacific HiTech (1995). Clash of the Dark 1.0. Salt Lake City, UT.

Padover, S. K. (1978). Karl Marx: An intimate biography. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Paley, V. (1986). On listening to what the children say. Harvard Educational Review, 56, 122-131.

Paley, V. G. (1981). Wally's stories: Conversations in the kindergarten. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Paley, V. G. (May, 1986). On Listening to What the Children Say. Harvard Educational Review.

Palincsar, A. S. (1986). The role of dialogue in providing scaffolding instruction. Educational Psychologist, 21, 73-98.

Palincsar, A. S., & Brown, A. L. (1984). Reciprocal teaching of comprehension-fostering and comprehension-monitoring activities. Cognition and Instruction, 1(2): 117-75.

Palmer, R. E. (1969). Hermeneutics: Interpretation theory in Schleirmacher, Dilthey, Heidegger and Gadamer. Evanston, IL: Northwestern University Press.

Palumbo, D. B. (1990). Programming language/problem-solving research: A review of relevant issues. Review of Educational Research, 60(1), 65-89.

Pantelidis, V. S. (1993). Virtual reality in the classroom. Educational Technology, 33, 23-27.

Papanek, V. (1973). Design for the real world. New York: Bantam Books.

Papert, S. (1980). Mindstorms: Children, computers, and powerful ideas. New York: Basic.

Papert, S. (1987). A critique of technocentrism in thinking about the school of the future. Sofia, Bulgaria: Conference on children in an information age: Opportunities for creativity, innovation & new activities.

Papert, S. (1993). The children's machine: Rethinking school in the age of the computer. New York: Basic.

Papert, S. (January-February 1987). Computer criticism vs. technocentric thinking. Educational Researcher, 16, 22-30.

Parker, R. (1985). The language across the curriculum movement: A brief overview and bibliography. College Composition and Communication, 36, 173-78.

Parker, S. (1994). How the body works. Pleasantville, NY: The Reader's Digest Association.

Parlett, M. R. (1990). Illuminative evaluation. In H. J. Walberg & G. D. Haertel (Eds.), The international encyclopedia of educational evaluation (pp. 68-73). Oxford: Pergamon.

Parry, J. (1985). The Brahmanical tradition and the technology of the intellect. In J. Overing (Ed.), Reason and morality (pp. 200-225). London: Tavistock.

Pattison, R. (1982). On literacy: The politics of the word from Homer to the age of rock. New York: Oxford University Press, 1982.

Pattison, R. (1987, May 30). On the Finn syndrome and the Shakespeare paradox. The Nation, pp. 710-720.

Patton, M. Q. (1988). Paradigms and pragmatism. In D. M. Fetterman (Ed.), Qualitative approaches to evaluation in education: The silent scientific revolution (pp. 116-137). New York: Praeger.

Patton, M. Q. (1990). Qualitative evaluation and research methods. Newbury Park: Sage.

Paul, R. (1987). Dialogical thinking: Critical thought essential to the acquisition of rational knowledge and passions. In J. Baron and R. Sternberg, (Eds.), Teaching thinking skills: Theory and practice (pp. 127-148). New York: W. H. Freeman.

Paul, R. W. (1987). Dialogical thinking: Critical thought essential to the acquisition of rational knowledge and passions. In J. B. Baron & R. J. Sternberg, (Eds.), Teaching thinking skills: Theory and Practice (pp. 127-148). New York: W. H. Freeman & Co.

Paul, R. W. (1990). Critical and reflective thinking: A philosophical perspective. In B. F. Jones & L. Idol, (Eds.), Dimensions of thinking and cognitive instruction. Hillsdale, N. J.: Erlbaum.

Pea, R. D. (1986). Language-independent conceptual "bugs" in novice programming. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 2(1), 25-36.

Pea, R. D. (1987). Integrating human and computer intelligence. In R. D. Pea and K. Sheingold (Eds.), Mirrors of minds: Patterns of experience in educational computing (pp. 128-146). Norwood, NJ: Ablex. - A look at the impact of computers and education on each other, and a discussion of where AI and ITS might go. (10-6-93)

Pea, R. D., & Kurland, D. M. (1984). On the cognitive effects of learning computer programming. New Ideas in Psychology, 2(2), 137-168.

Pea, R. D., & Kurland, D. M. (1986). Cognitive technologies for writing. Review of Research in Education, 14, 277-326.

Pea, R. D., & Kurland, D. M. (1987). On the cognitive effects of learning computer programming. In R. D. Pea and K. Sheingold (Eds.), Mirrors of minds: Patterns of experience in educational computing (pp. 147-177). Norwood, NJ: Ablex. Examination of widespread beliefs about the effects of learning computer programming.

Pea, R. D., & Sheingold, K. (Eds.) (1987). Mirrors of minds: Theory, research and development from Bank Street's Center for Children and Technology. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Pea, R. D., Kurland, D. M., & Hawkins, J. (1987). Logo and the development of thinking skills. In R. D. Pea & K. Sheingold (Eds.), Mirrors of minds: Patterns of experience in educational computing (pp. 178-197). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Report of several experiments; a year of programming did not make much difference in the development of thinking skills. (10-8-93)

Pearce, C. S. (1999). Nurturing inquiry: Real science for the elementary classroom. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Pearce, L. (1994). Reading dialogics (interrogating texts). Somecity, UK: Edward Arnold.

Pearson, J. C. (1985). Gender and communication. Dubuque, IA: William C. Brown.

Pearson, J. C., & Nelson, P. E. (1994). _Understanding & Sharing: An Introduction to Speech Communication_. 6th Ed. Madison, WS: WCB Brown & Benchmark.

Pearson, P. D., & Anderson, R. C. (1984). A schema-theoretic view of basic processes in reading. In P. D. Pearson (Ed.), Handbook of reading research (pp. 255-292). New York: Longman.

Peirce, C. S. (1958). Selected writings. New York: Dover. (Original work published 1867)

Peirce, Charles Sanders (1868). Some consequences of four incapacities claimed for man. Journal of Speculative Philosophy, 2, 140-157.

Pellegrini, A., & Yawkey, T. (Eds.) (1984). The development of oral and written language in social contexts: Advances in discourse processes, Vol. XIII. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Penington, Dorothy L. "Intercultural Communication." In _Intercultural Communication: A Reader_. 4th ed. Eds. Larry A. Samovar & Richard E. Porter. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 1985, pp. 30-39.

Pennington, N. (1987). Stimulus structures and mental representations in expert comprehension of computer programs. Cognitive Psychology, 19(3), 295-341. Procedural representations of flow of control dominate goal hierarchies for programmers' representations.

Perelman, C., & Olbrechts-Tyteca, L. (1969). The new rhetoric: A treatise on argumentation. South Bend, IN: University of Notre Dame Press.

Perkins, D. N. (1985a). The fingertip effect: How information- processing technology shapes thinking. Educational Researcher, 14(7), 11-17.

Perkins, D. N. (1985b). General cognitive skills: Why not? In S. F. Chipman, J. W. Segal, & R. Glaser (Eds.) Thinking and learning skills: Volume 2 Research and open questions (339-363). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Perkins, D. N. (October, 1991). Educating for insight. Educational Leadership.

Perkins, D. N., & Martin, F. (1986). Fragile knowledge and neglected startegies in novice programmers. In E. Soloway & S. Iyengar (Eds.), Empirical studies of programmers (pp. 213-229). - Clinical interviews and protocols from beginning BASIC programmers. (3-17-93)

Perkins, D. N., & Salomon, G. (1988). Teaching for transfer. Educational Leadership, 46(1), 22-32.

Perkins, D. N., & Salomon, G. (1989). Are cognitive skills context bound? Educational Researcher, 8(1), 16-25.

Perkins, D. N., Hancock, C., Hobbs, R., Martin, F., & Simmons, R. (1986). Conditions of learning in novice programmers. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 2(1), 37-55.

Perkins, D. N., Schwartz, S., & Simmons, R. (1988) Instructional strategies for the problems of novice programmers. In R. E. Mayer (Ed.), Teaching and learning computer programming: Multiple research perspectives (pp. 153-178). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. - Presents a course for programming which addresses three typical problems: fragile knowledge, lack of problem-solving strategies, and problems of control. (3-4-93)

Perl, S. (1979). The composing processes of unskilled writers. Research in the Teaching of English, 13, 317-336.

Perrone (1991): A letter to teachers.

Perry, W. G. (1970). Forms of intellectual and ethical development: The college years. New York:

Perry, W. G. (1981). Cognitive and ethical growth: The making of meaning. In A. Chickering (Ed.), The modern American college. San Francisco: Jossey Bass.

Perry, William G. "Cognitive and Ethical Growth: The Making of Meaning." The Modern American College. (pp. 76-116). New Yok: Jossey-Bass Publications. 1981.

Peterson, B. (1994, Autumn). Bias and CD-ROM encyclopedias: How a 5th grade class integrated math and socail studies to analyze bias. Rethinking Schools, 9(1), 6-7.

Peterson, R. (October, 1988). Young authors. Fayerweather school student pen book on Boston Harbor. The Tab.

Petit, J-L. (1985). The making and breaking of dialogue. In M. Dascal (Ed.), Dialogue: An interdisciplinary approach (pp. 427-441). Philadelphia: Benjamin's.

Petroski, H. (1989). The pencil: A history of design and circumstance. New York: Alfred A. Knopf

Petrosky, A. R., & Bartholomae, D. (Eds.). (1986). The teaching of writing. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press.

Peyton, J. K. (1987, March). Classroom networking: Developing a communal "tongue." Paper presented at the Conference on College Composition and Communication, Louisville, KY.

Peyton, J. K. (1988). Why ask? The function of questions in dialogue writing. In J. Staton, R. W. Shuy, J. K. Peyton and L. Reed, Dialogue journal communication: Classroom, linguistic, social and cognitive views (pp.162-182). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Peyton, J. K. (1989). Computer networks in the writing classroom: An annotated bibliography. Computers and Composition, 6 (3), 105-122.

Peyton, J. K. (1989). Cross-age tutoring on a local area computer network: Moving from informal interaction to formal academic writing. The Writing Instructor, 8(2), 57-67.

Peyton, J. K. (1990). Technological innovation meets institution: Birth of creativity of murder of a great idea? Computers & Composition, 7, 15-32.

Peyton, J. K., & Batson, T. (1986). Computer networking: Making connections between speech and writing. ERIC/CLL News Bulletin, 10(1), 1-7.

Peyton, J. K., & Mackinson, J. (1989). Writing and talking about writing: Computer networking with elementary students. In D. M. Johnson & D. H. Roen (Eds.) Richness in writing: Empowering ESL students (pp. 100-119). New York: Longman.

Peyton, J. K., & Miller, J. D. (1989). Dramatic interaction on a computer network: Creating worlds with words and ideas. In D. Beil (Ed.), Teacher's guide to using computer networks for written interaction (pp. 101-110). Washington, DC: RealTime Learning Systems.

Peyton, J. K., Batson, T., Lenard, J., French, M., Hallau, M., Delk, L., Baer, & A. M., Cardinalli, A. (1993). Teaming with text: Computer networks to develop deaf students' Englis literacy. Washington, DC: Gallaudet University ENFI Project, Kendall Demonstration Elementary School, and William D. Clinite Center for the Hearing Impaired.

Peyton, J. K., Mackinson, J., & Bruce, B. (1992). The use of computer networks to develop students' literacies (Technical Report No. 9). The Literacies Institute, Education Development Center, Newton, MA. This report contains two articles and a bibliography on ENFI (Electronic Networks For Interaction), a system which uses local-area computer networks for teaching writing at college level.

Peyton, J. K., Michaelson, S., & Batson, T. (1988, February). The ENFI Consortium: Report of work conducted during Fall, 1987. Washington, DC: Gallaudet University.

Phares, E. J. (1968). Differential utilization of information as a function of internal-external control. Journal of Personality, 36, 649-662.

Phillips, D. C. (1987). Philosophy, science, and social inquiry: Contemporary methodological controversies in social science and related applied fields of research. Maxwell House, NY: Pergamon.

Phillips, D. C. (October, 1995). The good, the bad, and the ugly: The many faces of constructivism. Educational Researcher.

Piaget, J. (1950). The psychology of intelligence. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

Piaget, J. (1972). La transmission des mouvements. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.

Piaget, J. (1972). The principles of genetic epistemology. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

Piaget, J. (1977). Some recent research and its link with a new theory of groupings and conservations based on commutability. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 350-358.

Piaget, J. (19xx). The child's conception of the world.

Piaget, J. 1953). Logic and psychology. Manchester, UK: Manchester University Press.

Piaget, J., & Garcia, R. (1989). Psychogenesis and history of science. New York: Columbia University Press.

Piaget, J., & Garcia, R. (P. Davidson & J. A. Easley, Jr., Eds.). (1992). Toward a logic of meanings. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Piaget, J., & Inhelder, B. (1969). The psychology of the child. New York: Basic.

Pianko, S. (1979). A description of the composing processes of college freshmen writers. Research in the Teaching of English, 13, 5-22.

Piazza, C. L. (1986). Computer writing programs: Linking research with practice. Talahassee, FL: Florida State University.

Piburn, M. D., & Baker, D. R. (1993). If I were the teacher ... Qualitative study of teacher attitudes toward science. Science Education, 77(4), 393-406.

Pickering, A. (1995). The mangle of practice: Time, agency, and science. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Pickering, A. (Ed.) (1992). Science as practice and culture. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Pierpont, C. R. (1992, August 31). A critic at large: A study in Scarlett. The New Yorker, pp. 87-103.

Pimentel, K., & Teixeira, K. (1993). Virtual reality: Through the new looking glass. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Pimm, D. (1987). Speaking mathematically: Communication in mathematics classrooms. New York: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

Pinar, W., Reynolds, W., Slattery, P., and Taubman, P. (Eds.) (1995). Understanding curriculum. . New York: Peter Lang.

Pinch, T. J., & Bijker, W. E. (1987). The social construction of facts and artifacts: Or how the sociology of science and the sociology of technology might benefit each other. In Bijker, Hughes, & Pinch (Eds.), The social construction of technological systems (pp. 17-50). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Pinder, R. (1987). Why don't teachers teach like they used to? London: Hilary Shipman.

Pinker, S. (1989). Learnability and cognition: The acquisition of argument structures. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Pinnell, G.S. and Matline, M.L. Teachers and research: language learning in the classroom. Newark, DE: International Reading Association, 1989.

Pintrich, P. R., Berger, C. F., & Stemmer, P. M. (1987). Students' programming behavior in a Pascal class. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 24(5), 451-466. - Observation of composition and debugging of rograms in class. (3-27-93)

Pirolli, P. (1986). A cognitive model and computer tutor for programming recursion. Human-Computer Interaction, 2(4), 319-355. - Decomposition of programming skills forms basis for tutor model. (2-28-93)

Pirolli, P., & Anderson, J. R. (1985). The role of learning from examples in the acquisition of recursive programming skills. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 39(2), 240-272. - Analysis of verbal protocols of three subjects as they learn recursion from examples. (2-28-93)

Pirsig, R. M. (1974). Zen and the art of motorcycle maintenance. New York: Bantam.

Plato (1961). Phaedrus. In E. Hamilton (Ed.), Plato: The collected dialogues (pp. 475-525). New York: Pantheon.

Plymale, S. & Jarrell, B. (1981-82). A comparison of community college education sophomores using Piaget's cognitive development model. Community College Review, 9 (3), pp. 19-21.

Pogrow, S. (1996, June). Reforming the Wannabe reformers: Why education reforms almost always end up making things worse. Phi Delta Kappan, 77(10), 656-663. www.jbit.com/bs_pogro.htm

Polanyi, M. (1962). Personal knowledge: Toward a post-critical philosophy. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Pollock, J. L. (1986). Contemporary theories of knowledge. Maryland: Rowman & Littlefield.

Polya, G. (1948). How to solve it: A new aspect of mathematical method. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Polya, G. (June-July 1963). On Learning, Teaching, and Learning Teaching. American Mathematical Monthly.

Polyani, M. (1958). Personal knowledge: Toward a post-critical philosophy. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Pontecorvo, C. & Girardet, H. (1993). Arguing and reasoning in understanding historical topics. Cognition and Instruction, 11 (3 & 4), 365-395.

Pope-Davis, D. B., & Twing, J. S. (1991). The effects of age, gender, and expereince on measures of attitude regarding computers. Computers in Human Behavior, 7, 333-339. - 207 college students, 40 likert type questions, gender not significant, age and experience influence attitudes. (11-24-93)

Porter, J. E. (1992). Audience and rhetoric. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Porter, J. E. (19xx). Intertextuality and the discourse community. Rhetoric Review, 34-47.

Porter, Richard E., and Larry A. Samovar. "Approaching Intercultural Communication." In _Intercultural Communication: A Reader_. 4th ed. Eds. Larry A. Samovar & Richard E. Porter. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 1985, pp. 15-30.

Poster, M. (1989). Critical theory and poststructuralism: In search of a context, Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press. Treats modernity vs. the post-modern, Sartre, Foucault and poststructuralism, and critical social theory as developed by the Frankfurt School.

Postman, N. & Weingartner, C. (Eds.) (1969). Teaching as a subversive activity. New York: Dell.

Poteet, J. A. (1980). Informal assessment of written expression. Learning Disability Quarterly, 3, 88-98.

Powasek, D. M. (2002). Design for community: The art of connecting real people and virtual places. Indianapolis: New Riders.

Power, B. M., & Hubbard, R. (1991). The Heinemann reader: Literacy in process. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Powers, D. E., Fowles, M. E., Farnum, M., Ramsey, P. (in press). The effects on scoring of intermingling handwritten and word-processed students' essays. Princeton, NJ: Educational Testing Service.

Pratt, M. L. (1977). A speech act theory of literary discourse. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press.

Pratt, M. L. (1987). Linguistic utopias. In N. Fabb, D. Attridge, A. Durant, & C. MacCabe (Eds.), The linguistics of writing: Arguments between language and literature (pp. 48-66). New York: Methuen.

Pratt, M. L. (1996). Arts of the contact zone. In D. Bartholomae & A. Petrosky (Eds.), Ways of reading: An anthology for writers, Bedford.

Prell, R. (1989). The double frame of life history in the work of Barbara Myerhoff. In Interpreting women's lives: Feminist theory and personal narratives. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Prelli, L. J. (1989). A rhetoric of science: Inventing scientific discourse. Columbia: Universtity of South Carolina Press. [320 pp.]

Pressley, M., El-Dinary, P. B., Gaskins, I., Schuder, T., Bergman, J. L., Almasi, J., & Brown, R. (1992). Beyond direct explanation: Transactional instruction of reading comprehension strategies. The Elementary School Journal. 92 (5), 513-555.

Prickett, J. (1978). Initiation rites. Guildford: Lutterworth Educational.

Project Kaleidoscope, Independent Colleges Office (1991). What works: Building natural science communities. Washington, DC: National Science Foundation.

Prout, A. (1989). Sickness as a dominant symbol in life course transitions: An illness theoretical framework. Sociology of Health and Illness, 11.

Purtill, R. L. Moral dilemmas. Belmont: Wadsworth.

Purves, A. C. (1993). Toward a reevaluation of reader response and school literature. Language Arts, 70, 348-361.

Putnam, R. T., Sleeman, D., Baxter, J. A., & Kuspa, L. K. (1986). A summary of misconceptions of high school BASIC programmers. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 2(4), 459-472. - A gold mine of examples. (Fall 92)

Quantz, R., & O'Connor, T. (1988). Writing critical ethnoragphy: Dialogue, multivoicedness and carnival in cultural texts. Educational Theory, 38(1), 95-109.

Quarterman, J. S. (1989). The matrix: Computer networks and conferencing systems worldwide. Bedford, MA: Digital Press.

Quigley, S. P., & Paul, P. (1984). Language and deafness. San Diego, CA: College Hill.

Quine, W. V. O. (1951). From a logical point of view.

Radical Teacher (1986, January). Women in science (thematic issue). Radical Teacher, 30. Contents: Reflections on My Life as a Scientist (Ruth Hubbard); Never Meant to Survive: A Black Woman's Journey: An Interview with Evelyn Hammonds (Aimee Sands); Women and Minorities in Science: An Interdisciplinary Course (Anne Fausto- Sterling and Lydia L. English); Maria Mitchell (Pamela Annas); Study with Professor Mitchell and Maria and Students Observe the Total Eclipse of the Sun (Carole Oles); Gender and Mathematics (Joan Countryman); Shared Meanings in Mathematics: An Approach for Teachers (Dorothy Buerk).

Rafoth, B. A., & Rubin, D. L. (Eds.) (1988). The social construction of written communication. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Ramaley, J. A. (1978). Covert discrimination and women in the sciences (AAAS Selected Symposium no. 14.). Boulder: Westview

Ramsey, P. G. (1987). Where to begin. In P. G. Ramsey, Teaching and learning in a diverse world: Multicultural education for young children (pp. 40-58). New York: Teachers College Press.

Raphael, T. E., Englert, C. S., & Kirschner, B. W. (1989). Students' metacognitive knowledge about writing. Research in the Teaching of English, 23, 343-379. This study examines the effects of three instructional interventions on fifth and sixth grade students' declarative, procedural, and conditional knowledge of expository and narrative writing processes. The three experimental treatment groups were the communicative context group, which focused on creating a social context and purpose for writing, the text structure group, which provided instruction on identifying different text structures and focused on these structures during the writing process, and the communicative context/text structure, which combined the two types of instruction. The control group was instructed through the use of the suggested activities provided by their textbooks. All three treatments had a positive affect on the students' metacognitive knowledge about the writing process. (C. Meister)

Raphael, T. E., McMahon, S. I., Goatley, V. .J, Bentley, J. L., Boyd, F. B., Pardo, L. S., & Woodman, D. A. (1992). Research directions: Literature and discussion in the reading program. Language Arts, 69, 55-61

Rasinki, T. V. & Padak, A. D. (1990). Multicultural learning through children's literature. Language Arts, 67, 576-580.

Ray, R. E. (1993). The practice of theory. Urbana: National Council of Teachers of English. [0-8141-3660-5]

Raymond, E. S. (1998). The cathedral and the bazaar. Firstmonday, 3(3). www.firstmonday.dk/issues/issue3_3/raymond/index.html

Redfield, D. L. & Rousseau, E. W. (1981). A meta-analysis of experimental research on teacher questioning behavior. Review of Educational Research, 51 (2), 237-245.

Redmond, R. T., & Gasen, J. B. (1989). Measuring change in the programming process. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 30(4), 697-711. - A definition of data change in programming is defined. This can be used to help decode specific program chunks from subjects in a test. (2-28-93)

Reed, E. (1978). Sexism and science. New York: Pathfinder.

Reed, W. M., & Palumbo, D. B. (1988). The effect of the BASIC programming language on problem-solving skills and computer anxiety. Computers in the Schools, 4(3-4), 91-104.

Reed, W. M., Palumbo, D. B., & Stolar, A. L. (1988). The comparative effects of BASIC and LOGO instruction on problem-solving skills. Computers in the Schools, 4(3-4), 105-118.

Reeves, B., & Nass, C. (1996). The media equation: How people treat computers, television, and new media like real people and places. New York: Center for the Study of Language and Information and Cambridge University Press.

Reif, L. (1992). Seeking diversity: Language arts with adolescents. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Reigeluth, C. M., & Schwartz, E. (1989). An instructional theory for the design of computer-based simulations. Journal of Computer-Based Instruction, 16(1), 1-10. - Describes three parts of a simulation and concentrates on the instructional overlay. (9-4-93)

Reil, M. M., Levin, J. A., & Miller Souviney, B. (1987). Learning with interactive media: Dynamic support for students and teachers. In R. W. Lawler and M. Yazdani (Eds.), Artificial intelligence and education. Volume 1: Learning environments and tutoring systems. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Reinking, D. (1994). Reading and writing with computers: Literacy research in a post-typographic world. Yearbook of the National Reading Conference. Chicago: The National Reading Conference.

Reinking, D., & Schreiner, R., (1985). The effects of computer-mediated text on measures of reading comprehension and reading behavior. Reading Research Quarterly, 20, 536-551.

Reinking, D., McKenna, M., Labbo, L., & Kieffer, R. (Eds.) (in press). Literacy for the 21st Century: Technological transformations in a post-typographic world. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Reiser, B. J., Kimberg, D. Y., Lovett, M. C., & Ranney, M. (1992). Knowledge representation and explanation in GIL, an intelligent tutor for programming. In J. H. Larkin & R. W. Chabay (Eds.), Computer-assisted instruction and intelligent tutoring systems: Shared goals and complimentary approaches (pp. 111-149). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Repo, A. J. (1987). Economics of information. In M. Williams (Ed.), Annual review of information science and technology (pp. 3-35). Amsterdam: Elsevier.

Report on the Effectiveness of Technology in Schools 1990-1992," conducted by Interactive Systems Design and commissioned by the Software Publishers Association. 1993, p.2. "courses for which computer-based networks were used increased student-student and student-teacher interaction, increased student-teacher interaction with lower-performing students, and did not decrease the traditional forms of communications used."

Resnick, L. (1989). Treating mathematics as an ill-structured discipline. In R. Charles & E. Silver (Eds.), The teaching and assessing of mathematical problem solving (pp. 32-60). Reston, VA: National Council of Teachers of Mathematics.

Resnick, L. B. (1987). Education and learning to think. Washington, DC: National Academy Press.

Resnick, L. B., Salmon, M., Zeitz, C. M, Wathen, S. H., & Holowchak, M. (1993). Reasoning in conversation. Cognition and Instruction, 11 (3 & 4), 347-364.

Resnick, M., & Rusk, N. (1996). The computer clubhouse: Preparing for life in a digital world. IBM Systems Journal, 35, 431-440.

Rethinking Schools (1993). False choices: Why school vouchers threaten our children's future [Special issue]. Rethinking Schools.

Rheingold, H. (1993). The virtual community: Homesteading on the electronic frontier. New York: Addison-Wesley.

Rheingold, H. (April, 1999). Technology, community, humanity and the net. IntellectualCapital.com, 4 (17).

Rice, R. E. (1984). Evaluating new media systems. In J. Johnston (Ed.), Evaluating the new information technologies (pp. 53-71). Washington, DC: Jossey-Bass.

Rice, R. E., & Love, G. (1987). Electronic emotion: Socio-emotional content in a computer-mediated communication network. Communication Research, 14(1), 85-105.

Rich, A. (1976). Of woman born: Motherhood as experience and institution. New York: Norton.

Richards, J., Barowy, W., & Levin, D. (1992). Computer simulation in the science classroom. Journal of Science Education and Technology, 1(1), 67-79.

Richards, R. (1990). An early start to technology. New York: Simon and Schuster.

Richardson , B. (1991). Strangers devour the land. Post Mills, VT: Chelsea Green.

Richardson, V. (1994). Teacher inquiry as professional staff development. In S. Hollingsworth & H. Sockett (Eds.), Teacher research and educational reform (93rd Yearbook of the Society for the Study of Education, Pt. 1) (pp. 186-203). Chicago: University of Chicago Press

Richardson, V., Anders, P., Tidwell, D., & Lloyd, C. (1991). The relationship between teachers' beliefs and practices in reading comprehension instruction. American Educational Research Journal, 28, 559-586.

Richter, D. (Ed.). (1982). Women scientists: The road to liberation. London: Macmillan.Contents: Opportunities for Women in Science (Derek Richter); Opportunities for Women Scientists in India (Kamala Sohonie, India); It Takes More Than Luck (Marian W. Kies, US); Becoming an Anthropologist (Chie Nakane, Japan); The Wild Cat (Liana Bolis, France and Italy); The Achievement of Iranian Women in Science (Tahereh M.Z. Rahmani, Iran); Reflections on a Scientific Adventure (Rita Levi-Montalcini, Italy and US); Women Scientists in Sweden (Inga Fischer-Hjalmars, Sweden); A Little about Myself, and More about a More Important Matter--the Brain (Natalia P. Bechtereva, USSR); Women in Cambridge Biochemistry (Dorothy Needham, UK); The Progress of Science in Africa (W. Muta Maathai, Kenya); Autobiography of an Unknown Woman (R. Rajalakshmi, India); Conclusion (Nancy Sear, UK).

Ricoeur, Paul. Interpretation Theory: Discourse and the Surplus of Meaning. (The Texas Christian University Press. 1976.

Riel, M. M. (1983). Education and ecstasy: Computer chronicles of students writing together. The Quarterly Newsletter of the Laboratory of Comparative Human Cognition, 5, 59-57.

Riel, M. M. (1985). The Computer Chronicles Newswire: A functional learning environment for acquiring literacy skills. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 1, 317-337.

Riel, M. M. (1987). The Intercultural Learning Network. In The Computing Teacher, 14 (7).

Riel, M. M. (1989, March). Cooperative learning across classrooms in electronic learning circles. Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the American Educational Research Association, San Francisco.

Riel, M. M. (1990). Cooperative learning across classrooms in electronic learning circles. Instructional Science, 19(4), 445-466. - Discussion of AT&T's electronic learning circles in the light of cooperative learning theory. (11-4-93)

Riel, M. M. (1992). Making connections from urban schools. Education and Urban Society, 24(4), 477-488.

Rifkin, J. (1995). The end of work: The decline of the global labor force and the dawn of the post-market era. New York: G. P. Putnam.

Righi, C. (1991). Using advance organizers to teach BASIC programming to primary-grade children. Educational Technology Research & Development, 39(4), 79-90. - Results claim that advance organizers confuse students when explaining complex information, and post-organizers would be an improvement. (9-3-93)

Riley, M. S. (1986). User understanding. In D. A. Norman and S. W. Draper (Eds.), User centered system design: New Perspectives on human-computer interaction (pp. 157-169). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Riley, R. W. (1999, February 16). New challenges, a new resolve: Moving American education into the 21st century. The Sixth Annual State of American Education Speech, Long Beach, CA. http://www.ed.gov/

Rimmershaw, R. (1992). Collaborative writing practices and writing support technologies. Instructional Science, 21, 15-28.

Ripley, D. G., & Druseikis, F. C. (1978). A statistical analysis of syntax errors. Computer Languages, 3(2), 227-240.

Ripple, R., & Rockcastle, V. (19__). Piaget rediscovered. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University.

Rist, R. C. (1994). Influencing the policy process with qualitative research. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of qualitative research (pp. 545- 557). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Rist, R. S. (1989). Schema creation in programming. Cognitive Science, 13(3), 389-414. - Uses protocols of novice programmers as they create 8 Pascal programs. Discusses goals, plans, backward and forward chaining.

Ristad, E. (1982). A soprano on her head. Moab, UT: Real People Press.

Roberts, N., Blakeslee, G., Brown, M., & Lenk, C. (1990). Integrating telecommunications into education. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Robertson, S. P., & Yu, C. C. (1990). Common cognitive representations of program code across tasks and languages. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 33(3), 343-360.

Robinett, B. W. (1978). Teaching English to speakers of other languages. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Robinson, B. (1985). Microcomputers and the language arts. Philadelphia: Taylor and Francis.

Robinson, F. D. (1941). Diagnostic and remedial techniques for effective study. New York: Harper.

Robinson, V. (1995). The identification and evaluation of power in discourse. In D. Corson. (Ed.), Discourse and power in educational organizations (pp. xxx). Creskill, N.J.: Hampton.

Roblyer, M. D., Castine, W. H, & King, F. J. (1988). Assessing the impact of computer-based instruction: A review of the literature. New York: Haworth Press.

Roblyer, M. D., Castine, W. H, & King, F. J. (1988). Assessing the impact of computer-based instruction: A review of the literature. New York: Haworth.

Roblyer, M. D., Castine, W. H., & King, F. J. (1988). Assessing the impact of computer-based instruction: A review of recent research. Computers in the Schools, 5(3/4), 11-149.

Rochberg-Halton, E. (1989). Meaning and modernity. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Roderick, J. A. (1991). Context-responsive approaches to assessing children's language. Urbana, IL: National Conference on Research in English.

Rogers, E. M. (1995). Diffusion of innovations (4th ed.). New York: Free Press.

Rogers, L. J. (1988). Biology, the popular weapon: Sex differences in cognitive function. In B. Caine, E. A. Grosz, & M. de Lepervanche (Eds.), Crossing boundaries: Feminisms and the critique of knowledges (pp. 43-51). Sydney: Allen & Unwin.

Rogers, V., Roberts, A. D., & Weinland, T. P. (Eds.) (1988). Teaching social studies: Portraits from the classroom (Bulletin No. 82). Washington, DC: National Council for the Social Studies.

Rogoff, B. (1990). Apprenticeship in thinking: Cognitive development in social context. New York: Oxford University Press.

Rogoff, B. (1990). Apprenticeship in thinking: Cognitive development in social context. New York: Oxford University Press.

Rogoff, B., & Lave, J. (Eds.) (1984). Everyday cognition: Its development in social context. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Rogoff, B., & Lave, J. (Eds.) (1984). Everyday cognition: Its development in social context. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Rogoff, B., & Toma, C. (1997). Shared thinking: Community and institutional variations. Discourse Processes, 23, 471-497.

Romance, N. R., & Vitale, M. R. (in press). A curriculum strategy that expands time for in-depth elementary science instruction by using science-based reading strategies: Effects of a year-long study in grade four. Journal of Research in Science Teaching.

Romick, M. (1984, April). The Computer Chronicles. In R. V. Dusseldorp (Ed.), Proceedings of the Third Annual Statewide Conference of Alaska Association for Computers in Education, Anchorage, Alaska.

Rorty, R. (1979). Philosophy and the mirror of nature. Princeton: Princeton University Press.

Rorty, R. (1989). Contingency, irony and solidarity. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Rosaldo, M. (1980). Knowledge and passion. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Rosaldo, R. (1987). Where objectivity lies: The rhetoric of anthropology. In J. S. Nelson, A. Megill, & D. N. McCloskey, (Eds.), The rhetoric of the human sciences: Language and argument in scholarship and public affairs (pp. 87-110). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.

Roschelle, J. (1992). Learning by collaborating: Convergent conceptual change. Journal of Learning Sciences, 2, 235-276.

Rose, H. (1983, Autumn). Hand, brain, and heart: A feminist epistemology for the natural sciences. Signs, 9, 73-90.

Rose, M. (1983). Remedial writing courses: A critique and a proposal. College English, 45, 109-128.

Rose, M. (1989). Lives on the boundary: The struggles and achievements of America's underprepared. New York: Free Press.

Rose, M. (1995). Possible lives. New York: Penguin.

Rose, M. (Ed.). (1985). When a writer can't write. New York: Guilford.

Rosebery, A. S., Mandel, A., Mili, P., Rubin, A., & Bruce, B. (1989). Reasoning Under Uncertainty: Developing statistical reasoning (BBN Report No. 7220). Cambridge, MA: Bolt Beranek and Newman.

Rosebery, A. S., Warren, B., & Conant, F. R. (1992). Appropriating scientific discourse: Findings from language minority classrooms. The Journal of the Learning Sciences, 2(1), 61-94.

Rosebery, A. S., Warren, B., Bruce, B. C., Flower, L., Bowen, B., Kantz, M., & Penrose, N. M. (1989). The problem solving processes of writers and readers. In A. Dyson (Ed.), Collaboration through writing and reading: Exploring possibilities (pp. 136-163). Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Rosegrant, T., & Cooper, R. (1983). Talking screen textwriting program manual: A word processing program for children using a microcomputer and a speech synthesizer. Glendale, AZ: Computing Adventures.

Rosenau, P. M. (1992). Post-modernism and the social sciences. Princeton, NJ: Princeton Univ Press.

Rosenblatt, L. M. (1978). The reader, the text, the poem: The transactional theory of the literary work. Carbondale, IL: Southern Illinois University Press.

Rosenblatt, L. M. (1978). The reader, the text, the poem: The transactional theory of the literary work. Carbondale, IL: Southern Illinois University Press.

Rosenblatt, L. M. (1983). Literature as exploration. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Rosencrantz, I. (1999, January 7). A year from now, we may live in a different world. The American Reporter, 5 (979). www.american-reporter.com/979/10.html

Rosenholtz, S. J. (1989). Teachers' workplace: the social organization of schools. New York: Longman.

Rosser, S. V. (1982). Androgyny and sociobiology. International Journal of Women's Studies, 5, 435-444.

Rosser, S. V. (1984, January/February). A call for feminist science. International Journal of Women's Studies, 7, 3-9.

Rosser, S. V. (1985). Integrating the feminist perspective into courses in introductory biology. In M. R. Schuster & S. R. Van Dyne (Eds.), Women's place in the academy: Transforming the liberal arts curriculum (pp. 258-276). Totowa, NJ: Rowman and Allanheld.

Rosser, S. V. (1985, Fall). The feminist perspective on science: Is reconceptualization possible? Journal of National Association of Women Deans, Administrators, and Counselors, 49, 29-36.

Rosser, S. V. (1986). Teaching science and health from a feminist perspective: A practical guide. Elmsford, NY: Pergamon.

Rosser, S. V. (1988). Good science: Can it ever be gender free? Women's Studies International Forum, 11, 13-19.

Rosser, S. V. (1990). Female-friendly science: Applying women's studies methods and theories to attract students. Elmsford, NY: Pergamon.

Rosser, S. V. (Ed.) (1988). Feminism within the science and health care professions: Overcoming resistance. New York: Pergamon.

Rossiter, M. W. (1974). Women scientists in America before 1920. American Scientist, 62, 312-323.

Rossiter, M. W. (1980). Women's work in science, 1880-1910. Isis, 71, 381-398.

Rossiter, M. W. (1982). Women scientists in America: Struggles and strategies to 1940. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.

Roth, S. F., & Beck, I. S. (1987) Theoretical and instructional implications of the assessment of two microcomputer word recognition programs. Reading Research Quarterly, 22, 197-218.

Roth, W-M., & Bowen, G. M. (1994). Mathematization of experience in a grade 8 open-inquiry environment: An introduction to the representational practices of science. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 31(3), 293-318.

Roth, W-M., & Bowen, G. M. (1994). Mathematization of experience in a grade 8 open-inquiry environment: An introduction to the representational practices of science. Journal of Research in Science Teacing, 31(3), 293-318.

Rothschild, J. (1987). Teaching technology from a feminist perspective: A practical guide. Elmsford, NY: Pergamon.

Rothschild, J. (Ed.). (1981). Women, technology and innovation (thematic issue). Women's Studies International Quarterly, 4.

Rothschild, J. (Ed.). (1983). Machina ex dea: Feminist perspectives on technology. New York: Pergamon.

Rotzel, G. (1972). The school in Rose Valley: A parent venture in education. Ballentine.

Rouse, Joseph. Knowledge and Power: Toward a Political Philosophy of Science (Cornell University Press. 1987.)

Routledge, P. (1996). The third space as critical engagement. Antipode 28, 399-419.

Rubin, A. (1980). A theoretical taxonomy of the differences between oral and written language. In R. J. Spiro, B. C. Bruce, & W. F. Brewer, (Eds.) Theoretical issues in reading comprehension (pp. 411-438). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Rubin, A. (1980). Making stories, making sense. Language Arts, 57(3),285-298.

Rubin, A. (1982). The computer confronts language arts: Cans and shoulds for education. In A. C. Wilkinson (Ed.), Classroom computers and cognitive science (pp. 201-271). New York: Academic.

Rubin, A., & Bruce, B. (1984). Simulations in science and social science. In R. V. Dusseldorp (Ed.), Alaska's challenge: Computers in education: Strategies and solutions (pp. 123-127). Anchorage, AK: Alaska Association for Computers in Education.

Rubin, A., & Bruce, B. (1990). Alternate realizations of purpose in computer-supported writing. Theory into Practice, 29, 256-263.

Rubin, A., & Bruce, B. (1991). Using computers to support students' understanding of statistical inference. New England Mathematics Journal, 23, 9-20.

Rubin, A., & Bruce, B. C. (1985). QUILL: Reading and writing with a microcomputer. In B. A. Hutson (Ed.), Advances in reading and language research (pp. 97-117). Greenwich, CT: JAI.

Rubin, A., & Bruce, B. C. (1986). Learning with QUILL: Lessons for students, teachers and software designers. In T. E. Raphael (Ed.), Contexts of school based literacy (pp. 217-230). New York: Random House.

Rubin, A., & Hansen, J. (1983). Reading and writing: How are the first two "R's" related? In J. Orasanu (Ed.), A decade of reading research: Implications for practice. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Rubin, A., Bruce, B. C., & Brown, J. (1976, November). A process-oriented language for describing aspects of reading comprehension (Technical Report No. 13). Urbana, IL: University of Illinois, Center for the Study of Reading.

Rubin, A., Bruce, B. C., & Tenney, Y. (1990, April). Learning about sampling: Trouble at the core of statistics. Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the American Educational Research Association. Boston.

Rubin, A., Bruce, B., Conant, F., DuMouchel, W., Goodman, B., Horwitz, P., Lee, A., Mesard, W., Pringle, L., Rosebery, A., Snyder, R., Tenney, Y., & Warren, B. (1990). Annual report: ELASTIC: Environments for learning abstract statistical thinking (BBN Report No. 7282). Cambridge, MA: Bolt Beranek and Newman.

Rubin, A., Bruce, B., Rosebery, A., and DuMouchel, W. (1988). Getting an early start: Using interactive graphics to teach statistical concepts in high school. In Proceedings of the Statistical Education Section, American Statistical Association. New Orleans: ASA.

Rubin, A., Rosebery, A., & Bruce, B. (June 1988). ELASTIC and Reasoning Under Uncertainty: Final report (BBN Report No. 6851). Cambridge, MA: Bolt Beranek and Newman.

Rubin, D. L., & Dodd, W. M. (1987). Talking into writing. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English and ERIC Clearinghouse on Reading and Communication Skills.

Rubin, D. L., & Rafoth, B. A. (1986). Social cognitive ability as a predictor of the quality of expository and persuasive writing among college freshmen. Research in the Teaching of English, 20, 9-21.

Rubin, V. (1986, July-August). Women's work. Science, 86(7), 58-65. discrimination against women in astronomy.

Ruddick, J. & Hopkins, D. Research as a basis for teaching: Readings from the work of Lawrence Stenhouse. London: Heinemann Educational Books, 1985.

Ruhleder, K. (1991). Information technology as instrument of social transformation. Ph.D. Dissertation, University of California, Irvine.

Ruhleder, K. (forthcoming). The impact of computerization on knowledge production—a case study of classical scholarship. In TDH204 Information Technology and Society CD-ROM. Milton Keynes, UK: Open University.

Ruhleder, K. (in press). Rich and lean representations of information for knowledge work: The role of computing packages in the work of classical scholars. Transactions on Office Information Systems.

Rumelhart, D. E. (1980). Schemata: The building blocks of cognition. In R. J. Spiro, B. C. Bruce, & W. F. Brewer (Eds.), Theoretical issues in reading comprehension: Perspectives from cognitive psychology, linguistics, artificial intelligence, and education (pp. 33-58). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. - An introduction to the cognitive science concept called schema theory. (5-7-93)

Ruse, M. (1981). Is science sexist? And other problems in the biomedical sciences. Dordrecht, Holland: D. Reidel.

Russell, D. (1990). Writing in the academic disciplines, 1870-1990: A curricular history. Carbondale: SIU Press.

Russell, S. J., Mokros, J. R., & Foster, J. C. (1984). Ten years and counting: Who will use computers? Classroom Computer Learning.

Russo, N. F., & Cassidy, M. M. (1983). Women in science and technology. In I. Tinker (Ed.), Women in Washington: Advocates for public policy (pp. 250-262). Beverly Hills: Sage.

Ruth, L. & Murphy, S. Designing writing tasks for the assessment of writing. Ablex Publishing, 1988. Ruth and Murphy present an array of interesting issues on the general subject of developing writing topics for assessment purposes. Of particular interest is chapter 11 which presents guidelines and procedures for assessing the development of student writing. (D. Cruickshank)

Rutherford, F. J., & Ahlgren, A. (1990). Science for all Americans. New York: Oxford University Press.

Ryan and Ellis (1974). Instructional implications of inquiry. Prentice Hall.

Ryan, J. (1995). Guide to government information available on the Internet. Syracuse, NY: Ryan Information Management Press.

Sack, W., & Soloway, E. (1992). From PROUST to CHIRON: ITS design as iterative engineering; Intermediate results are important. In J. H. Larkin & R. W. Chabay (Eds.), Computer-assisted instruction and intelligent tutoring systems: Shared goals and complimentary approaches (pp. 239-274). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Sacks, O. (1990). Awakenings. New York: HarperCollins.

Sadler, A. L. (1933). Cha-no-yu: The Japanese tea ceremony. Charles Tuttle.

Sales, G. C., Tsai, B., & MacLeod, R. (1991). The evolution of K-12 instructional software: An analysis of leading microcomputer-based programs from 1981-1988. Journal of Computer-Based Instruction, 18(2), 41-47.

Salomon, G., & Perkins, D. N. (1987). Transfer of cognitive skills from programming: When and how? Journal of Educational Computing Research, 3(2), 149-169.

Salomon, G., & Perkins, D. N. (1989). Rocky road to transfer: Rethinking mechanisms of a neglected phenomenon. Educational Psychologist, 24(2), 113-142.

Samovar, L. A., & Porter, R. E. (1985). Intercultural Communication: A Reader (4th Ed). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Sams Publishing (1994). The Internet Unleashed. Author.

Sanacore, J. (1984). Metacognition and the improvement of reading: Some important links. Journal of Reading, 27 (8), 706-711.

Sanders, J. S. (1985). Making the computer neuter. The Computing Teacher, pp. 23-27.

Sarup, M. (1989). An introductory guide to post-structuralism and postmodernism. Athens, GA: University of Georgia Press. Treats Lacan, Derrida and deconstruction, Foucault and the social sciences, post-structuralism, and postmodernism and is designed to span philosophy, psychoanalysis, literature, the social sciences, politics, and art.

Sasse, M. A. (1991). How to t(r)ap users' mental models. In M. J. Tauber & D. Ackerman (Eds.), Mental models and human-computer interaction 2 (pp. 59-79). Amsterdam: Elsevier Science.The paper discusses ways to study mental models and the problems of over-interpretation and lack of validity.

Saul, W., Reardon, J., Schmidt, A., Pearce, C., Blackwood, D., & Bird, M. D. (1993). Science workshop: A whole language approach. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Saxe, G. B. (1991). Culture and cognitive development: Studies in mathematical understanding. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Saxe, G. B. (1992). Studying children's learning in context: Problems and prospects. The Journal of the Learning Sciences, 2(2), 215-234.

Sayers, J. (1982). Biological politics: Feminist and anti-feminist perspectives. New York: Methuen.

Sayers, J. (1987). Feminism and science -- Reason and Passion. Women's Studies International Forum, 10, 171-179.

Sayers, J. (1987). Science, sex differences, and feminism. In Analyzing gender: A handbook of social science research. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Sayre, A. (1975). Rosalind Franklin and DNA: A vivid view of what it is like to be a gifted woman in an especially male profession. New York: Norton.

Scardamalia, M. (1981). How children cope with the cognitive demands of writing. In C. H. Frederiksen & J. F. Dominic (Eds.), Writing: The nature, development and teaching of written communication (pp. 81-104). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Scardamalia, M., & Bereiter, C. (1983). The development of evaluative, diagnostic, and remedial capabilities in children's composing. In M. Martlew (Ed.), The psychology of written language: A developmental approach (pp. 67-95). London: Wiley.

Scardamalia, M., & Bereiter, C. (1985). Fostering the development of self-regulation in children's knowledge processing. In S. S. Chipman, J. W. Segal, & R. Glaser (Eds.), Thinking and learning skills: Current research and open questions. Vol. 2. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Scardamalia, M., & Bereiter, C. (1986). Research on written composition. In M. C. Wittrock (Ed.), Handbook of research on teaching (3rd ed.) (pp. 778-803) New York: Macmillan.

Scardamalia, M., & Bereiter, C. (in press). An architecture for collaborative knowledge building. In E. De Corte, M. Linn, H. Mandl, & L. Verschaffel (Eds.), Computer-based learning environments and problem solving. Berlin: Springer-Verlag.

Scardamalia, M., Bereiter, C., & Fillion, B. (1981). Writing for results. LaSalle, IL: Open Court.

Scardamalia, M., Bereiter, C., & Steinbach, R. (1984). Teachability of reflective processes in written composition. Cognitive Science, 8, 173-190.

Schaefer, Richard J. (1995). A theoretical and normative approach to National Information Infrastructure policy. Internet Research, 5(2), pp. 5-14.

Schaub, E. L. "Dewey's Interpretation of Religion," in The Philosophy of John Dewey, ed. Paul Arthur Schilipp (rev. ed.; New York: Tudor Publishing Co., 1951), p. 397.

Scheman, Naomi. Engenderings: Constructions of Knowledge, Authority,and Privilege. New York: Routledge, 1993.

Schiebinger, L. (1987). The history and philosophy of women in science. Signs, 12, 305-332.

Schiebinger, L. (1989). The mind has no sex? Women in the origins of modern science. Boston: Harvard University Press.

Schieffelin, B. B., & Gilmore, P. (1986). The acquisition of literacy: Ethnographic perspectives. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Schieffelin, B. B., & Ochs, E. (Eds.), (1986). Language socialization across cultures. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Schiffrin, D. (1987). Discourse markers. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Schmitt, F. F. Truth--a primer: Metaphysical, semantic, and epistemological issues.

Schneider, A. (1998, September 11). Why don't women publish as much as men? The Chronicle of Higher Education, pp. 14-16A.

Schneir, M. (1972). Feminism: The essential historical writings. New York: Random House.

Schoenfeld, A. H. (1987). On mathematics as sense-making: An informal attack on the unfortunate divorce of formal and informal mathematics. Paper presented at the OERI/LRDC Conference on Informal Reasoning and Education.

Schoenfeld, A. H. (1992). On paradigms and methods: What do you do when the ones you know don't do what you want them to? Issues in the analysis of data in the form of videotapes. The Journal of the Learning Sciences, 2(2), 179-214.

Schoenfeld, A. H. (1992). Research methods in and for learning sciences. The Journal of the Learning Sciences, 2(2), 137-139.

Schoenfeld, A. H. (19xx). Learning to think mathematically: Problem solving, metacognition, and sense-making in mathematics. In D. Grouws (Ed.), Handbook for research on mathematics teaching and learning. New York: Macmillan.

Scholes, R. (1985). Textual power: Literary theory and the teaching of English. New Haven: Yale University Press.

Schommer, M. & Surber, J. R. (1986). Comprehension monitoring failure in skilled adult readers. Journal of Educational Psychology, 78(5), 353-357.

Schon, D. A. (1983). The reflective practitioner: How professionals think in action. New York: Basic.

Schon, D. A. (1986). Educating the reflective practitioner. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Schon, D. A. (1991). The reflective turn: Case studies in and on educational practice. New York: Teachers College Press.

Schrage, M. (1991). Computer tools for thinking in tandem. Science, 236, 505, 507.

Schunk, D. H. (1984a). Self-efficacy perspective on achievement behavior Educational Psychologist, 19, 48-58.

Schunk, D. H. (1989). Self-efficacy and cognitive skill learning. In C. Ames & R. Ames (Eds.), Research on motivation in education (pp. 13-44). New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.

Schuster, E. (in press). VP2: The role of user modeling in correcting errors in second language learning. Journal of Structural Learning, VP2 is an intelligent tutor program to tutor non-native ESL students. Uses an explicit model of its users, which contains "knowledge" of native language enabling the system to customize responses by addressing problems due to interference of the native language. The focus is on acquisition of verb-participle & verb-prepositional phrases. VP2 is modular: its model of the user's L1 can easily be replaced by another L1 for another student. Goal of programs like VP2 is to build an effective tutor using AI to find ways of emulating individual human tutoring behavior. (J. Sciacca)

Schutte, J. (1996). Virtual teaching in higher education: A new intellectual superhighway or just another traffic jam? [WWW document]. URL http://www.csun.edu/sociology/virexp.htm

Schwab, G. (1986, Spring). Reader response and the aesthetic experience of otherness. Stanford Literature Review, 107-136.

Schwab, J. (1964). Structure of the disciplines: Meanings and significances. In G. W. Ford and L. Pugno (Eds.), The structure of knowledge and the curriculum. (p-6-30). Chicago: Rand McNally.

Schwab, J. J. (1960). The teaching of science as enquiry. In J. J. Schwab and P. F. Brandwein (Eds.), The teaching of science. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Schwab, J. J. (1976). Education and the state: Learning community. In Great Ideas Today, 234-271 Chicago: Encyclopedia Britannica.

Schwab, J. J., & Brandwein. P. F. (Eds.) (1960). The teaching of science. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Schwartz, H. (1982). Monsters and mentors: Computer applications for humanistic education.

Schwebel, M. (1975). Logical thinking in college freshmen. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers, Graduate School of Education. (ERIC Document Reproduction No. ED 063 896).

Science for the People (1984). Biology as destiny: Scientific fact or social bias?. Cambridge, MA: Author.

Scollon, R. (1983). Computer conferencing: A medium for appropriate time. The Quarterly Newsletter of the Laboratory of Comparative Human Cognition, 5, 67-68.

Scollon, R. (1994). Cultural aspects of constructing the author. In D. Keller-Cohen (Ed.), Literacy: Interdisciplinary conversations (pp. 213-228). Cresskill, NJ: Hampton.

Scollon, R., & Scollon, S. (January 1986). The Axe Handle Academy: A proposal for a bioregional, thematic humanities education. Juneau, AK: Sealaska Heritage Foundation.

Scollon, R., & Scollon, S. B. K. (1981). Narrative, literacy and face in interethnic communication. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Scott, J. (Ed). (1993). Science & language links: Classroom implications. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Scott, J. W. (1982). The mechanization of women's work. Scientific American, 247, 166-187.

Scott, P. H., Asoko, H. M., & Driver, R. H. (1991). Teaching for conceptual change: A review of strategies. In R. Duit, F. Goldberg, & H. Niedderer (Eds.), Research in physics learning: Theoretical issues and empirical studies. Proceedings of an international workshop (pp. 310-329). University of Bremen, Germany, March 4-8, 1991.

Scott, V. M. (1990). Task-oriented creative writing with Systeme-D. CALICO Journal, 7(3), 58-67. Systeme-D authored by Noblitt, Sola & Pet is a word processor for creative writing in French for elementary and intermediate students. It has a dictionary, verb conjugator, grammar index, vocabulary index, all available on-line. (J. Sciacca)

Scott, W. R. (1990). Technology and structure: An organizational-level perspective. In P. S. Goodman and L. S. Sproull (Eds.), Technology and organizations (pp. 109 -143). San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.

Scribner, S. & Cole, M. (1981). The psychology of literacy. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Scribner, S., & Cole, M. (1981). Unpackaging literacy. In M. F. Whiteman (Ed.), Writing: The nature, development, and teaching of written communication: Vol. 1: Variation in writing: Functional and linguistic-cultural differences (pp. 71-87). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Scribner, Sylvia, & Cole, Michael The Psychology of Literacy (Harvard University Press 1981)

Scriven, M. (1967). The methodology of evaluation. In R. W. Tyler (Ed.), Perspectives of curriculum evaluation (pp. ). Chicago: Rand McNally.

Searing, S. E., Apple, R. D. (Eds.) (1988). The history of women and science, health, and technology: A bibliographic guide to the professions and the disciplines. Madison: University of Wisconsin System, Women's Studies Librarian.

Sears, J. T., & Marshall, J. (1990). Teaching and thinking about curriculum: Critical inquiries. New York: Teachers College Press.

Second International Mathematics Study. (1989). The underachieving curriculum: Assessing U. S. school mathematics from an international perspective. Champaign, IL: STIPES.

Segal, J., Ahmad, K., & Rogers, M. (1992). The role of systematic errors in developmental studies of programming language learners. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 8(2), 129-153. - A report of research on a study of syntax use by novices trying to learn ALGOL 68. (4-1-93)

Seidman, R. H. (1988). New directions in educational computing research. In R. E. Mayer (Ed.), Teaching and learning computer programming: Multiple research perspectives (pp. 299-308). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. - Call for greater efficacy in constructing computer programming environments. (3-6-93)

Sekita, K. (1990). Why does peer dialogue instruction work better than teacher-pupil dialogue? Unpublished manuscript. Urbana, IL: University of Illinois, CIRCE.

Selfe, C. L. (1986). Computer-assisted instruction in composition: Create your own. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Selfe, C. L. (1988, July). Computers as tools of literacy reform: Using feminist theory to inform our use of technology. Paper presented at the Penn State Conference on Rhetoric and Composition, State College, PA.

Selfe, C. L. Redefining literacy: The multilayered grammars of computers. In G. E. Hawisher & C. L. (Eds.), Critical perspectives on computers and composition instruction.

Selfe, C. L., & Hawisher, G. (1990). Letter from the editors. Computers & Composition, 7, 5-14.

Selfe, C. L., & Selfe, R. J. Jr. (1994). The politics of the interface: Power and its exercise in electronic contact zones. College Composition and Communication, 45(4), 480-504.

Selfe, C. L., Petersen, B., & Nahrgang, C. (1986). Journal writing in mathematics. In A. Young & T. Fulwiler (Eds.), Writing across the disciplines (pp. 192-207). Upper Montclair, NJ: Boynton/Cook.

Selzer, J. (Ed.) (1990). Understanding scientific prose. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.

Senechal, M., & Fleck, G. (1985, February 6). Two-dimensional math in a three-dimensional world. Education Week, p. 40.

Senner, W. M. (Ed.) (1989). The origins of writing. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press.

Serpell, R. (1993). The significance of schooling: life-journeys in an African society. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Sewell, D. F. (1990). New tools for new minds: A cognitive perspective on the use of computers with young children. New York: St. Martin's.Addresses the cognitive consequences of computer use by young children, drawing on relevant themes from psychology, education, and artificial intelligence. Computers are seen as tools which function as a means to an end - that of cognitive growth. Discusses the use of Logo in the development of enhanced cognitive capabilities. (J. Sciacca)

Shapin, S., & Schaffer, S. (1985). Leviathan and the air-pump: Hobbes, Boyle, and the experimental life. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Shapiro, W., Clemente, R., Anglin, L. W., & Richard, P. B. (1993). Metamorph: Computer support for qualitative research. Mid-Western Educational Researcher, 6(2), 30-34.

Sharp, L. (1952). Steel axes for stone age Australians. In E. Spicer (Ed.), Human problems in technical change: A casebook (pp. 69-92). New York: Russell Sage Foundation.

Sharples, M. (1982). Educational technology and the Open University. Teaching at a Distance, 22, 15-20.

Sharples, M. (1985). Phrasebooks and Boxes: Microworlds for Language. Paper presented at the World Conference of Computers and Education, Norfolk, VA.

Sharples, M. (1992). Computers and writing: Issues and implementations. Boston: Kluwer Academic.

Shaughnessy, M. (1977). Errors and expectations. Oxford University Press. The definitive work for teachers on teaching basic writing, and what to expect on the papers of basic writers.- This text is a must for anyone teaching English to diverse ethnic groups. (D. Cruickshank)

Shavelson, R. J., Wiinkler, J. D., Stasz, C., Feibel, W., Robyn, A. E., & Shaha, S. (March 1984). "Successful" teachers' patterns of microcomputer-based mathematics and science instruction (Report No. N-217--NIE/RC). Santa Monica, CA: Rand.

Shaw, E., & Darling, J. (1984). Female strategies. New York: Walker.

Sheil, B. A. (1981). The psychological study of programming. Computing Surveys, 13(1), 101-120.

Sheriff, J. K. (1989). The fate of meaning: Charles Pierce, structuralism, and literature. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Shirk, G. (1970). An examination of conceptual frameworks of beginning mathematics teachers. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.

Shneiderman, B. (1976). Exploratory experiments in programmer behavior. International Journal of Computer and Information Sciences, 5(2), 123-143.

Shneiderman, B. (1980). Software psychology: Human factors in computer and information systems. Cambridge, MA: Winthrop. - A seminal book in the field, but narrow in its focus. (Fall 92)

Shneiderman, B. (1986). Empirical studies of programmers: The territory, paths, and destinations. In E. Soloway & S. Iyengar (Eds.), Empirical studies of programmers (pp. 1-12).

Shneiderman, B., & Mayer, R. E. (1979). Syntactic/semantic interactions in programmer behavior: A model and experimental results. International Journal of Computer and Information Sciences, 8(3), 219-238.

Shneiderman, B., Mayer, R. E., McKay, D., & Heller, P. (1977). Experimental investigations of the utility of detailed flowcharts in programming. Communications of the ACM, 20(6), 373-381.

Short, Kathy Gnagey, Schroeder, Jean, Laird, Julie, Kauffman, Gloria, Ferguson, Margaret J., & Crawford, Kathleen Marie (1996). Learning together through inquiry: From Columbus to integrated curriculum. Portland, ME: Stenhouse.

Short, Kathy Gnagey, Harste, Jerome C., Burke, Carolyn (1995). Creating classrooms for authors and inquirers: Second Edition. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Shrigley, R. L. (1971). Scale for measuring science attitude of pre-service elementary teachers. Paper presented at annual convention of the National Science Teachers Association, Washington, DC.

Shrigley, R. L. (1974). The correlation of science attitude and science knowledge of pre-service elementary teachers. Science Education, 58(2), 143-151.

Shull, E. (1992, November). Valuing multiple-critical approaches: Penelope, again...and again. English Journal, 32-37.

Shulman, L. S. (1986). Those who understand: Knowledge growth in teaching. Educational Researcher, 15(2), 4-14.

Shulman, L. S. (1987). Knowledge and teaching: Foundations of the new reform. Harvard Educational Review, 57(1), 1-22.

Shulman, L. S., & Grossman, P. L. (1988). Knowledge growth in teaching: A final report to the Spencer Foundation.

Shymansky, J. A. (1989, April). What research says...about ESS, SCIS and SAPA. Science and Children, 26(7), 33-35.

Shymansky, J. A., & Kyle, W. C., Jr. (1992). Establishing a research agenda: Critical issues of science curriculum reform. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 29 (8), 749-778.

Siegel, M., Borasi, R., & Smith, C. (1989). A critical review of reading in mathematics instruction: The need for a new synthesis. In S. M. &. J. Zutell (Eds.), Cognitive and social perspectives for literacy research and instruction (pp. 269-277). Chicago: National Reading Conference.

Siegel, P. J., & Finley, K. T. (1985). Women in the scientific search: An American bio-bibliography, 1724-1979. Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow.

Signs (1978, Autumn). Women, science, and society (thematic issue). Signs, 4. Contents: Women and Evolution, Part II: Subsistence and Social Organization among Early Hominids (Adrienne L. Zihlman); Animal Sociology and a Natural Economy of the Body Politic, Part I: A Political Physiology of Dominance, Part II: The Past Is the Contested Zone: Human Nature and Theories of Production and Reproduction in Primate Behavior Studies (Donna Haraway); Women and the Scientific Idiom: Textual Episodes from Wollstonecraft, Fuller, Gilman, and Firestone (Lois N. Magner); In from the Periphery: American Women in Science, 1830-1880 (Sally Gregory Kohlstedt); Biology and Equality: A Perspective on Sex Differences (Helen H. Lambert); Sociobiology and Sex Differences (Marian Lowe); Review Essay/Women in Science (Michele L. Aldrich); Review Essay/Women in Medicine (Dorothy Rosenthal Mandelbaum); Sexual Segregation in the Sciences: Some Data and a Model (Margaret W. Rossiter); Phenomenon of the Seventies: The Women's Caucuses (Anne M. Briscoe); Bias in Biological and Human Sciences: Some Comments (Ruth Bleier); book reviews.

Silberman, A. (1989). Growing up writing: Teaching our children to write, think, and learn. New York: Random House.

Silverman, Hugh J. Gadamer and Hermeneutics (Routledge 1991)

Sime, M. E., Arblaster, A. T., & Green, T. R. G. (1977). Reducing programming errors in nested conditionals by prescribing a writing procedure. International Journal of Man-machine Studies, 9(1), 119-126. - Discusses ways to reduce careless programming errors. (2-1-93)

Simes, D. K., & Sirsky, P. A. (1985). Human factors: An exploration of the psychology of human-computer interaction. In H. R. Hartson (Ed.), Advances in human-computer interaction (pp. 49-103). Norwood, NJ: Ablex. - Overview of human factors issues as applied to computers, several models can be applied to other branches of computer research. (10-15-93)

Simmons, H. D., & Murphy, S. (1986). Spoken language strategies and reading acquisition. In J. Cook-Gumperz (Ed.), The social construction of literacy (pp.185-206). New York: Cambridge University Press.

Simon, H. A. (1979). Information processing models of cognition. Annual Review of Psychology, 30, 363-396. - Good overview of origins and models of information processing models, discusses problem solving, semantics, induction, learning, motivation, and processing. (4-1-93)

Simon, H. A. (1986). The information processing explanation of gestalt phenomena. Computers in Human Behavior, 2(3), 241-255.

Simon, T. W. (1988, April-June). Feminist science and participatory democracy. Philosophy and Social Action, 14, 13-22.

Simons, G. (1988). Eco-computer. New York: Wiley.

Sinclair, J. McH., & Coulthard, R. M. (1975). Towards an analysis of discourse: The English used by teachers and pupils. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Sinha, A. P., & Vessey, I. (1992). Cognitive fit: An empirical study of recursion and iteration. IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering, 18(5), 368-379. - A study of cognitive fit--how problem representations influence performance.

Sirc, G. (1989). Response in the electronic medium. In C. Anson (Ed.), Writing and response, (pp. 187-205). Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Sirc, G. (April 1988). Learning to write on a LAN. T.H.E. Journal, 15(8), 99-104.

Sirc, G. (March 1990). What basic writers talk about when they ('re supposed to be) talk(ing) about writing. Paper presented at the Conference on College Composition and Communication, Chicago.

Sirc, G., & Reynolds, T. (1990). The face of collaboration in the networked writing classroom. Computers and Composition, 7, 53-70.

Sirc, G., & Reynolds, T. (1993). Seeing students as writers. In Bruce, B. C., Peyton, J. K., & Batson, T. W. (Eds.), Network-based classrooms: Promises and realities. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Slavin, R. E. (1980). Cooperative learning. Review of Educational Research, 50 (2), 315-342.

Slavin, R. E. (1995). Cooperative learning: Theory, research, and practice (2nd edition). Boston: Allyn & Bacon..

Sleeman, D., & Brown, J. S. (1982). Intelligent tutoring systems. New York: Academic.

Sleeman, D., Putnam, R. T., Baxter, J., & Kuspa, L. (1986). Pascal and high school students: A study of errors. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 2(1), 5-23.

Sleeter, C. E., & Grant, C. A. (1987). An analysis of multicultural education in the United States. Harvard Educational Review, 57, 421-439.

Sloane, E. (1985). Biology of women (2nd ed.). New York: Wiley.

Sloane, K. D., & Linn, M. C. (1988). Instructional conditions for Pascal programming classes. In R. E. Mayer (Ed.), Teaching and learning computer programming: Multiple research perspectives (pp. 207-235). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Slouka, M. (1995). War of the worlds: Cyberspace and the assault on reality. New York: Basic Books.

Smagorinsky, P., & Fly, P. K. (April 1993). The social environment of the classroom: A Vygotskian perspective on small group process. Communication Education, 42, 159-170.

Small, M. F. (1984). Female primates: Studies by women primatologists. New York: Alan R. Liss.

Smith, C. R., Kiefer, K. E., & Gingrich, P. S. (1984). Computers come of age in writing instruction. Computers and the Humanities, 18, 215-224.

Smith, F. (1982). Writing and the writer. New York: Holt, Rinehart, & Winston. A comprehensive psycholinguistic analysis of virtually all aspects of the writing process by a world-respected authority on both reading and writing. (D. Cruickshank)

Smith, H. K. (1967). The responses of good and poor readers when asked to read for different purposes. Reading Research Quarterly, 3(1), 53-83.

Smith, J. P., diSessa, A. A., & Roschelle, J. (1991). Misconceptions reconceived. Submitted for publication.Good discussion of change in views about misconceptions literature.

Smith, John B. and Marcy Lansman. "A Cognitive Basis for a Computer Writing Environment." Computer Writing Environments: Theory, Research, and Design. Ed. Bruce K. Britton and Shawn M. Glynn. Hillsdale, New Jersey: Lawrence Erblaum Associated, 1989. 17- 56.

Smith, L. M., & Jeoffrey, R. (1970). The complexities of an urban classroom--Microethnography. New York: Holt, Reinhart, & Winston.

Smitherman, G. (1977). Talkin' and testifyin'. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

Smoler, F. (1998, February/March). Paradise lost? An interview with Michael Elliott. American Heritage, 49(1), 58-60, 62-67.

Smoler, F. (1998, February/March). Paradise lost? An interview with Michael Elliott. American Heritage, 49(1), 58-60, 62-67.

Socor, E. (1959). The nature of critical reading. Elementary English, 36, 47-55.

Sofia, Z. (in press). Computers, gender and technological irrationality. In H. Bromley and M. Apple (Eds.), Education/technology/power: Educational computing as a social practice. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

Soja, Edward W. (1989). Postmodern geographies: The reassertion of space in critical social theory. NY: Verso.

Soja, Edward W. (1996). Thirdspace: Journeys to Los Angeles and other real-and-imagined places. Oxford: Blackwell.

Solis, E. G., & Peyton, J. K. (1989, October). The ENFI Consortium: Report of work conducted during the 1988-1989 school year. Washington, DC: Gallaudet University.

Soloway, E. (1986). Learning to program = learning to construct mechanisms and explanations. Communications of the ACM, 29(9), 850-858.

Soloway, E. (1993). Reading and writing in the 21st century. Communications of the ACM, 36, 23-27.

Soloway, E., & Spohrer, J. C. (Eds.) (1989). Studying the novice programmer. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Soloway, E., Adelson, B., & Ehrlich, K. (1988). Knowledge and processes in the comprehension of computer programs. In M. T. H. Chi, R. Glaser, & M. J. Farr (Eds.), The nature of expertise (pp. 129-152). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. - Experiment based on goal/plan theory of knowledge comprehension to determine if and how experts are different than novices. Based in part on Simon chess research.

Soloway, E., Bonar, J., & Ehrlich, K. (1983). Cognitive strategies and looping constructs: An empirical study. Communications of the ACM, 26(11), 853-860.

Soloway, E., Ehrlich, K., Bonar, J., & Greenspan, J. (1982). What do novices know about programming? In A. Badre & B. Shneiderman (Eds.), Directions in human-computer interaction (pp. 27-54). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.Looks at plan knowledge of novices doing looping and looks at underlying knowledge.

Soloway, E., Rubin, E., Woolf, B, Bonar, J., & Johnson, W. L. (1983). MENO-II: An AI based programming tutor. Journal of Computer-Based Instruction, 10(1&2), 20-34. Based on 18 programming misconceptions.

Soloway, E., Spohrer, J., & Littman, D. (1988). E unum pluribus: Generating alternative designs. In R. E. Mayer (Ed.), Teaching and learning computer programming: Multiple research perspectives (pp. 137-152). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Discusses how variability is taught and suggest several new models.

Sommers, N. (1980). Revision strategies of student writers and experienced adult writers. College Composition and Communication, 31, 378-388.

Sopp, N. P. (1984). Advanced language arts applications. In R. V. Dusseldorp (Ed.), Alaska's challenge: Computers in education--strategies and solutions. Anchorage, AK: Alaska Association for Computers in Education (PO Box 4-562).

Soros, G. (1997, February). The capitalist threat. The Atlantic Monthly, 279(2), 45-58.

Spandel, & Stiggins, eds. (1981). Direct measures of writing skill: Issues and applications. Northwest Regional Educational Laboratory. Overview of the theory and practice of evaluating student writing.

Spanier, B. B. (1986). Women's studies and the natural sciences: A decade of change. Frontiers, 8, 66-72.

Spence, J. T., & Helmreich, R. L. (1978). Masculinity & feminity: Their psychological dimensions, correlates, and antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press.

Spencer, P. (1990). Anthropology and the riddle of the Sphinx: Paradoxes of change in the life course. London: Routledge.

Spender, D. (1980). Man made language. Boston: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

Spender, D. (1993). Electronic scholarship: Perform or perish? In H. J. Taylor, C. Kramarae, & M. Ebben (Eds.), Women, information technology, scholarship (pp. 28-43). Urbana, IL: University of Illinois, Center for Advanced Study.

Spender, D. (1995). Nattering on the nets. North Melbourne, Australia: Spinifex.

Sperling, M. (1989). I want to talk to each of you: Collaboration and the teacher-student writing conference (Tech. Rep. No. 37). Berkeley: University of California, Center for the Study of Writing. This is the report of a six-week ethnographic study of a ninth-grade English class. The study examined the nature of student-teacher interactions as they conferenced about the students writing. The data collected included audio and video tapes and field notes. The report concluded that collaboration was perceived to be a changing process that was influenced by the context i.e. the particular student, the nature of the writing assignment under discussion, etc.. (J. Denzin)

Spicer, E. (Ed.) (1952). Human problems in technological change. New York: Russell Sage Foundation. A collection of papers arguing that values, beliefs, personality traits, and social arrangements are more important than material and technological factors in understanding culture change.

Spiro, R. J., Bruce, B. C., & Brewer, W. F. (Eds.) (1980). Theoretical issues in reading comprehension. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Spiro, R. J., Feltovich, P. J., Jacobson, M. J., & Coulson, R. L. (1991). Knowledge representation, content specification, and the development of skill in situated specific knowledge assembly: Some constructivist issues as they relate to cognitive flexibility theory and hypertext. Educational Technology, 11(9), 22-25.

Spiro, R. J., Feltovich, P. J., Jacobson, M. J., & Coulson, R. L. (1992). Cognitive flexibility, constructivism, and hypertext: Random access instruction for advanced knowledge acquisition in ill-structured domains. In T. M. Duffy & D. H. Jonassen (Eds.), Constructivism and the technology of instruction: A conversation (pp. 57-75). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Discusses the common basis for the failure of many instructional systems; also, learning, constructivism, and flexibility theory.

Spiro, R. J., Feltovich, P., Coulson, R., & Anderson, D. (1989). Multiple analogies for complex concepts: Antidotes for analogy-induced misconception in advanced knowledge acquisition. In S. Vosniadou & A. Ortony (Eds.), Similarity and analogical learning. New York, N. Y.: Cambridge University Press.

Spock, B. (1985). Baby and child care. New York: E. P. Dutton.

Spohrer, J. C., & Soloway, E. (1986a). Analyzing the high frequency bugs in novice programs. In E. Soloway & S. Iyengar (Eds.), Empirical studies of programmers (pp. 230-251). high frequency bugs do not arise from misconceptions.

Spohrer, J. C., & Soloway, E. (1986b). Novice mistakes: Are the folk wisdoms correct? Communications of the ACM, 29(7), 624-632.

Sprague, J. (April 1993). Retrieving the research agenda for communication education: Asking the pedagogical questions that are embarrassments to theory. Communication Education, 42, 106-122.

Sproull, L., & Kiesler, S. (1991). Computers, networks and work. Scientific American, 265, 116-123.

Squire, J. R. (1977). The teaching of English (77th yearbook of the National Society for the Study of Education). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Squires, D., & McDougall, M. (1994). Choosing and using educational software: A teachers' guide. London: Falmer. [ISBN: 0750703075]

Stafford, B. M. (1994), Artful science: Enlightenment entertainment and the eclipse of visual education. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. —explores issues of experiment, demonstration, image and text in history and suggests similar issues are/continue to be alive today in the information age

Stake, R. E. (1967). The countenance of educational evaluation. Teachers College Record, 68, 523-540.

Stake, R. E. (1980). Program evaluation, particularly responsive evaluation. In W. B. Dochrell & D. Hamilton (Eds.), Rethinking educational research. London: Hodder and Stoughton.

Stake, R. E. (1988). Seeking sweet water--Case study methods in educational research. In R. M. Jaeger (Ed.), Complementary methods for research in education. Washington, DC: American Educational Research Association.

Stake, R. E. (1990). Responsive evaluation. In H. J. Walberg & G. D. Haertel (Eds.), The international encyclopedia of educational evaluation (pp. 75-77). Oxford: Pergamon.

Stake, R. E. (Ed.) (1991). Issues in research on evaluation. Improving the study of transition programs for adolescents with handicaps. Studies in Educational Evaluation.

Stake, R. E., & Rugg, D. C. (1986). Augmenting evaluation with case-study thinking. Journal of Healthcare, Education, and Training, 1, 14-17.

Stake, R. E., Davis, R., & Guynn, S. (1997). Evaluation of reader focused writing for the Veterans Benefit Administration. Urbana, IL: University of Illinois, Center for Instructional Research and Curriculum Evaluation.

Stake, R. E., J. A. Easley, Jr., & Collaborators. (1978). Case studies in science education. Washington, DC: U. S. Government Printing Office.

Stake, R. E., Raths, J., St. John, M., Trumbull, D., Jenness,, D., Foster, M., Sullivan, S., Denny, T., & Easley, J. (1993). Teacher preparation archives: Case studies of NSF-funded middle school science and mathematics teacher preparation projects. Urbana, IL: University of Illinois, Center for Instructional Research and Curriculum Evaluation.

Stallard, C. K. (1974). An analysis of the behavior of good student writers. Research in the Teaching of English, 8, 206-218.

Standish, L. (1982, September/October ). Women, work, and the scientific enterprise. Science for the People, 14, 12-19.

Stanley, A. (1992). Do mothers invent? The feminist debate in history of technology. In C. Kramarae & D. Spender (Eds.), The knowldge explosion: generations of feminist scholarship (pp.459-472). New York: Teachers College Press Athene Series.

Staples, W. G. (1997). The culture of surveillance: Discipline and social control in the United States. New York: St. Martin's.

Star, S. L. (1988). Introduction: Special issue on sociology of science and technology. Social Problems, 35 (3).

Star, S. L. (1989). The structure of ill-structured solutions: Boundary objects and heterogeneous distributed problem solving. In M. Huhs, & L. Gasser (eds.), Readings in distributed artificial intelligence 3 (pp. 37-54). Menlo Park, CA: Morgan Kaufmann.

Star, S. L. (1991). Power, technologies and the phenomenology of standards: On being allergic to onions. In J. Law (Ed.), A sociology of monsters.

Star, S. L. (1995). The cultures of computing. Oxford, UK: Blackwell.

Star, S. L., & Griesemer, J. R. (1989). Institutional ecology, 'translations' and boundary objects: Amateurs and professionals in Berkeley's Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, 1907-39. Social Studies of Science, 19, 387-420.Reprinted in Mario Biagioli (ed.), The Science Studies Reader (505-524). London: Routledge.

Star, S. L., & Ruhleder, K. (1996). Steps toward an ecology of infrastructure: Design and access for large information spaces. Information Systems Research, 7(1), 111-134.

Star, S. L., & Strauss, A. (1999). Layers of silence, arenas of voice: The ecology of visible and invisible work. Computer-Supported Cooperative Work: The Journal of Collaborative Computing, 8, 9-30.

Starhawk (1979). The Spiral Dance: The Rebirth of the Ancient Religion of the Great Goddess. San Francisco: Harper & Row.

Stark-Adamec, C. (Ed.). (1981, September-October ) Contents: Women and Science (Connie Stark-Adamec); Women and Science: A Critique of Biological Theories (Meredith M. Kimball); The Rearing of Women for Science, Engineering, and Technology (Rose Sheinin); Science Subject Choice and Achievement of Females in Canadian High Schools (Joan Pinner Scott); Cooperation and Competition in Science (Marian Lowe); Women and Science: Fitting Men to Think About Nature (Hilde Hein); Is Feminism a Threat to Scientific Objectivity? (Elizabeth Fee); Is There a Feminist Biology? (Madeleine J. Goodman and Lenn Evan Goodman); Women and Science: Two Cultures or One? Commentary on Hein, Lowe, Fee, and Goodman and Goodman (Evelyn Fox Keller); Diary of a Mad Feminist Chemist (Anne M. Briscoe); The Status of Women in Canadian Psychology: A Case Study of Women in Science (Elinor W. Ames); Practical Tips for Coping with the Problems of Being a Seventeen- Career Person (Connie Stark-Adamec).. Women and science (thematic issue). International Journal of Women's Studies, 4.

Statham, A., Richardson, L., & Cook, J. (1991). Gender and university teaching: A negotiated difference. SUNY Press.

Staton, J., Shuy, R., Peyton, J. K., & Reed, L. (1988). Dialogue journal communication: Classroom, linguistic, social, and cognitive views. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Staudenmaier, S. J. (1989). Technology's storytellers: Reweaving the human fabric. Cambridge, MA: The Society for the History of Technology and MIT Press.

Stecher, B. (1990). Goal-free evaluation. In H. J. Walberg & G. D. Haertel (Eds.), The international encyclopedia of educational evaluation (pp. 41-42). Oxford: Pergamon.

Steen, L. A. (1990). Numeracy. Daedalus, 119(2), 211-231 .

Steen, L. A. (19xx). On the shoulders of giants.

Stefanich, G., & Kelsey, K. (1989). Improving science attitudes of preservice elementary teachers. Science Education, 73(2), 187-194.

Stehelin, L. (1976). Science, women and ideology. In H. Rose & S. Rose (Eds.), The radicalisation of science: Ideology of/in the natural sciences (pp. 76-89). London: Macmillan.

Stein, M. I. (1974). Stimulating creativity. New York: Academic.

Stein, S. (1991). The evolution book. New York: Workman.

Steinberg, E. R. (1991a). Teaching computers to teach, second edition. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Steinberg, E. R. (1991b). Computer-assisted instruction: A synthesis of theory, practice, and technology. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Stemler, L. (1989). Effects of instruction on the misconceptions about programming in BASIC. Journal of Research on Computing in Education, 22(1), 27-34.

Stenhouse, L. (1990). Case study methods. In H. J. Walberg & G. D. Haertel (Eds.), The international encyclopedia of educational evaluation (pp. 644-649). Oxford: Pergamon.

Stenhouse, L. An introduction to curriculum research and development. London: Heinemann, 1975.

Stenmark, J., Thompson, V. and Cossey, R. Family math. University of California: Lawrence Hall of Science, 1986.

Stenmark, J., Thompson, V. and Cossey, R. Get it together: Math problems for groups, grades 4-12. University of California: Lawrence Hall of Science, 1989.

Stephens, Diane, & Story, Jennifer (2000). Assessment as inquiry: Learning the hypothesis-test process. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Sterling, M., & Freedman, S. W. (1987). A good girl writes like a good girl. Written Communication, 4, 343-369.

Stevenson, H. W., Lee, S-Y, & Stigler, J. W. (1986). Mathematics achievement of Chinese, Japanese, and American children. Science, 231, 693-698.

Stewart, D. (1986). The versatile writer. Lexington: DC Heath.

Stewart, O. & Tei, E. (1983). Some implications of metacognition for reading instruction. Journal of Reading, 27(1), 36-43.

Stich, S. (1990). The fragmentation of reason. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Stolte-Heiskanen, V., et al. (Eds.). (1991). Women in science: Token women or gender equality? New York: St. Martin's Press. Contents: The Emergence of Women Into Research and Development in the Austrian Context (Dorothea Gaudart); Handmaidens of the 'Knowledge Class': Women in Science in Finland (Veronica Stolte-Heiskanen); Women in Science Careers in the German Democratic Republic (Heidrun Radtke); Double-faced Marginalisation: Women in Science in Yugoslavia (Marina Blagojevic); Women and Science in Bulgaria: the Long-Hurdle-Race (Nora Ananieva); Soviet Women in Science (Vitalina Koval); Women, Science and Politics in Greece: Three is a Crowd (Ann R. Cacoullos); Women in Academic Science Careers in Turkey (Feride Acar); Women at the Top in Science and Technology Fields: Profile of Women Academics at Dutch Universities (Esther R. Hicks); Equal Opportunity for Women? Women in Science in Hungary (Agnes Haraszthy); Stubbornness, Drudgery, Scientific Interests and Profound Commitment (Janni Nielsen and Bente Elkjaer); Is To Be an Engineer Still a Masculine Career in Spain?: Notes on an Ambiguous Change in University Technical Education (Maria Carme Alemany); Recommendations (Dorothea Gaudart); Select Bibliography: Women in Scientific and Technical Careers (Ruza Furst-Dilic).

Stone, A. (Oct. 1987). Technology for Literacy: A Look at PALS (Principle of the Alphabet Literacy System). The Computing Teacher, 44-46. PALS is a technology based literacy curriculum which uses an interactive videodisc program played thru IBM AT, XT or PS/2 Model 30 with touch sensitive screens, typewriters, and a complement of PC JRs or PS/2 Model 25s. IBM promotional literature claims students can write everything they can say and can read more than they can write. Early developmental version tested in Wash., D

Stone, A. R. (1995). The war of desire and technology at the close of the mechanical age. Cambridge. MA: MIT Press.

Stotsky, S. L. (1975). Sentence-combining as a curricular activity: Its effect on written language development and reading comprehension. Research in the Teaching of English, 9, 30-71.

Strauss, A. (1970). Mirrors and masks: The search for identity. San Francisco: Sociology.

Strauss, A. (1986). Qualitative analysis. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Strauss, A. (1986). Qualitative analysis. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Street, B. V. (1984). Literacy in theory and practice. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Street, B. V. (Ed.) (1993). Cross-cultural approaches to literacy. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Strickland, D.S. The teacher as researcher: toward the extended professional. Language Arts, 65, [8]: 754-764, (1989).

Strike, K. (1989). Liberal justice and the Marxist critique of education. New York: Routledge.

Strike, K. A., & Posner, G. J. (1992). A revisionist theory of conceptual change. In D. A. Duschl & R. J. Hamilton (Eds.), Philosophy of science, cognitive psychology and educational theory and practice. Albany: State University of New York Press.

Stroble, E. J. (1988). A look at writers' comments shared on computer screens: Can electronic mail facilitate peer group response? Annual Meeting of the American Educational Research Association, New Orleans, LA, ERIC ED 297 723.

Strong, W. (1981). Sentence combining and paragraph building. New York: Random House.

Stroud, B. (1984). The significance of philosophical scepticism. New York: Oxford University Press.

Strumbo, C. (1989). Teachers and teaching. Harvard Educational Review, 59(1): 87-97.

Stuckey, J. E. (1991). The violence of literacy. Portsmouth NH: Boynton/Cook.

Suchman, L. (1988, April). Designing with the user: Review of Computers and Democracy: A Scandinavian Challenge by G. Bjerknes, P. Ehn, and M. Kyng (Eds.), Gower, Brookfield, Vt., 1987. ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems, 6, 173-183.

Sudnow, D. (Ed.) (1972). Studies in social interaction. New York: Macmillan.

Sugarman, S. (1983). Children's early thought: Developments in classification. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Suleiman, S. R., & Crosman, I. (1980). The reader in the text: Essays on audience and interpretation. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Suleiman, S. R., & Crosman, I. (1980). The reader in the text: Essays on audience and interpretation. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Sullivan, P. (1991). Taking Control of the Page: Electronic Writing and Word Publishing. In Evolving Perspectives on Computers and Composition Studies. Ed. Gail E. Hawisher and Cynthia L. Selfe. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English. 43- 64.

Sunal, D. W., & Sunal, C. S. (1992). The impact of network communications technology on science teacher education. Journal of Computers in Mathematics and Science Teaching, 11(1), 143-153. - good discussion attitude and usage. (2-25-94)

Sunburst (1991). Statistics workshop. Pleasantville, NY: Author. A Macintosh-based tool for entering, manipulating, and displaying data. Graph types include histograms, bar charts, box plots, and scatter plots. Data can be numeric, categorical, or calculated by formula. The scatter plot has a moveable regression line to allow students to explore the concept of fitting an equation to data. Stretchy Histograms allows students to manipulate a histogram and observe the resulting changes in quartiles and means. The Teachers' Guide contains program documentation and ideas for classroom use.

Sunday, S. R., & Tobach, E. (Eds.) (1985). Violence against women: A critique of the sociobiology of rape. New York: Gordian.

Sunstein, C. (Ed.) (19xx). Feminioltical theory. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Sutcliffe, A. G., & Maiden, N. A. M. (1992). Analyzing the novice analyst: Cognitive models in software engineering. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 36(5), 719-740.

Sutton, R. E. (1991). Equity and computers in the schools: A decade of research. Review of Educational Research, 61(4), 475-503.

Swales, J. M. (1988). Discourse communities, genres, and English as an international language. World Englishes, 2, 221-236.

Swales, J. M. (1990). Genre analysis: English in academic and research settings. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Swartz, R. (1986). Summerhill revisited: Searching for a perspective on the life and work of A. S. Neill. Educational Studies, 17, 195-210.

Swartz, R. J., & Perkins, D. N. (1990). Teaching thinking: Issues and approaches. Pacific Grove, CA: Critical Thinking Press. - A how to book with lots of lists. (Fall 92)

Swearingen, C. J. (1990). Dialogue and dialectic: The logic of conversation and the interpretation of logic. In T. Maranhão (Ed.), The interpretation of dialogue (pp. 47-71). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Swearingen,Jan C. Rhetoric and Irony: Western Literacy and Western Lies. (Oxford University Press 1991).

Tahan, M. (1972). Going to Market. The Man Who Counted. New York: W. W. Norton.

Takahashi, A. (1993, November). How problem solving is taught in the Japanese school. Paper presented at the NCTM Central Regional Conference, Paducah, KY.

Tallis, R. (1988). In defence of realism. Baltimore, MD: Edward Arnold.

Tandon, R. (1988). Social transformation and participatory research. Convergence, 21 (2/3), 5-14.

Tankard, J. (1986). The literary detective. Byte, 11, 2.

Tannen, D. (1985). Relative focus on involvement in oral and written discourse. In D. R. Olson, N. Torrance, & A. Hildyard (Eds.), Literacy, language, and learning: The nature and consequences of reading and writing (pp. 124-147). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Tannen, D. (1989). Talking voices: Repetition, dialogue, and imagery in conversational discourse. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Tannen, D. (1990). You just don't understand: Women and men in conversation. New York: William Morrow and Co.

Tannen, D. (Ed.) (1982). Spoken and written language: Exploring orality and literacy. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Tannen, Deborah. _You Just Don't Understand: Women and Men in Conversation. New York: William Morrow, 1990.

Tarvis, C. (1992). The mismeasure of woman. New York: Simon and Schuster: A Touchstone Book.

Task Force on Women, Minorities, and the Handicapped in Science and Technology (1989). Changing America: The new face of science and engineering. Washington, DC: Author.

Tate, G. (1990). Teaching writing in 1990. Paper presented at the Maine Conference on Classroom Applications for Computer-Assisted Composition Instruction. Orono, ME.

Tate, G. (Ed.) (1976). Teaching composition: 10 bibliographic essays. Fort Worth, TX: Texas Christian University Press. An excellent collection of bibliographic material, in the form of survey articles, on a range of issues in the teaching of writing. All of the authors arc well known and respected theorists and teachers in the field of composition. (D. Cruickshank)

Tate, G., & Corbett, E. P. J. (Eds.) (1988). The writing teacher's sourcebook (2nd ed.). New York: Oxford University Press.

Tavris, Carol, and Carol Wade. _The Longest War: Sex Differences in Perspective. San Diego: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1983.

Taylor J, Cox BD. 1997. Microgenetic analysis of group-based solution of complex two-step mathematical word problems by fourth graders. J. Learning Sciences, 6: 183-226

Taylor, D., & Dorsey-Gaines, C. (1988). Growing up literate: Learning from inner city families. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann. [0-435-08457-7]

Taylor, H. J., Kramarae, C., & Ebben, M. (1993). Women, information technology, scholarship. Urbana, IL: University of Illinois, Center for Advanced Study.

Taylor, I., & Taylor, M. (1983). The psychology of reading. New York: Academic.

Taylor, J., & Cox, B. D. (1997). Microgenetic analysis of group-based solution of complex two-step mathematical word problems by fourth graders. Journal of Learning Sciences, 6, 183-226.

Taylor, N. E., Wade, M. R., & Yekovich, F. R. (1985). The effects of text manipulation and multiple reading strategies on the reading performance of good and poor readers. Reading Research Quarterly, 20(5), 566-574.

Taylor, P. (1989). Computer networks, discourse communities, and chaos. In T. W. Batson (Ed.), Proposal Abstracts from The 5th Computers and Writing Conference. Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota.

Taylor, R. P. (1980). The computer in the school: Tutor, tool, tutee. New York: Teachers College Press.

Teale, W., & Sulzby, E. (1986). Emergent literacy. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Tenner, E. (1996). Why things bite back: Technology and the revenge of unintended consequences. New York: Random House.

Tennyson, R. D. (1990). A proposed cognitive paradigm of learning for educational technology. Educational Technology, 30(5), 16-19.

Ternes, A. (Ed.) (1975). Ants, Indians, and little dinosaurs. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons.

Tessmer, M., Jonassen, D. H., & Caverly, D. C. (1989). A non programmer's guide to designing instruction for microcomputers. Englewood, CO: Libraries Unlimited. - A very clear step-by-step guide for the design of microcomputer software. Most examples focus on text-based CAI. (Alex Rath, 10-6-93)

Tharp, R, & Gallimore, R. (1989). Rousing minds to life: teaching, learning and schooling in social context. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Tharp, R. (1989). Psychocultural variables and constants: Effects on teaching and learning in schools. American Psychologist, 44, 349-359.

Tharp, R., & Gallimore, R. (1989).Rousing minds to life: teaching, learning and schooling in social context. New York: Cambridge University Press.

The Literacies Institute (1989). The Literacies Institute: Its mission, activities, and perspective on literacy. Newton, MA: Education Development Center.

Theismeyer, John. "Should We Do What We Can?" Critical Perspectives on Computers and Composition Instruction. Ed. Gail E. Hawisher and Cynthia L. Selfe. New York: Teacher's College Press, 1989. 75-93.

Thibault. P. J. (1991). Social semiotics as praxis. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. [Literary examples; makes extensive use of Lemke version of theory]

Thomas, J. C., & Schneider, M. L. (Eds.) (1984). Human factors in computer systems. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Thomas, J. W. (1980). Agency and achievement: Self management and self regard. Review of Educational Research, 50, 213-240.

Thomas, K. (1988). Gender and the arts/science divide in higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 13, 123-137.

Thomas, K. (1990). Gender and subject in higher education. Buckingham, England: Society for Research into Higher Education & Open University Press.

Thomas, R. H., Forsdick, H. C., Crowley, T. R., Robertson, G. G., Schaaf, R. W., Tomlinson, R. S., & Travers, V. M. (1985). Diamond: A multimedia message system built upon a distributed architecture. IEEE Computer, 18, 1-31.

Thomas, R., & Hooper, E. (1991). Simulations: An opportunity we are missing. Journal of Research on Computing in Education, 23(4), 497-513. - Meta-analysis of simulations studies. Findings include simulations are most effective before and after formal instruction, effects are revealed not by tests of knowledge but by tests of transfer. (9-4-93)

Thompson, C. J., & Friske, J. S. (1988). Programming: Impact on computer literacy training for teachers. Journal of Research on Computing in Education, 20(3), 367-374. - educators prefer learning about applications other than programming in their literacy training

Thompson, D. P. (1987). Teaching writing on a local area network. T.H.E. Journal, 15, 92-97.

Thompson, D. P. (1988). Conversational networking: Why the teacher gets most of the lines. Collegiate Microcomputers, 6(3), 193-201.

Thompson, D. P. (1988a, July). Comparison of networked and non networked composition classes. Paper presented at the Penn State Conference on Rhetoric and Composition.

Thompson, D. P. (1989a). Using the ENFI network to distribute text for discussion. In D. Beil (Ed.), Teacher's guide to using computer networks for written interaction: Classroom activities for collaborative learning with networked computers (pp. 119-122). Washington, DC: Realtime Learning Systems.

Thompson, D. P. (1989b). Using a local area network to teach computer revision skills. Journal of Teaching Writing, 8(2), 77-85.

Thompson, D. P. (1990). Application report: Network capabilities and academic realities: Implementing interactive networking in a community college environment. Journal of Computer-Based Instruction, 17(1), 17-22.

Thompson, D. P. (1993). One ENFI path: From Gallaudet to distance learning. In B. Bruce, J. K. Peyton, & T. W. Batson (Ed.), Network-based classrooms: Promises and realities. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Thompson, D. P. (in press). Electronic bulletin boards: A timeless place for collaborative writing projects. Computers and Composition.

Thorndike, E. L. (1917). Reading as reasoning: A study of mistakes in paragraph reading. Journal of Educational Psychology, 8, 323-332.

Thorne, Barrie, and Nancy Henley, eds. _Language and Sex: Difference and Dominance. Rowley, Mass: Newbury House, 1975.

Thubron, C. (1987). Behind the wall: A journey through China. New York: Harper & Row.

Tibbetts, P. (1990). Representation and the realist-constructivist controversy. In M. Lynch & S. Woolgar (Eds.), Representation in scientific practice (pp. 69-84). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Tierney, R., & Pearson, P. D. (1983). Toward a composing model of reading. Language Arts, 60, 568-580.

Tikunoff, W. J., & Ward, B. A. (Eds.). (1977). Exploring qualitative/quantitative research methodologies in education [Special issue]. Anthropology and Education Quarterly, 8(2).

Tilidetzke, R. (1992). A comparison of CAI and traditional instruction in a college algebra course. Journal of Computers in Mathematics and Science Teaching, 11(1), 53-62. 2x2 design; software proved just as good as traditional instruction

Timmons, M. Conduct and character. Belmont: Wadsworth.

Tobach, E., & Rosoff, B. (Ed.) (1978). Genes and gender. New York: Gordian. Contents: Pertinent Genetics for Understanding Gender (Joan Probber and Lee Ehrman); Hormones and Gender (Anne M. Briscoe); Biology and Gender (Dorothy C. Burnham); Comments on "Science and Racism" (Frederica Y. Daly); Psychology and Gender (Helen Block Lewis); Society and Gender (Eleanor Leacock); Epilogue (Ethel Tobach and Betty Rosoff).

Tobias, S., & Abel, L. S. (1990). Scientists and engineers study Chaucer and Wordsworth: Peer perspectives on the teaching of poetry. English Education, 22, 165-178.

Tobin, J. & Davidson, D. (1990). The ethics of polyvocal ethnography. Qualitative Studies in Education, 3(3), 271-283.

Tobin, J. (1989). Visual anthropology and multivocal ethnography: A dialogical approach to Japanese preschool class size. Dialectic Anthropology, 13, 173-187.

Tobin, J., & Davidson, D. (1990). The ethics of polyvocal ethnography, empowering vs. textualizing children and teachers. Qualitative Studies in Education, 3(7), 271-283.

Tobin, K. (1993). The practice of constructivism in science education. Washington, DC: American Association for the Advancement of Science.

Todorov, T. (1984). Mikhail Bakhtin: The dialogical principle (tr. W Godzich). Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Toffler, A. (1970). Future shock. New York: Random House.

Toffler, A. (1980). The third wave. New York: William Morrow.

Tompkins, J. P. (Ed.) (1980). Reader-response from formalism to post-structuralist criticism. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.

Toulmin, S. (1958). The uses of argument. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Traxler, C. B. (1990, April). Assessing the writing competence of deaf college students: A new use for the TOEFL TWE. Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the American Educational Research Association, Boston.

Treissman, P. U. (1985). A study of the mathematics performance of Black students at the University of California, Berkeley.

Trescott, M. M. (Ed.) (2003). Dynamos and virgins revisited: Women and technological change in history. Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow. (ISBN: 0-8108-4891-01979285)

Tribe, L. H. (1991, September/October). The Constitution in cyberspace. The Humanist, 51, pp. 15-21, 39.

Triolo, P. S., & Lovelock, P. (1996, November-December). Up, up, and away—with strings attached. The China Business Review, pp. 18-29.

Trowbridge, L., & Bybee, R. (1996). Teaching Secondary School Science. Merrill.

Trudeau, R. J. (1987). The non-Euclidian revolution. Cambridge: Birkhäuser Boston.

Trumbull, D., Stake, B., Easley, J., Grieb, A., & Smith, C. (1985). On the road to algebra: Longitudinal case studies of elementary school children in mathematics (Technical Report No. 23). Urbana, IL: University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, Committee on Culture and Cognition.

Tuana, N. (Ed.) (1989). Feminism and science. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Tuana, N., & Tong, R. (Eds.). (1994). Feminism and philosophy: Essential readings in theory, reinterpretation, and application. Boulder: Westview.

Tulviste, P. (1991). The cultural-historical development of verbal thinking. Commack, NY: Nova Science.

Turkle, S. (1980). Computers and people: Personal computation (Report No. MIT/LCS/TR-249). Cambridge, MA: Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Turkle, S. (1984). The second self: Computers and the human spirit. New York: Simon and Schuster. - computers are a psychic reflecting pool for humans to see what is it like to have a human consciousness; interviews and case studies on how kids look at computers and on child programmers

Turkle, S. (1997). Life on the screen: Identity in the age of the Internet. New York: Touchstone.

Turkle, S. (January-February 1980). Computer as Rorschach. Society/Transaction.

Twidale, Michael B. (1993). Redressing the balance: The advantages of informal evaluation techniques for Intelligent Learning Environments. Journal of Artificial Intelligence In Education, 4 (2/3), 155-178.

Twidale, Michael B., Randall, David, & Bentley, Richard (1994). Situated evaluation for cooperative systems. In Proceedings, CSCW ¹94 (pp. 441-452). Chapel Hill, NC.

Twidale, Michael B., Rodden, T. & Sommerville, I. (1993). The Designers' Notepad: supporting and understanding cooperative design. In Proceedings of ECSCW'93 (pp. 93-108). Milan. {PDF}

Twidale, Michael B., Rodden, T. & Sommerville, I. (1994). Developing a tool to support collaborative dialogues and graphical representation of ideas. In The proceedings of the NATO ARW. Segovia, Spain. Also in M. F. Verdejo & S. A. Cerri (Eds.). Collaborative dialogue technologies in distance learning (pp. 219-235). Berlin: Springer-Verlag.

Twidale, Michael B., Rodden, T. & Sommerville, I. (1994). The use of a computational tool to support the refinement of ideas. Computers and Education, 22, 107-18.

U.S. Congress. Office of Technology Assessment. (1988). Informing the nation: Federal information dissemination in an electronic age. Washington, DC: Government Printing Office.

U.S. Department of Commerce. National Telecommunications and Information Administration. (1993). The National Information Infrastructure: Agenda for action. Washington, DC: Government Printing Office.

U.S. Department of Education (1991). America 2000: An education strategy. Washington, DC: Author.A landmark study on the use of technology for children with disabilities showed that "almost three-quarters of school-age children were able to remain in a classroom, and 45 percent were able to reduce school-related services" when computer-assisted learning techniques were employed.

Uglow, J. S. (1989). The continuum dictionary of women's biography (2nd ed.). New York: Continuum.

Ulmer, G. (1985). Applied grammatology: Post(e)-pedagogy from Jacques Derrida to Joseph Beuys. Baltimore, Maryland: Johns Hopkins University Press.

Umiker-Sebeok, Jean (1991, October). Meaning construction in a cultural gallery: A sociosemiotic study of consumption experiences in a museum. Paper presented at the meeting of the Association for Consumer Research, Chicago.

Umiker-Sebeok, Jean (1994). Behavior in a museum: A semio-cognitive approach to museum consumption experiences. Signifying Behavior, 1(1), 1994.

Underwood, J. H. (1984). Linguistics, computers, and the language teacher: A communicative approach. Rowley, MA: Newbury House. Based on author's doctoral dissertation (1981), this book explores the same problem: "the vast majority of foreign language computer programs are still behaviorist drill and practice exercises that are neither good pedagogy or good uses of the computer." (p. ix) Author stresses the importance of communicative activities and meaningful practice. Calls upon the work of Noam Chomsky, Steven Krashen, Tracy Terrell, Earl Stevick, Karl Diller, and John Higgins. (J. Sciacca)

University of California (1993). Once Upon a GEMS Guide: Connecting Young People's Literature to Great Explorations in Math and Science.

Upah, S., & Thomas, R. (1993). An investigation of manipulative models on the learning of programming loops. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 9(3), 397-412. - Comparison group got computer simulation of loops. They scored higher on post-test. (12-1-93)

Urban, G. (1990). Ceremonial dialogues in South America. In T. Maranhão (Ed.), The interpretation of dialogue (pp. 99-119). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Vacca, R. T., & Vacca, J. A. L. (1989). Content area reading. Glenview, IL: Scott Foresman.

Van Lehn, K., Jones, R. M., & Chi, M. T. H. (1992). A model of the self-explanation effect. The Journal of the Learning Sciences, 2, 1-60.

Van Mannen, John. Tales from the Field.

Van Merrienboer, J. J. G. (1990). Instructional strategies for teaching computer programming: Interactions with the cognitive style reflection-impulsivity. Journal of Research on Computing in Education, 23(1), 45-53.

Van de Walle, J. A., (1990). Elementary school mathematics: Teaching developmentally. New York: Longman.

VanLehn, K. (1990). Mind bugs: The origins of procedural misconceptions. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. - A generative theory of mathematics skills. A complex and detailed look at math skillls and math misconceptions. (2-18-94)

Vare, E. A., & Ptacek, G. (1988). Mothers of invention: from the bra to the bomb: Forgotten women and their unforgettable ideas. New York: Morrow.

Velasquez, M., & Rostankowski, C. Ethics: Theory and practice. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Vessey, I. (1985). Expertise in debugging computer programs: A process analysis. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 23(5), 459-494. - Long and in-depth analysis of protocols from 16 programmers. Debugging data analyzed by skill level, strategies, chunking ability, view of problem area, thinking in terms of the system. (5-18-93)

Vessey, I. (1986). Expertise in debugging computer programs: An analysis of the content of verbal protocols. IEEE Transactions on Systems, Man, and Cybernetics, SMC-16(5), 621-637. - experts are situation dependent

Vetter, B. M. (1976). Women in the natural sciences. Signs, 1, 713-720.

Vetter, B. M. (1988, February 5). Participation of women and minorities in science on decline. SCIENCE, 239, 653-654.

Virginia Space Grant Consortium (1994). The Educator's Guide to the Internet. Author.

Visser, W., & Morais, A. (1991). Concurrent use of different expertise elicitation methods applied to the study of the programming activity. In M. J. Tauber & D. Ackerman (Eds.), Mental models and human-computer interaction 2 (pp. 59-79). Amsterdam: Elsevier Science Publishers.

Von Glasersfeld, E. (1989). Cognition, construction of knowledge, and teaching. Synthese.

Vosniadou, S., & Brewer, W. (1987). Theories of knowledge restructuring in development. Review of Educational Research, 57, 51-67.

Vygotsky, L. S. (1962). Thought and language. (E. Haufman & G. Vakar, Eds. & Trs.). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. (M. Cole, V. John-Steiner, S. Scribner, & E. Souberman, Eds.). Cambridge: Harvard University Press.

Vygotsky, L. S. (1986). Thought and language. (A. Kozulin, Ed.) Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Wadsworth, Y. (1984). Do it yourself social research. Melbourne: Victorian Council of Social Service and Melbourne Family Care Organisation.

Wadsworth, Y. (1984). Everyday evaluation on the run. Melbourne: Action Research Issues Association.

Waern, Y. (1985). Learning computerized tasks as related to prior task knowledge. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 22(1), 39-57. - Presents a theoretical analysis of prior knowledge and task requirements. (2-3-93)

Waern, Y. (1990). On the dynamics of mental models. In D. Ackermann & M. J. Tauber (Eds.), Mental models and human-computer interaction 1 (pp. 73-93). Amsterdam: Elsevier Science Publishers. - A discussion of research and theories about mental models with examples from computers. (3-11-93)

Waggoner, M., Chinn, C., Yi, Hwajin, & Anderson, R. C. (Dec., 1995). Collaborative reasoning about stories. Language Arts, 72, 582-589.

Wagner, B. J. (1987). The effects of role playing on written persuasion: An age and channel comparison of fourth and eighth graders. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Illinois at Chicago.

Wagoner, S. A. (1983). Comprehension monitoring: What is it and what we know about it. Reading Research Quarterly, 18(3), 328-346.

Wajcman, J. (1991). Feminism confronts technology. University Park, PA: Pennsylvania State University Press.

Walberg, H. J., & Haertel, G. D. (Eds.). (1990). The international encyclopedia of educational evaluation. Oxford: Pergamon.

Walker, A., & Parmar, P. (1993). Warrior marks: Female genital mutilation and the sexual blinding of women. Harcourt, Brace and Company.

Walker, C. P., & Elias, D. (1987). Writing conference talk: Factors associated with high and low rated writing conferences. Research in the Teaching of English, 21(3), 266-285

Walker, R. (1989). Doing research: A handbook for teachers. London: Routledge.

Walker, R., & Adelman, C. (1975). A guide to classroom observation. London: Methuen.

Walkerdine, V. (1990). The mastery of reason. New York: Routledge.

Walkerdine, V. (1992). Progressive pedagogy and political struggle. In C. Luke & J. Gore (Eds.), Feminisms and critical pedagogy (pp. 15-24). New York: Routledge.

Walkerdine, V. (1992). Progressive pedagogy and political struggle. In C. Luke & J. Gore (Eds.), Feminisms and critical pedagogy (pp. 15-24). New York: Routledge.

Wallis, B. (1984). Art after modernism: Rethinking representation. Boston: Godine.

Walsh, D. J., Baturka, N. L., Smith, M. E., & Colter, N. (1991). Changing one's mind--maintaining one's identity: A first-grade teacher's story. Teachers College Record, 93, 73-86.

Ward, F. (1989). Images for the computer age. National Geographic, 175, 718-751.

Warner, D. (1978). Science education for women in nineteenth- century America. Isis, 69, 58-67.

Warner, D. J. (1979). Graceanna Lewis, scientist and humanitarian. Washington: Smithsonian Institution Press.

Warren, B., & Rosebery, A. S. (1988). Theory and practice: Uses of the computer in reading. RASE, 9(2), 29-38.

Warren, B., Bruce, B., & Rosebery, A. (June 1988). Project implementation plan: Cheche Konnen project. Cambridge, MA: Bolt Beranek and Newman. An investigation-based approach to teaching science and mathematics; focus on students who speak Haitian Creole, hence the name "Cheche Konnen", which means "look for knowledge".

Warren, Samuel D., & Brandeis, Louis D. (1985). The right to privacy. In Deborah G. Johnson & John W. Snapper (Eds.), Ethical issues in the use of computers (pp. 172-183). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth Publishing. (Original work published 1890)

Watson, B., & Konicek, R. (1990, May). Teaching for conceptual change: Confronting children's experience. Phi Delta Kappan, pp. 680-685.

Watt, D. (1983). Mind-mirroring software. Popular Computing, 68, 65-66.

Watt, M. & Watt, D. H. (1987, May). Polishing programs for publications: A neglected step in the Logo programming process. Logo Exchange, pp. 3-4.

Watts, M. W. (Ed.) (1984). Biopolitics and gender. New York: Haworth.

Watzlawick, P. (Ed.) (1984). The invented reality: How do we know what we believe we know? Contributions to constructivism. New York: W. W. Norton & Company.

Waugh, M. L., & Levin, J. A. (1988/89). Telescience activities: Educational uses of electronic networks. Journal of Computers in Mathematics and Science Teaching, 8(2), 29-33. - Description of Tele-Science activities. (11-4-93)

Waugh, M. L., Levin, J. A., & Smith, K. (1994). Organizing network-based instructional interactions: Sussessful strategies and tactics, Part 1. The Computing Teacher, 21(5), 21-22.

Wax, M. L. (1993). How culture misdirects multiculturalism. Anthropology and Education Quarterly, 24, 99-115.

Weatherford, J. (1993). When will America be discovered? . In K. Russo (Ed.), Our people, our land (pp. 4-5). Kluckhohm.

Weaver, M., Thompson,. C., & Newton, S. (1991). Gender constructions in science. In P. R. Freese & J. M. Coggeshall (Eds.), Transcending boundaries: Multi- disciplinary approaches to the study of gender (pp. 1-28). New York: Bergin and Garvey.

Weaver, Richard. "Language is Sermonic." In The Rhetoric of Western Thought_. Eds. James Golden, et al. Dubuque, IA: Kendall/Hunt, 1976, pp. 147-154.

Webb, N. M, & Lewis, S. (1988). The social context of learning computer programming. In R. E. Mayer (Ed.), Teaching and learning computer programming: Multiple research perspectives (pp. 179-206). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. - Report of several studies and develops a model for predicting behavior. (3-6-93)

Webb, N. M. (1984). Microcomputer learning in small groups: Cognitive requirements and group processes. Journal of Educational Psychology, 76(6), 1076-1088.

Webb, N. M., Ender, P., & Lewis, S. (1986). Problem-solving strategies and group processes in small groups learning computer programming. American Educational Research Journal, 23(2), 243-261.

Weick, K. (1990). Technology as equivoque: Sensemaking in new technologies. In P. S. Goodman and L. S. Sproull (Eds.), Technology and organizations (pp. 1-44). San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.

Weiner, B. (1985). An attributional theory of achievement motivation and emotion. Psychological Review, 92, 548-573.

Weiner, E. S. (1980). Diagnostic evaluation of writing skills. Learning Disabilities Quarterly, 3, 54-59.

Weiser, M., & Shertz, J. (1983). Programming problem representation in novice and expert programmers. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 19(4), 391-398.

Weitzman, D. My backyard history book. Boston and Toronto: Little Brown and Co.

Weldon, F. (1984). Letters to Alice on first reading Jane Austen. New York:

Weller, C. (1992). A paradigm for science education.

Wellman, H. M., & Gelman, S. A. (1992). Cognitive development: Foundational theories of core domains. Annual Review of Psychology, 43, 337-375. - A thorough review of the literature with emphasis on child development. (2-8-93)

Wells, G. (1986). The meaning makers: Children learning language and using language to learn. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Wells, G. (1990). Talk about text: Where literacy is learned and taught. Curriculum Inquiry, 20(4), 369-405.

Wells, G. (1993). Reevaluating the IRF sequence: A proposal for the articulation of theories of activity and discourse for the analysis of teaching and learning in the classroom. Linguistics and Education, 5, 1-38.

Wells, G. (1994). The complementary contributions of Halliday and Vygotsky to a "language-based theory of learning." Linguistics and Education, 6(1), 41-90.

Wells, G. (2001). Dialogic inquiry. New York: Cambridge University Press. [ISBN: 0521637252]

Wells, G. (in press). Language and the inquiry-oriented curriculum. Curriculum Inquiry.

Wells, G. (1994). Text talk and inquiry: Schooling as semiotic apprenticeship. In N. Bird et al. (eds.) Language and learning. Hong Kong: Dept of Language Education and the University of Hong Kong.

Wells, G. et al., (in press). Changing schools from within: Creating communities of inquiry. Toronto: OISE Press, and Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Wells, G., & Chang-Wells, G. L. (1992). Constructing knowledge together: Classrooms as centers of inquiry and literacy. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.

Welton, D. A., & Mallan, J. T. (1988). Children and their world. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

Wenger, E. (1993). Communitites of practice. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Wenzel, Joseph. (1990). Three pespectives on argument: Rheoric, dialectic, logic. In R. Trapp & J. Schuetz (Eds.), Perspectives on argumentation: Essays in honor of Wayne Brockriede (pp. 9-26). Prospect Heights, IL: Waveland Press.

Wernick, Andrew. Promotional Culture:Advertising, Ideology and Symbolic Expression. London: Sage Publications. 1991.

Wertsch, J. V. (1980). The significance of dialogue in Vygotsky's account of social, egocentric, and inner speech. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 3, 150-162.

Wertsch, J. V. (1991). Voices of the mind: A sociocultural approach to mediated action. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Wertsch, J. V. (Ed.) (1985). Culture communication and cognition: Vygotskian perspectives. New York: Cambridge University Press.

West, C. K., Farmer, J. A. , Jr., & Wolff, P. M. (1991). Instructional design: Implications from cognitive science. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

West, L. T. H., & Pines, A. L. (Eds.). (1985). Cognitive structure and conceptual change. Orlando: Academic.

Whitaker, D. (1986). Will Gulliver's Suit Fit? New York: Cambridge University Press.

Whitaker, D. (1986). Will Gulliver's suit fit? Mathematical problem-solving with children. New York: Cambridge University Press.

White, E. M. (1986). Teaching and assessing writing, San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. An excellent guide by one of the acknowledged experts in the field on developing every aspect of a writing assessment program. (D. Cruickshank)

Whiteman, M. (Ed.) (1981). Writing: The nature, development, and teaching of written communication, Vol. I: Variation in writing: Functional and linguistic-cultural differences. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Whiteside, J., & Wixon, D. (1985). Developmental theory as a framework for studying human-computer interaction. In H. R. Hartson (Ed.), Advances in human-computer interaction (pp. 29-48). Norwood, NJ: Ablex. - Applies several main concepts of developmental theory to computers. (10-15-93)

Whittaker, D. (1986). Will Gulliver's suit fit? Mathematical problem-solving with children. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Whittington, D. (1991). What have 17-year-olds known in the past? American Educational Research Journal, 28, 759-782.

Whyte, K. (1988, June). "Can we learn this? We're just girls!": Feminists and science--Visions and strategy. Resources for Feminist Research, 17, 6-9.

Whyte, W. F. (19xx). Participatory action research. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Widnall, S. E. (September 30, 1988). AAAS Presidential Lecture: Voices from the Pipeline. Science, 241, 1740-1745.

Wiedenbeck, S. (1985). Novice/expert differences in programming skills. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 23(4), 383-390. - Study concluded that experts automate some simple subcomponents of programming tasks and are significantly faster than novices. (5-18-93)

Wiedenbeck, S. (1989). Learning iteration and recursion from examples. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 30(1), 1-22. - Comparison of acquisition of knowledge and skill transfer between recursion and iteration in three studies. (2-28-93)

Wiener, H. (1986). Collaborative learning in the classroom: A guide to evaluation. College English, 48, 52-61.

Wiener, H. S. ( 1981). The writing room: A resource book for teachers of English. Oxford University Press. Like Neman (1980), this book is a sizeable collection of practical guidelines for the writing teacher. Of special note are the curriculum plans and the extensive annotative bibliography (both in the appendix). (D. Cruickshank)

Wiggins, G. (November, 1989). The futility of trying to teach everything of importance. Educational Leadership.

Wigginton, E. (February, 1989). Foxfire grows up. Harvard Educational Review.

Wilen, W. W. (1984). Implications of research on questioning for the teacher educator. Journal of Research and Development in Education, 17, 31-35.

Wilen, W. W. (1990). Forms and phases of discussion. In W. W. Wilen, (Ed.), Teaching and learning through discussion: The theory, research, and practice of the discussion method (pp. 3-24). Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas.

Wilhelm, H. (1973). Change: Eight lectures on the I Ching. Translated from the German by Cary F. Baynes, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Wilhelm, R. (1967) The I Ching or Book of Changes. NJ: Princeton University Press.

Williams, N., & Holt, P. (1990). Computers and writing. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Williams, R. (1983). Keywords: A vocabulary of culture and society (rev. ed.). New York: Oxford University Press.

Wilson, M. (1988). Critical thinking: Repackaging or revolution? Language Arts, 65, 543-551.

Wilson, S. M., Schulman, L. S., & Richert, A. (1988). 150 different ways of knowing: Representations of knowledge in teaching. In J. Calderhead (Ed.), Exploring teachers' thinking (pp. 104-124). London: Cassell Educational.

Wineburg, S. S. (1991). On the reading of historical texts: Notes on the breach between school and academy. American Educational Research Journal, 28, 495-520.

Winegar, L. T., & J. Valsiner (Eds.) (1994?). Children's development within social contexts: Metatheoretical, theoretical and methodological issues. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Winner, L. (1986). The whale and the reactor: A search for limits in the age of high technology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Winograd, P. (1988). Strategic difficulties in summarizing texts. Reading Research Quarterly, 19, 404-425.

Winograd, P. N. & Johnson, P. (1982). Comprehension monitoring and the error detection paradigm. Journal of Reading Behavior, 14, 61-76.

Winter, R. (1989). Learning from experience: Principles and practice in action research. London: Falmer.

Winterowd, Ross W. _Rhetoric: A Synthesis_. New York: Holt, Rinehart, & Winston, 1968.

Wirth, Arthur G. Education and Work for the Year 2000:Choices We Face. San Fransisco: Jossey-Bass. 1992.

Witherspoon, G. (1977). Language and art in the Navajo universe. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press. [Conclusion, pp. 179-202]

Wittgenstein, L. (1961). Tractatus logico-philosophicus (tr. D. F. Pears & B. F. McGuiness). London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

Wittgenstein, L. (1968/1953). Philosophical investigations (tr. G. E. M. Anscombe). New York: Macmillan.

Wolf, N. (1991). The beauty myth. New York: William Morrow.

Wolf, R. L. (1990). Judicial evaluation. In H. J. Walberg & G. D. Haertel (Eds.), The international encyclopedia of educational evaluation (pp. 79-81). Oxford: Pergamon Press.

Wolf, R. M. (1990). The nature of educational evaluation. In H. J. Walberg & G. D. Haertel (Eds.), The international encyclopedia of educational evaluation (pp. 8-15). Oxford: Pergamon.

Wood, B. D., & Freeman, F. N. (1932). An experimental study of the educational influences of the typewriter in the elementary school classroom. New York: MacMillan.

Wood, J. T. (1994). Gendered lives: Communication, gender, and culture_. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Wood, L. E., & Stewart, P. W. (1987). Improvement of practical reasoning skills with a computer game. Journal of Computer-Based Instruction, 14(2), 49-53.

Woodrow, J. E. J. (1991). Teacher's perceptions of computer needs. Journal of Research on Computing in Education, 23(4), 475-493.

Worthen, B. R., &Sanders, J. R. (1997). Educational evaluation: Alternative approaches and practical guidelines. White Plains, NY: Longman.

Wresch, W. (1987). Practical guide to computer uses in the English/Language arts classroom. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Wresch, W. (1988, April). Six directions for computer analysis of student writing. Computers and the Language Arts, 13-16.

Wresch, W. (Ed.) (1984). The computer in composition instruction: A writer's tool. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Wright Communications (1990). Early childhood development project: A collaborative program between the Bloomfield Hills Schools and Oakland University. Rochester, MI: Oakland University, Institute for Action Research and Professional Development.

Wrolstad, M. E. , & Fisher, D. F. (Eds.) (1986). Toward a new understanding of literacy. New York: Praeger.

Wylie, A., & Okruhlik, K. (1987, September). Philosophical feminism: Challenges to science. Resources for Feminist Research, 16, 12-15.

Wylie, Alison, et al. (1989). Bibliography on feminism and science: Feminist critiques of science: The epistemological and methodological literature. Women's Studies International Forum, 12, 363-378.

Yankelovich, N., Meyrowitz, N., & van Dam, A. (1985, October). Reading and writing the electronic book. Computer, pp. 15-30.

Yee, C. Z. (1977). Do women in science and technology need the women's movement?" Frontiers, 2, 125-128.

Yost, E. (1955). American women of science. Philadelphia: Lippincott.

Yost, E. (1984). Women of modern science. Westport, CT: Greenwood.

Young, A., & Fulwiler, T. (Eds.). (1986). Writing across the disciplines. Upper Montclair, NJ: Boynton/Cook.

Young, R. (1990). A critical theory of education. New York: Teachers College Press.

Young, R. (1992). Critical theory and classroom talk. Philadelphia: Multilingual Matters, Ltd.

Young, R. E., Becker, A. L., & Pike, K. L. (1970). Rhetoric: Discovery and change. New York: Harcourt Brace and World.

Young, R. E., Becker, A. L., & Pike, K. L. (1975). Contemporary rhetoric: A conceptual background with readings. New York: Harcourt, Brace, Jovanovich.

Youngs, E. A. (1974). Human errors in programming. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 6(3), 361-376. - A good example of syntax error research. (Fall 92)

Yutang, L. (1936). My country and my people. London: William Heinemann.

Zacchei, D. (1982). The adventures and exploits of the dynamic Story Maker and Textman. Classroom Computer News, 2, 28-30, 76, 77.

Zaner, R. M., & Ihde, D. (1973). Phenomenology and existentialism. New York: G. P. Putnam's Sons.

Zanstra, H. (1962). The constructin of reality: lectures on the philosophy of science, theory of knowledge and the relation between body, mind and personality. New York: MacMillan.

Zawacki, T. M. (1992). Recomposing as a woman: An essay in different voices. College Composition and Communication, 43, 32-37.

Zeichner, K. (1992). Beyond inquiry-oriented teacher education: Rethinking the practicum (Monograph No. 17). Revised version of the keynote address presented at the Western Canadian Association for Student Teaching, Edmonton, Alberta, Canada.

Zigler, & Valentine (1979). Project Head Start: A legacy of the War on Poverty. New York: Free Press.

Zimmerman, J. (1986). Once upon the future: A woman's guide to tomorrow's technology. London: Pandora.

Zimmerman, J. (Ed.) (1983). The technological woman: Interfacing with tomorrow. New York: Praeger.

Zirkler, D., & Brownell, G. (1992). Analogical reasoning: A cognitive consequence of programming. Computers in the Schools, 8(4), 135-145. 45 undergrads in computer ed course, found an effect.

Zuboff, Shoshana (1988). In the Age of the Smart Machine: The Future of Work and Power. New York: Basic Books.

de Lauretis, T. (1990). Upping the Anti in feminist theory. In M. Hirsch & E. F. Keller (Eds.), Conflicts in feminism. New York: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

de Lauretis, T. (Ed.) (1986). Feminist studies / Critical studies. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

de Vos, J. (1993). Bartolome de las Casas: The man, the mission, and the message. In K. Russo (Ed.), Our people, our land (pp. 11-15). Kluckhohm.

diPersio, T., Isbister, D., & Shneiderman, B. (1980). An experiment using memorization/reconstruction as a measure of programmer ability. International Journal of Man-Machine Systems, 13(3), 339-354. - Describes a method to study programmer ability using memory and reconstruction tests. (9-27-93)

diSessa, A. A. (1986). Models of computation. In D. A. Norman and S. W. Draper (Eds.), User centered system design: New Perspectives on human-computer interaction (pp. 201-218). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum. - Presents an explanation of functional, structural, and distributed models of understanding computer and programming. (7-26-93)

diSessa, A. A. (1988). Knowledge in pieces. In G. Forman and P. Pufall (Eds.), Constructivism in the Computer Age (pp. 41-70). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

diSessa, A. A. (1992). Images of learning. In E. De Corte, M. Linn, H. Handl, & L. Verschaffel (Eds.), Computer-based learning environments and problem-solving (pp. 19-40). Berlin: Springer-Verlag. - Images are a powerful device for learning and Boxer uses images in its design. (9-14-93)

diSessa, A. A. (in press). Toward an epistemology of physics. Cognition and Instruction, 10 (1 & 2).

diSessa, A. A., & Abelson, H. (1096). Boxer: A reconstructible computational medium. Communications of the ACM, 29(9), 859-868.

diVesta, F. J. (1987). The cognitive movement and education. In J. A. Glover & R. A. Ronning (Eds.), Historical foundations of educational psychology (pp. 203-233). New York: Plenum Press. - Good overview of the numerous pieces of cognitive psychology and their existing applications to educations. (5-18-93)

van Dijk, T. A. (1997). Discourse as social interaction. London: Sage.

van Eemeren, F. H. & Grootendorst, R. (1987). Fallacies in pragma-dialectical perspective. Argumentation, 1, 283-301.

van Gennep, A. (1960). The rites of passage. London: Routledge.

van der Gest, T. (1994). The computer as means of communication for peer-review groups. Computers and Composition, 11, 237-250.